Maven/vendor/modernc.org/sqlite/lib/sqlite_g_000000000001ffff.go

// Code generated by modernc.org/undup from the per-target sqlite_*.go files; DO NOT EDIT.

//go:build (darwin && amd64) || (darwin && arm64) || (freebsd && 386) || (freebsd && amd64) || (freebsd && arm) || (freebsd && arm64) || (linux && 386) || (linux && amd64) || (linux && arm) || (linux && arm64) || (linux && loong64) || (linux && ppc64le) || (linux && riscv64) || (linux && s390x) || (netbsd && amd64) || (openbsd && amd64) || (openbsd && arm64)

package sqlite3

import (
	"unsafe"

	"modernc.org/libc"
)

const BIG_ENDIAN = 4321

const BUFSIZ = 1024

const DOTLOCK_SUFFIX = ".lock"

type DbPath = TDbPath

type Dl_info = TDl_info

const ENOTBLK = 15

const ETXTBSY = 26

const FD_CLOEXEC = 1

const F_DUPFD = 0

const F_GETFD = 1

const F_GETFL = 3

const F_LOCK = 1

const F_OK = 0

const F_SETFD = 2

const F_SETFL = 4

const F_TEST = 3

const F_TLOCK = 2

const F_ULOCK = 0

const F_UNLCK = 2

const HAVE_FCHMOD = 1

const HAVE_GETHOSTUUID = 0

const INTERFACE = 1

const ITIMER_PROF = 2

const ITIMER_REAL = 0

const ITIMER_VIRTUAL = 1

const LITTLE_ENDIAN = 1234

const L_INCR = 1

const L_SET = 0

const L_XTND = 2

const MADV_DONTNEED = 4

const MADV_NORMAL = 0

const MADV_RANDOM = 1

const MADV_SEQUENTIAL = 2

const MADV_WILLNEED = 3

const MAP_FAILED = -1

const MAP_FILE = 0

const MAP_FIXED = 16

const MAP_PRIVATE = 2

const MAP_SHARED = 1

const MATH_ERREXCEPT = 2

const MATH_ERRNO = 1

const MAX_PATHNAME = 512

const MS_ASYNC = 1

const O_BINARY = 0

const O_RDONLY = 0

const O_RDWR = 2

const O_WRONLY = 1

const PDP_ENDIAN = 3412

const POSIX_MADV_DONTNEED = 4

const POSIX_MADV_NORMAL = 0

const POSIX_MADV_RANDOM = 1

const POSIX_MADV_SEQUENTIAL = 2

const POSIX_MADV_WILLNEED = 3

const PROT_EXEC = 4

const PROT_NONE = 0

const PROT_READ = 1

const PROT_WRITE = 2

const RAND_MAX = 2147483647

const RTLD_LAZY = 1

const RTLD_NEXT = -1

const RTLD_NOW = 2

const R_OK = 4

const SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS = 420

const SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS = 493

const SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS = 1

const SQLITE_MAX_SYMLINKS = 100

const SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR = 3

const SQLITE_OS_UNIX = 1

const S_IEXEC = 64

const S_IFBLK = 24576

const S_IFCHR = 8192

const S_IFDIR = 16384

const S_IFIFO = 4096

const S_IFLNK = 40960

const S_IFMT = 61440

const S_IFREG = 32768

const S_IFSOCK = 49152

const S_IREAD = 256

const S_IRGRP = 32

const S_IROTH = 4

const S_IRUSR = 256

const S_IRWXG = 56

const S_IRWXO = 7

const S_IRWXU = 448

const S_ISGID = 1024

const S_ISUID = 2048

const S_ISVTX = 512

const S_IWGRP = 16

const S_IWOTH = 2

const S_IWRITE = 128

const S_IWUSR = 128

const S_IXGRP = 8

const S_IXOTH = 1

const S_IXUSR = 64

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** A pathname under construction
//	*/
type TDbPath = struct {
	Frc       int32
	FnSymlink int32
	FzOut     uintptr
	FnOut     int32
	FnUsed    int32
}

type TDl_info = struct {
	Fdli_fname uintptr
	Fdli_fbase uintptr
	Fdli_sname uintptr
	Fdli_saddr uintptr
}

const TIME_UTC = 1

const TIOCM_CAR = 64

const TIOCM_CD = 64

const TIOCM_CTS = 32

const TIOCM_DSR = 256

const TIOCM_DTR = 2

const TIOCM_LE = 1

const TIOCM_RI = 128

const TIOCM_RNG = 128

const TIOCM_RTS = 4

const TIOCM_SR = 16

const TIOCM_ST = 8

const TIOCPKT_DATA = 0

const TIOCPKT_DOSTOP = 32

const TIOCPKT_FLUSHREAD = 1

const TIOCPKT_FLUSHWRITE = 2

const TIOCPKT_IOCTL = 64

const TIOCPKT_NOSTOP = 16

const TIOCPKT_START = 8

const TIOCPKT_STOP = 4

/* An i-node */
type TUnixUnusedFd = struct {
	Ffd    int32
	Fflags int32
	FpNext uintptr
}

type Tblkcnt_t = int64

type Tcaddr_t = uintptr

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** An abstract type for a pointer to an IO method finder function:
//	*/
type Tfinder_type = uintptr

type Tgid_t = uint32

type Tino_t = uint64

type Tquad_t = int64

type Tu_int16_t = uint16

type Tu_int32_t = uint32

type Tu_int64_t = uint64

type Tu_int8_t = uint8

type Tu_quad_t = uint64

type Tuid_t = uint32

type Tuint = uint32

// C documentation
//
//	/* Forward references */
type TunixShm = struct {
	FpShmNode   uintptr
	FpNext      uintptr
	FhasMutex   Tu8
	Fid         Tu8
	FsharedMask Tu16
	FexclMask   Tu16
}

/* Connection shared memory */
type TunixShmNode = struct {
	FpInode     uintptr
	FpShmMutex  uintptr
	FzFilename  uintptr
	FhShm       int32
	FszRegion   int32
	FnRegion    Tu16
	FisReadonly Tu8
	FisUnlocked Tu8
	FapRegion   uintptr
	FnRef       int32
	FpFirst     uintptr
	FaLock      [8]int32
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that
//	** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during
//	** testing and sandboxing.  The following array holds the names and pointers
//	** to all overrideable system calls.
//	*/
type Tunix_syscall = struct {
	FzName    uintptr
	FpCurrent Tsqlite3_syscall_ptr
	FpDefault Tsqlite3_syscall_ptr
}

type Tushort = uint16

/******************************************************************************
****************** Begin Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ***************
**
** On most versions of unix, we can get a unique ID for a file by concatenating
** the device number and the inode number.  But this does not work on VxWorks.
** On VxWorks, a unique file id must be based on the canonical filename.
**
** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a
** unique file ID in VxWorks.  Each instance of this structure contains
** a copy of the canonical filename.  There is also a reference count.
** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to
** zero.
**
** There are never very many files open at one time and lookups are not
** a performance-critical path, so it is sufficient to put these
** structures on a linked list.
 */
type TvxworksFileId = struct {
	FpNext          uintptr
	FnRef           int32
	FnName          int32
	FzCanonicalName uintptr
}

type Twinsize = struct {
	Fws_row    uint16
	Fws_col    uint16
	Fws_xpixel uint16
	Fws_ypixel uint16
}

const UNIXFILE_DELETE = 32

const UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC = 8

const UNIXFILE_EXCL = 1

const UNIXFILE_NOLOCK = 128

const UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL = 4

const UNIXFILE_PSOW = 16

const UNIXFILE_RDONLY = 2

const UNIXFILE_URI = 64

const UNIX_SHM_BASE = 120

const UNIX_SHM_DMS = 128

type UnixUnusedFd = TUnixUnusedFd

const W_OK = 2

const X_OK = 1

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function.  A new
//	** context is allocated on the first call.  Subsequent calls return the
//	** same context that was returned on prior calls.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_aggregate_context(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, nByte int32) (r uintptr) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_context)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpMem)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Agg) == 0 {
		return _createAggContext(tls, p, nByte)
	} else {
		return (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_context)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpMem)).Fz
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most
//	** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step().
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_backup_pagecount(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.Int32FromUint32((*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnPagecount)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent
//	** call to sqlite3_backup_step().
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_backup_remaining(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.Int32FromUint32((*Tsqlite3_backup)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnRemaining)
}

func Xsqlite3_bind_blob64(tls *libc.TLS, pStmt uintptr, i int32, zData uintptr, nData Tsqlite3_uint64, __ccgo_fp_xDel uintptr) (r int32) {
	return _bindText(tls, pStmt, i, zData, libc.Int64FromUint64(nData), __ccgo_fp_xDel, uint8(0))
}

func Xsqlite3_bind_null(tls *libc.TLS, pStmt uintptr, i int32) (r int32) {
	var p uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _ = p, rc
	p = pStmt
	rc = _vdbeUnbind(tls, p, libc.Uint32FromInt32(i-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		/* tag-20240917-01 */
		Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb)).Fmutex)
	}
	return rc
}

func Xsqlite3_bind_value(tls *libc.TLS, pStmt uintptr, i int32, pValue uintptr) (r int32) {
	var rc int32
	var v1 float64
	_, _ = rc, v1
	switch Xsqlite3_value_type(tls, pValue) {
	case int32(SQLITE_INTEGER):
		rc = Xsqlite3_bind_int64(tls, pStmt, i, *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pValue)))
	case int32(SQLITE_FLOAT):
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pValue)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Real) != 0 {
			v1 = *(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(pValue))
		} else {
			v1 = float64(*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pValue)))
		}
		rc = Xsqlite3_bind_double(tls, pStmt, i, v1)
	case int32(SQLITE_BLOB):
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pValue)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Zero) != 0 {
			rc = Xsqlite3_bind_zeroblob(tls, pStmt, i, *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pValue)).Fu)))
		} else {
			rc = Xsqlite3_bind_blob(tls, pStmt, i, (*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pValue)).Fz, (*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pValue)).Fn, uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
		}
	case int32(SQLITE_TEXT):
		rc = _bindText(tls, pStmt, i, (*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pValue)).Fz, int64((*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pValue)).Fn), uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)), (*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pValue)).Fenc)
	default:
		rc = Xsqlite3_bind_null(tls, pStmt, i)
		break
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_column_count(tls *libc.TLS, pStmt uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pVm uintptr
	_ = pVm
	pVm = pStmt
	if pVm == uintptr(0) {
		return 0
	}
	return libc.Int32FromUint16((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(pVm)).FnResColumn)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_create_collation_v2(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, zName uintptr, enc int32, pCtx uintptr, __ccgo_fp_xCompare uintptr, __ccgo_fp_xDel uintptr) (r int32) {
	var rc int32
	_ = rc
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	rc = _createCollation(tls, db, zName, libc.Uint8FromInt32(enc), pCtx, __ccgo_fp_xCompare, __ccgo_fp_xDel)
	rc = _sqlite3ApiExit(tls, db, rc)
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the number of values available from the current row of the
//	** currently executing statement pStmt.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_data_count(tls *libc.TLS, pStmt uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pVm uintptr
	_ = pVm
	pVm = pStmt
	if pVm == uintptr(0) || (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(pVm)).FpResultRow == uintptr(0) {
		return 0
	}
	return libc.Int32FromUint16((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(pVm)).FnResColumn)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Enable or disable the extended result codes.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_extended_result_codes(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, onoff int32) (r int32) {
	var v1 uint32
	_ = v1
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	if onoff != 0 {
		v1 = uint32(0xffffffff)
	} else {
		v1 = uint32(0xff)
	}
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FerrMask = libc.Int32FromUint32(v1)
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit
//	** mode.  Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not.  Autocommit mode is on
//	** by default.  Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled
//	** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_get_autocommit(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr) (r int32) {
	var iRet int32
	_ = iRet
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	iRet = libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FautoCommit)
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	return iRet
}

func Xsqlite3_keyword_name(tls *libc.TLS, i int32, pzName uintptr, pnName uintptr) (r int32) {
	if i < 0 || i >= int32(SQLITE_N_KEYWORD) {
		return int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
	}
	i = i + 1
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pzName)) = uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_zKWText)) + uintptr(_aKWOffset[i])
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pnName)) = libc.Int32FromUint8(_aKWLen[i])
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application.
//	** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the
//	** allocation.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_malloc(tls *libc.TLS, n int32) (r uintptr) {
	var v1 uintptr
	_ = v1
	if Xsqlite3_initialize(tls) != 0 {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	if n <= 0 {
		v1 = uintptr(0)
	} else {
		v1 = _sqlite3Malloc(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt32(n))
	}
	return v1
}

func Xsqlite3_msize(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r Tsqlite3_uint64) {
	var v1 int32
	_ = v1
	if p != 0 {
		v1 = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_sqlite3Config.Fm.FxSize})))(tls, p)
	} else {
		v1 = 0
	}
	return libc.Uint64FromInt32(v1)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Open a new database handle.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_open(tls *libc.TLS, zFilename uintptr, ppDb uintptr) (r int32) {
	return _openDatabase(tls, zFilename, ppDb, libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)|libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE)), uintptr(0))
}

func Xsqlite3_open_v2(tls *libc.TLS, filename uintptr, ppDb uintptr, flags int32, zVfs uintptr) (r int32) {
	return _openDatabase(tls, filename, ppDb, libc.Uint32FromInt32(flags), zVfs)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Shutdown the operating system interface.
//	**
//	** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine,
//	** to release dynamically allocated objects.  But not on unix.
//	** This routine is a no-op for unix.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_os_end(tls *libc.TLS) (r int32) {
	_unixBigLock = uintptr(0)
	return SQLITE_OK
}

/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code that is specific to Windows.
 */
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */

/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file memdb.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2016-09-07
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file implements an in-memory VFS. A database is held as a contiguous
** block of memory.
**
** This file also implements interface sqlite3_serialize() and
** sqlite3_deserialize().
 */
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called from within a pre-update callback to retrieve
//	** the number of columns in the row being updated, deleted or inserted.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_preupdate_count(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr) (r int32) {
	var p uintptr
	var v1 int32
	_, _ = p, v1
	p = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpPreUpdate
	if p != 0 {
		v1 = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPreUpdate)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpKeyinfo)).FnKeyField)
	} else {
		v1 = 0
	}
	return v1
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the
//	** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will
//	** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_progress_handler(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, nOps int32, __ccgo_fp_xProgress uintptr, pArg uintptr) {
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	if nOps > 0 {
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FxProgress = __ccgo_fp_xProgress
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnProgressOps = libc.Uint32FromInt32(nOps)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpProgressArg = pArg
	} else {
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FxProgress = uintptr(0)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnProgressOps = uint32(0)
		(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpProgressArg = uintptr(0)
	}
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc.  Make sure that the memory
//	** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_realloc(tls *libc.TLS, pOld uintptr, n int32) (r uintptr) {
	if Xsqlite3_initialize(tls) != 0 {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	if n < 0 {
		n = 0
	} /* IMP: R-26507-47431 */
	return _sqlite3Realloc(tls, pOld, libc.Uint64FromInt32(n))
}

func Xsqlite3_result_blob64(tls *libc.TLS, pCtx uintptr, z uintptr, n Tsqlite3_uint64, __ccgo_fp_xDel uintptr) {
	if n > uint64(0x7fffffff) {
		_invokeValueDestructor(tls, z, __ccgo_fp_xDel, pCtx)
	} else {
		_setResultStrOrError(tls, pCtx, z, libc.Int32FromUint64(n), uint8(0), __ccgo_fp_xDel)
	}
}

func Xsqlite3_result_error_code(tls *libc.TLS, pCtx uintptr, errCode int32) {
	var v1 int32
	_ = v1
	if errCode != 0 {
		v1 = errCode
	} else {
		v1 = -int32(1)
	}
	(*Tsqlite3_context)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FisError = v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_context)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FpOut)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Null) != 0 {
		_setResultStrOrError(tls, pCtx, _sqlite3ErrStr(tls, errCode), -int32(1), uint8(SQLITE_UTF8), libc.UintptrFromInt32(0))
	}
}

func Xsqlite3_result_text16be(tls *libc.TLS, pCtx uintptr, z uintptr, n int32, __ccgo_fp_xDel uintptr) {
	_setResultStrOrError(tls, pCtx, z, libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt32(n) & ^libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)), uint8(SQLITE_UTF16BE), __ccgo_fp_xDel)
}

func Xsqlite3_result_text16le(tls *libc.TLS, pCtx uintptr, z uintptr, n int32, __ccgo_fp_xDel uintptr) {
	_setResultStrOrError(tls, pCtx, z, libc.Int32FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt32(n) & ^libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)), uint8(SQLITE_UTF16LE), __ccgo_fp_xDel)
}

func Xsqlite3_result_value(tls *libc.TLS, pCtx uintptr, pValue uintptr) {
	var pOut uintptr
	_ = pOut
	pOut = (*Tsqlite3_context)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).FpOut
	_sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(tls, pOut, pValue)
	_sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(tls, pOut, libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_context)(unsafe.Pointer(pCtx)).Fenc))
	if _sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(tls, pOut) != 0 {
		Xsqlite3_result_error_toobig(tls, pCtx)
	}
}

func Xsqlite3_result_zeroblob(tls *libc.TLS, pCtx uintptr, n int32) {
	var v1 int32
	_ = v1
	if n > 0 {
		v1 = n
	} else {
		v1 = 0
	}
	Xsqlite3_result_zeroblob64(tls, pCtx, libc.Uint64FromInt32(v1))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true if the prepared statement is in need of being reset.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_stmt_busy(tls *libc.TLS, pStmt uintptr) (r int32) {
	var v uintptr
	_ = v
	v = pStmt
	return libc.BoolInt32(v != uintptr(0) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).FeVdbeState) == int32(VDBE_RUN_STATE))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Return any error code associated with p */
func Xsqlite3_str_errcode(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	var v1 int32
	_ = v1
	if p != 0 {
		v1 = libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_str)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaccError)
	} else {
		v1 = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
	}
	return v1
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Return the current length of p in bytes */
func Xsqlite3_str_length(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	var v1 uint32
	_ = v1
	if p != 0 {
		v1 = (*Tsqlite3_str)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnChar
	} else {
		v1 = uint32(0)
	}
	return libc.Int32FromUint32(v1)
}

func Xsqlite3_strnicmp(tls *libc.TLS, zLeft uintptr, zRight uintptr, N int32) (r int32) {
	var a, b uintptr
	var v1 int32
	_, _, _ = a, b, v1
	if zLeft == uintptr(0) {
		if zRight != 0 {
			v1 = -int32(1)
		} else {
			v1 = 0
		}
		return v1
	} else {
		if zRight == uintptr(0) {
			return int32(1)
		}
	}
	a = zLeft
	b = zRight
	for {
		v1 = N
		N = N - 1
		if !(v1 > 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(a))) != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3UpperToLower[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(a))]) == libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3UpperToLower[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(b))])) {
			break
		}
		a = a + 1
		b = b + 1
	}
	if N < 0 {
		v1 = 0
	} else {
		v1 = libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3UpperToLower[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(a))]) - libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3UpperToLower[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(b))])
	}
	return v1
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return a boolean value for a query parameter.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_uri_boolean(tls *libc.TLS, zFilename uintptr, zParam uintptr, bDflt int32) (r int32) {
	var z uintptr
	var v1 int32
	_, _ = z, v1
	z = Xsqlite3_uri_parameter(tls, zFilename, zParam)
	bDflt = libc.BoolInt32(bDflt != 0)
	if z != 0 {
		v1 = libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3GetBoolean(tls, z, libc.Uint8FromInt32(bDflt)))
	} else {
		v1 = bDflt
	}
	return v1
}

func Xsqlite3_value_encoding(tls *libc.TLS, pVal uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fenc)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Return true if a parameter value originated from an sqlite3_bind() */
func Xsqlite3_value_frombind(tls *libc.TLS, pVal uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16((*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_FromBind) != 0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Return true if a parameter to xUpdate represents an unchanged column */
func Xsqlite3_value_nochange(tls *libc.TLS, pVal uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16((*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Null)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Zero)) == libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Null)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Zero))
}

func Xsqlite3_value_subtype(tls *libc.TLS, pVal uintptr) (r uint32) {
	var pMem uintptr
	var v1 int32
	_, _ = pMem, v1
	pMem = pVal
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Subtype) != 0 {
		v1 = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).FeSubtype)
	} else {
		v1 = 0
	}
	return libc.Uint32FromInt32(v1)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-12793-43283 Every value in SQLite has one of five
//	** fundamental datatypes: 64-bit signed integer 64-bit IEEE floating
//	** point number string BLOB NULL
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_value_type(tls *libc.TLS, pVal uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.Int32FromUint8(_aType[libc.Int32FromUint16((*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_AffMask)])
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide
//	** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior
//	** of the virtual table being implemented.
//	*/
func Xsqlite3_vtab_config(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, op int32, va uintptr) (r int32) {
	var ap Tva_list
	var p uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _, _ = ap, p, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	p = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpVtabCtx
	if !(p != 0) {
		rc = _sqlite3MisuseError(tls, int32(163230))
	} else {
		ap = va
		switch op {
		case int32(SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT):
			(*TVTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVtabCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpVTable)).FbConstraint = libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.VaInt32(&ap))
		case int32(SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS):
			(*TVTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVtabCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpVTable)).FeVtabRisk = uint8(SQLITE_VTABRISK_Low)
		case int32(SQLITE_VTAB_DIRECTONLY):
			(*TVTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVtabCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpVTable)).FeVtabRisk = uint8(SQLITE_VTABRISK_High)
		case int32(SQLITE_VTAB_USES_ALL_SCHEMAS):
			(*TVTable)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVtabCtx)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpVTable)).FbAllSchemas = uint8(1)
		default:
			rc = _sqlite3MisuseError(tls, int32(163252))
			break
		}
		_ = ap
	}
	if rc != SQLITE_OK {
		_sqlite3Error(tls, db, rc)
	}
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	return rc
}

/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file wherecode.c ***************************************/
/*
** 2015-06-06
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.
**
** This file was split off from where.c on 2015-06-06 in order to reduce the
** size of where.c and make it easier to edit.  This file contains the routines
** that actually generate the bulk of the WHERE loop code.  The original where.c
** file retains the code that does query planning and analysis.
 */
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/************** Include whereInt.h in the middle of wherecode.c **************/
/************** Begin file whereInt.h ****************************************/
/*
** 2013-11-12
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains structure and macro definitions for the query
** planner logic in "where.c".  These definitions are broken out into
** a separate source file for easier editing.
 */

const _IOLBF = 1

const _IONBF = 2

const __SIZEOF_WCHAR_T__ = 4

const __SIZEOF_WINT_T__ = 4

const __WCHAR_WIDTH__ = 32

const __WINT_WIDTH__ = 32

const __restrict_arr = 0

/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-14606-31564 Value is a BLOB that is (N-12)/2 bytes in
 ** length.
 ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-28401-00140 Value is a string in the text encoding and
 ** (N-13)/2 bytes in length. */
var _aFlag = [2]Tu16{
	0: libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Blob) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Ephem)),
	1: libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Str) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Ephem)),
}

/* If the column value is a string, we need a persistent value, not
 ** a MEM_Ephem value.  This branch is a fast short-cut that is equivalent
 ** to calling sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() and sqlite3VdbeDeephemeralize().
 */
var _aFlag1 = [2]Tu16{
	0: uint16(MEM_Blob),
	1: libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Str) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Term)),
}

var _aKeyword = [7]struct {
	Fi     Tu8
	FnChar Tu8
	Fcode  Tu8
}{
	0: {
		FnChar: uint8(7),
		Fcode:  uint8(JT_NATURAL),
	},
	1: {
		Fi:     uint8(6),
		FnChar: uint8(4),
		Fcode:  libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_LEFT) | libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_OUTER)),
	},
	2: {
		Fi:     uint8(10),
		FnChar: uint8(5),
		Fcode:  uint8(JT_OUTER),
	},
	3: {
		Fi:     uint8(14),
		FnChar: uint8(5),
		Fcode:  libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_RIGHT) | libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_OUTER)),
	},
	4: {
		Fi:     uint8(19),
		FnChar: uint8(4),
		Fcode:  libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_LEFT) | libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_RIGHT) | libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_OUTER)),
	},
	5: {
		Fi:     uint8(23),
		FnChar: uint8(5),
		Fcode:  uint8(JT_INNER),
	},
	6: {
		Fi:     uint8(28),
		FnChar: uint8(5),
		Fcode:  libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_INNER) | libc.Int32FromInt32(JT_CROSS)),
	},
}

var _aWindowFuncs = [15]TFuncDef{
	0: {
		FfuncFlags: libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_UTF8) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) | libc.Int32FromInt32(0)),
		FzName:     uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_row_numberName)),
	},
	1: {
		FfuncFlags: libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_UTF8) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) | libc.Int32FromInt32(0)),
		FzName:     uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_dense_rankName)),
	},
	2: {
		FfuncFlags: libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_UTF8) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) | libc.Int32FromInt32(0)),
		FzName:     uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_rankName)),
	},
	3: {
		FfuncFlags: libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_UTF8) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) | libc.Int32FromInt32(0)),
		FzName:     uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_percent_rankName)),
	},
	4: {
		FfuncFlags: libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_UTF8) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) | libc.Int32FromInt32(0)),
		FzName:     uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_cume_distName)),
	},
	5: {
		FnArg:      int16(1),
		FfuncFlags: libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_UTF8) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) | libc.Int32FromInt32(0)),
		FzName:     uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_ntileName)),
	},
	6: {
		FnArg:      int16(1),
		FfuncFlags: libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_UTF8) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) | libc.Int32FromInt32(0)),
		FzName:     uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_last_valueName)),
	},
	7: {
		FnArg:      int16(2),
		FfuncFlags: libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_UTF8) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) | libc.Int32FromInt32(0)),
		FzName:     uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_nth_valueName)),
	},
	8: {
		FnArg:      int16(1),
		FfuncFlags: libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_UTF8) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) | libc.Int32FromInt32(0)),
		FzName:     uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_first_valueName)),
	},
	9: {
		FnArg:      int16(1),
		FfuncFlags: libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_UTF8) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) | libc.Int32FromInt32(0)),
		FzName:     uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_leadName)),
	},
	10: {
		FnArg:      int16(2),
		FfuncFlags: libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_UTF8) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) | libc.Int32FromInt32(0)),
		FzName:     uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_leadName)),
	},
	11: {
		FnArg:      int16(3),
		FfuncFlags: libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_UTF8) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) | libc.Int32FromInt32(0)),
		FzName:     uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_leadName)),
	},
	12: {
		FnArg:      int16(1),
		FfuncFlags: libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_UTF8) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) | libc.Int32FromInt32(0)),
		FzName:     uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_lagName)),
	},
	13: {
		FnArg:      int16(2),
		FfuncFlags: libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_UTF8) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) | libc.Int32FromInt32(0)),
		FzName:     uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_lagName)),
	},
	14: {
		FnArg:      int16(3),
		FfuncFlags: libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_UTF8) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) | libc.Int32FromInt32(0)),
		FzName:     uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_lagName)),
	},
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This variant of sqlite3BtreePayload() works even if the cursor has not
//	** in the CURSOR_VALID state.  It is only used by the sqlite3_blob_read()
//	** interface.
//	*/
func _accessPayloadChecked(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr, offset Tu32, amt Tu32, pBuf uintptr) (r int32) {
	var rc, v1 int32
	_, _ = rc, v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState) == int32(CURSOR_INVALID) {
		return int32(SQLITE_ABORT)
	}
	rc = _btreeRestoreCursorPosition(tls, pCur)
	if rc != 0 {
		v1 = rc
	} else {
		v1 = _accessPayload(tls, pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0)
	}
	return v1
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating
//	** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the
//	** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable.
//	*/
func _addArgumentToVtab(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr) {
	var db, z uintptr
	var n int32
	_, _, _ = db, n, z
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FsArg.Fz != 0 && (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpNewTable != 0 {
		z = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FsArg.Fz
		n = libc.Int32FromUint32((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FsArg.Fn)
		db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
		_addModuleArgument(tls, pParse, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpNewTable, _sqlite3DbStrNDup(tls, db, z, libc.Uint64FromInt32(n)))
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if any cursor other than pCur is currently valid
//	** on the same B-tree as pCur.
//	**
//	** This can occur if a database is corrupt with two or more SQL tables
//	** pointing to the same b-tree.  If an insert occurs on one SQL table
//	** and causes a BEFORE TRIGGER to do a secondary insert on the other SQL
//	** table linked to the same b-tree.  If the secondary insert causes a
//	** rebalance, that can change content out from under the cursor on the
//	** first SQL table, violating invariants on the first insert.
//	*/
func _anotherValidCursor(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pOther uintptr
	_ = pOther
	pOther = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpBt)).FpCursor
	for {
		if !(pOther != 0) {
			break
		}
		if pOther != pCur && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pOther)).FeState) == CURSOR_VALID && (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pOther)).FpPage == (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage {
			return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(82340))
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		pOther = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pOther)).FpNext
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Perform a read or write operation on a blob
//	*/
func _blobReadWrite(tls *libc.TLS, pBlob uintptr, z uintptr, n int32, iOffset int32, __ccgo_fp_xCall uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var db, p, v uintptr
	var iKey Tsqlite3_int64
	var rc int32
	var _ /* bDiff at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _ = db, iKey, p, rc, v
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	p = pBlob
	if p == uintptr(0) {
		return _sqlite3MisuseError(tls, int32(106385))
	}
	db = (*TIncrblob)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	v = (*TIncrblob)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpStmt
	if n < 0 || iOffset < 0 || int64(iOffset)+int64(n) > int64((*TIncrblob)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnByte) {
		/* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
		rc = int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
	} else {
		if v == uintptr(0) {
			/* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
			 ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
			 */
			rc = int32(SQLITE_ABORT)
		} else {
			/* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is
			 ** returned, clean-up the statement handle.
			 */
			_sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(tls, (*TIncrblob)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpCsr)
			if __ccgo_fp_xCall == __ccgo_fp(_sqlite3BtreePutData) && (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FxPreUpdateCallback != 0 {
				/* If a pre-update hook is registered and this is a write cursor,
				 ** invoke it here.
				 **
				 ** TODO: The preupdate-hook is passed SQLITE_DELETE, even though this
				 ** operation should really be an SQLITE_UPDATE. This is probably
				 ** incorrect, but is convenient because at this point the new.* values
				 ** are not easily obtainable. And for the sessions module, an
				 ** SQLITE_UPDATE where the PK columns do not change is handled in the
				 ** same way as an SQLITE_DELETE (the SQLITE_DELETE code is actually
				 ** slightly more efficient). Since you cannot write to a PK column
				 ** using the incremental-blob API, this works. For the sessions module
				 ** anyhow.
				 */
				if _sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValidNN(tls, (*TIncrblob)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpCsr) == 0 {
					/* If the cursor is not currently valid, try to reseek it. This
					 ** always either fails or finds the correct row - the cursor will
					 ** have been marked permanently CURSOR_INVALID if the open row has
					 ** been deleted.  */
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
					rc = _sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(tls, (*TIncrblob)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpCsr, bp)
				}
				if _sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValidNN(tls, (*TIncrblob)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpCsr) != 0 {
					iKey = _sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(tls, (*TIncrblob)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpCsr)
					_sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(tls, v, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).FapCsr)), int32(SQLITE_DELETE), (*TIncrblob)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzDb, (*TIncrblob)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpTab, iKey, -int32(1), libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIncrblob)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiCol))
				}
			}
			if rc == SQLITE_OK {
				rc = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, Tu32, Tu32, uintptr) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{__ccgo_fp_xCall})))(tls, (*TIncrblob)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpCsr, libc.Uint32FromInt32(iOffset+(*TIncrblob)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiOffset), libc.Uint32FromInt32(n), z)
			}
			_sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(tls, (*TIncrblob)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpCsr)
			if rc == int32(SQLITE_ABORT) {
				_sqlite3VdbeFinalize(tls, v)
				(*TIncrblob)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpStmt = uintptr(0)
			} else {
				(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).Frc = rc
			}
		}
	}
	_sqlite3Error(tls, db, rc)
	rc = _sqlite3ApiExit(tls, db, rc)
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fmutex)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* This is a helper function to impliesNotNullRow().  In this routine,
//	** set pWalker->eCode to one only if *both* of the input expressions
//	** separately have the implies-not-null-row property.
//	*/
func _bothImplyNotNullRow(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pE1 uintptr, pE2 uintptr) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode) == 0 {
		_sqlite3WalkExpr(tls, pWalker, pE1)
		if (*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode != 0 {
			(*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode = uint16(0)
			_sqlite3WalkExpr(tls, pWalker, pE2)
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Compute the amount of freespace on the page.  In other words, fill
//	** in the pPage->nFree field.
//	*/
func _btreeComputeFreeSpace(tls *libc.TLS, pPage uintptr) (r int32) {
	var data uintptr
	var hdr Tu8
	var iCellFirst, iCellLast, nFree, pc, top, usableSize int32
	var next, size Tu32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = data, hdr, iCellFirst, iCellLast, nFree, next, pc, size, top, usableSize /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */
	usableSize = libc.Int32FromUint32((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpBt)).FusableSize)
	hdr = (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FhdrOffset
	data = (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FaData
	/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-58015-48175 The two-byte integer at offset 5 designates
	 ** the start of the cell content area. A zero value for this integer is
	 ** interpreted as 65536. */
	top = (libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(data + uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint8(hdr)+int32(5)))))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)|libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(data + uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint8(hdr)+int32(5)) + 1)))-int32(1))&int32(0xffff) + int32(1)
	iCellFirst = libc.Int32FromUint8(hdr) + int32(8) + libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FchildPtrSize) + int32(2)*libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnCell)
	iCellLast = usableSize - int32(4)
	/* Compute the total free space on the page
	 ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-23588-34450 The two-byte integer at offset 1 gives the
	 ** start of the first freeblock on the page, or is zero if there are no
	 ** freeblocks. */
	pc = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(data + uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint8(hdr)+int32(1)))))<<int32(8) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(data + uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint8(hdr)+int32(1)) + 1)))
	nFree = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(data + uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint8(hdr)+int32(7))))) + top /* Init nFree to non-freeblock free space */
	if pc > 0 {
		if pc < top {
			/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55530-52930 In a well-formed b-tree page, there will
			 ** always be at least one cell before the first freeblock.
			 */
			return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(75358))
		}
		for int32(1) != 0 {
			if pc > iCellLast {
				/* Freeblock off the end of the page */
				return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(75363))
			}
			next = libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(data + uintptr(pc))))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(data + uintptr(pc) + 1))))
			size = libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(data + uintptr(pc+int32(2)))))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(data + uintptr(pc+int32(2)) + 1))))
			if size < uint32(4) {
				/* Minimum freeblock size is 4 */
				return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(75369))
			}
			nFree = libc.Int32FromUint32(libc.Uint32FromInt32(nFree) + size)
			if next < libc.Uint32FromInt32(pc)+size+uint32(4) {
				break
			}
			pc = libc.Int32FromUint32(next)
		}
		if next > uint32(0) {
			/* Freeblock not in ascending order */
			return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(75377))
		}
		if libc.Uint32FromInt32(pc)+size > libc.Uint32FromInt32(usableSize) {
			/* Last freeblock extends past page end */
			return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(75381))
		}
	}
	/* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start
	 ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within
	 ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size
	 ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also
	 ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content
	 ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page.
	 */
	if nFree > usableSize || nFree < iCellFirst {
		return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(75393))
	}
	(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnFree = libc.Int32FromUint16(libc.Uint16FromInt32(nFree - iCellFirst))
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback()
//	** at the conclusion of a transaction.
//	*/
func _btreeEndTransaction(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	var db, pBt uintptr
	_, _ = db, pBt
	pBt = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt
	db = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb
	(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FbDoTruncate = uint8(0)
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FinTrans) > TRANS_NONE && (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnVdbeRead > int32(1) {
		/* If there are other active statements that belong to this database
		 ** handle, downgrade to a read-only transaction. The other statements
		 ** may still be reading from the database.  */
		_downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(tls, p)
		(*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FinTrans = uint8(TRANS_READ)
	} else {
		/* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the
		 ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count
		 ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused()
		 ** call below will unlock the pager.  */
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FinTrans) != TRANS_NONE {
			_clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(tls, p)
			(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FnTransaction = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FnTransaction - 1
			if 0 == (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FnTransaction {
				(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FinTransaction = uint8(TRANS_NONE)
			}
		}
		/* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the
		 ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction.  */
		(*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FinTrans = uint8(TRANS_NONE)
		_unlockBtreeIfUnused(tls, pBt)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
//	**
//	** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  If we see that the page does
//	** not contain a well-formed database page, then return
//	** SQLITE_CORRUPT.  Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
//	** guarantee that the page is well-formed.  It only shows that
//	** we failed to detect any corruption.
//	*/
func _btreeInitPage(tls *libc.TLS, pPage uintptr) (r int32) {
	var data, pBt uintptr
	_, _ = data, pBt /* The main btree structure */
	pBt = (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpBt
	data = (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FaData + uintptr((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FhdrOffset)
	/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-28594-02890 The one-byte flag at offset 0 indicating
	 ** the b-tree page type. */
	if _decodeFlags(tls, pPage, libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(data)))) != 0 {
		return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(75461))
	}
	(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FmaskPage = uint16((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpageSize - libc.Uint32FromInt32(1))
	(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnOverflow = uint8(0)
	(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FcellOffset = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FhdrOffset) + libc.Int32FromInt32(8) + libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FchildPtrSize))
	(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FaCellIdx = data + uintptr((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FchildPtrSize) + uintptr(8)
	(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FaDataEnd = (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FaData + uintptr((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpageSize)
	(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FaDataOfst = (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FaData + uintptr((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FchildPtrSize)
	/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37002-32774 The two-byte integer at offset 3 gives the
	 ** number of cells on the page. */
	(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnCell = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(data + 3)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(data + 3 + 1))))
	if uint32((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnCell) > ((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpageSize-uint32(8))/uint32(6) {
		/* To many cells for a single page.  The page must be corrupt */
		return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(75475))
	}
	/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-24089-57979 If a page contains no cells (which is only
	 ** possible for a root page of a table that contains no rows) then the
	 ** offset to the cell content area will equal the page size minus the
	 ** bytes of reserved space. */
	(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnFree = -int32(1) /* Indicate that this value is yet uncomputed */
	(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FisInit = uint8(1)
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).Fdb)).Fflags&uint64(SQLITE_CellSizeCk) != 0 {
		return _btreeCellSizeCheck(tls, pPage)
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record
//	** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode.  Unpack the
//	** record and then call sqlite3BtreeIndexMoveto() to do the work.
//	*/
func _btreeMoveto(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr, pKey uintptr, nKey Ti64, bias int32, pRes uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pIdxKey, pKeyInfo uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _, _ = pIdxKey, pKeyInfo, rc /* Unpacked index key */
	if pKey != 0 {
		pKeyInfo = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpKeyInfo
		pIdxKey = _sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(tls, pKeyInfo)
		if pIdxKey == uintptr(0) {
			return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		}
		_sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(tls, int32(nKey), pKey, pIdxKey)
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxKey)).FnField) == 0 || libc.Int32FromUint16((*TUnpackedRecord)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxKey)).FnField) > libc.Int32FromUint16((*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pKeyInfo)).FnAllField) {
			rc = _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(74103))
		} else {
			rc = _sqlite3BtreeIndexMoveto(tls, pCur, pIdxKey, pRes)
		}
		_sqlite3DbFree(tls, (*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpKeyInfo)).Fdb, pIdxKey)
	} else {
		pIdxKey = uintptr(0)
		rc = _sqlite3BtreeTableMoveto(tls, pCur, nKey, bias, pRes)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Overwrite the cell that cursor pCur is pointing to with fresh content
//	** contained in pX.
//	*/
func _btreeOverwriteCell(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr, pX uintptr) (r int32) {
	var nTotal int32
	var pPage uintptr
	_, _ = nTotal, pPage
	nTotal = (*TBtreePayload)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FnData + (*TBtreePayload)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FnZero /* Total bytes of to write */
	pPage = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage                                                  /* Page being written */
	if (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FpPayload+uintptr((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FnLocal) > (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FaDataEnd || (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FpPayload < (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FaData+uintptr((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FcellOffset) {
		return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(82592))
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FnLocal) == nTotal {
		/* The entire cell is local */
		return _btreeOverwriteContent(tls, pPage, (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FpPayload, pX, 0, libc.Int32FromUint16((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FnLocal))
	} else {
		/* The cell contains overflow content */
		return _btreeOverwriteOverflowCell(tls, pCur, pX)
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Overwrite the cell that cursor pCur is pointing to with fresh content
//	** contained in pX.  In this variant, pCur is pointing to an overflow
//	** cell.
//	*/
func _btreeOverwriteOverflowCell(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr, pX uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iOffset, nTotal, rc int32
	var ovflPageSize Tu32
	var ovflPgno TPgno
	var pBt uintptr
	var _ /* pPage at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = iOffset, nTotal, ovflPageSize, ovflPgno, pBt, rc                                /* Next byte of pX->pData to write */
	nTotal = (*TBtreePayload)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FnData + (*TBtreePayload)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FnZero /* Return code */
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage                           /* Size to write on overflow page */
	/* pCur is an overflow cell */
	/* Overwrite the local portion first */
	rc = _btreeOverwriteContent(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FpPayload, pX, 0, libc.Int32FromUint16((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FnLocal))
	if rc != 0 {
		return rc
	}
	/* Now overwrite the overflow pages */
	iOffset = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FnLocal)
	ovflPgno = _sqlite3Get4byte(tls, (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FpPayload+uintptr(iOffset))
	pBt = (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FpBt
	ovflPageSize = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FusableSize - uint32(4)
	for cond := true; cond; cond = iOffset < nTotal {
		rc = _btreeGetPage(tls, pBt, ovflPgno, bp, 0)
		if rc != 0 {
			return rc
		}
		if _sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FpDbPage) != int32(1) || (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FisInit != 0 {
			rc = _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(82564))
		} else {
			if libc.Uint32FromInt32(iOffset)+ovflPageSize < libc.Uint32FromInt32(nTotal) {
				ovflPgno = _sqlite3Get4byte(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FaData)
			} else {
				ovflPageSize = libc.Uint32FromInt32(nTotal - iOffset)
			}
			rc = _btreeOverwriteContent(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FaData+uintptr(4), pX, iOffset, libc.Int32FromUint32(ovflPageSize))
		}
		_sqlite3PagerUnref(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))).FpDbPage)
		if rc != 0 {
			return rc
		}
		iOffset = libc.Int32FromUint32(uint32(iOffset) + ovflPageSize)
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by
//	** the btree layer.
//	*/
func _btreePageFromDbPage(tls *libc.TLS, pDbPage uintptr, pgno TPgno, pBt uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var pPage uintptr
	var v1 int32
	_, _ = pPage, v1
	pPage = _sqlite3PagerGetExtra(tls, pDbPage)
	if pgno != (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fpgno {
		(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FaData = _sqlite3PagerGetData(tls, pDbPage)
		(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpDbPage = pDbPage
		(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpBt = pBt
		(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fpgno = pgno
		if pgno == uint32(1) {
			v1 = int32(100)
		} else {
			v1 = 0
		}
		(*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FhdrOffset = libc.Uint8FromInt32(v1)
	}
	return pPage
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The following routines are implementations of the MemPage.xParseCell()
//	** method.
//	**
//	** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure.
//	**
//	** btreeParseCellPtr()        =>   table btree leaf nodes
//	** btreeParseCellNoPayload()  =>   table btree internal nodes
//	** btreeParseCellPtrIndex()   =>   index btree nodes
//	**
//	** There is also a wrapper function btreeParseCell() that works for
//	** all MemPage types and that references the cell by index rather than
//	** by pointer.
//	*/
func _btreeParseCellPtrNoPayload(tls *libc.TLS, pPage uintptr, pCell uintptr, pInfo uintptr) {
	_ = pPage
	(*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnSize = libc.Uint16FromInt32(int32(4) + libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3GetVarint(tls, pCell+4, pInfo)))
	(*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnPayload = uint32(0)
	(*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnLocal = uint16(0)
	(*TCellInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FpPayload = uintptr(0)
	return
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Given a record with nPayload bytes of payload stored within btree
//	** page pPage, return the number of bytes of payload stored locally.
//	*/
func _btreePayloadToLocal(tls *libc.TLS, pPage uintptr, nPayload Ti64) (r int32) {
	var maxLocal, minLocal, surplus, v1 int32
	_, _, _, _ = maxLocal, minLocal, surplus, v1 /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
	maxLocal = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FmaxLocal)
	if nPayload <= int64(maxLocal) {
		return int32(nPayload)
	} else { /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
		minLocal = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FminLocal)
		surplus = int32(int64(minLocal) + (nPayload-int64(minLocal))%libc.Int64FromUint32((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpBt)).FusableSize-libc.Uint32FromInt32(4)))
		if surplus <= maxLocal {
			v1 = surplus
		} else {
			v1 = minLocal
		}
		return v1
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
//	** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the
//	** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
//	** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each
//	** saveCursorPosition().
//	*/
func _btreeRestoreCursorPosition(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var rc int32
	var _ /* skipNext at bp+0 */ int32
	_ = rc
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState) == int32(CURSOR_FAULT) {
		return (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FskipNext
	}
	(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState = uint8(CURSOR_INVALID)
	if _sqlite3FaultSim(tls, int32(410)) != 0 {
		rc = int32(SQLITE_IOERR)
	} else {
		rc = _btreeMoveto(tls, pCur, (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpKey, (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FnKey, 0, bp)
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpKey)
		(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpKey = uintptr(0)
		if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
			(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FskipNext = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
		}
		if (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FskipNext != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState) == CURSOR_VALID {
			(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState = uint8(CURSOR_SKIPNEXT)
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set the pBt->nPage field correctly, according to the current
//	** state of the database.  Assume pBt->pPage1 is valid.
//	*/
func _btreeSetNPage(tls *libc.TLS, pBt uintptr, pPage1 uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var _ /* nPage at bp+0 */ int32
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = libc.Int32FromUint32(_sqlite3Get4byte(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage1)).FaData+28))
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == 0 {
		_sqlite3PagerPagecount(tls, (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPager, bp)
	}
	(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FnPage = libc.Uint32FromInt32(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Implementation of the octet_length() function
//	*/
func _bytelengthFunc(tls *libc.TLS, context uintptr, argc int32, argv uintptr) {
	var m Ti64
	var v1 int32
	_, _ = m, v1
	_ = argc
	switch Xsqlite3_value_type(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv))) {
	case int32(SQLITE_BLOB):
		Xsqlite3_result_int(tls, context, Xsqlite3_value_bytes(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv))))
	case int32(SQLITE_INTEGER):
		fallthrough
	case int32(SQLITE_FLOAT):
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(Xsqlite3_context_db_handle(tls, context))).Fenc) <= int32(SQLITE_UTF8) {
			v1 = int32(1)
		} else {
			v1 = int32(2)
		}
		m = int64(v1)
		Xsqlite3_result_int64(tls, context, int64(Xsqlite3_value_bytes(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv))))*m)
	case int32(SQLITE_TEXT):
		if Xsqlite3_value_encoding(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv))) <= int32(SQLITE_UTF8) {
			Xsqlite3_result_int(tls, context, Xsqlite3_value_bytes(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv))))
		} else {
			Xsqlite3_result_int(tls, context, Xsqlite3_value_bytes16(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv))))
		}
	default:
		Xsqlite3_result_null(tls, context)
		break
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the N-dimensional volume of the cell stored in *p.
//	*/
func _cellArea(tls *libc.TLS, pRtree uintptr, p uintptr) (r TRtreeDValue) {
	var area TRtreeDValue
	_ = area
	area = libc.Float64FromInt32(1)
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FeCoordType) == RTREE_COORD_REAL32 {
		switch libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnDim) {
		case int32(5):
			area = float64(*(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + 9*4)) - *(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + 8*4)))
			fallthrough
		case int32(4):
			area = area * float64(*(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + 7*4))-*(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + 6*4)))
			fallthrough
		case int32(3):
			area = area * float64(*(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + 5*4))-*(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + 4*4)))
			fallthrough
		case int32(2):
			area = area * float64(*(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + 3*4))-*(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + 2*4)))
			fallthrough
		default:
			area = area * float64(*(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + 1*4))-*(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8)))
		}
	} else {
		switch libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnDim) {
		case int32(5):
			area = float64(int64(*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + 9*4))) - int64(*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + 8*4))))
			fallthrough
		case int32(4):
			area = area * float64(int64(*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + 7*4)))-int64(*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + 6*4))))
			fallthrough
		case int32(3):
			area = area * float64(int64(*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + 5*4)))-int64(*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + 4*4))))
			fallthrough
		case int32(2):
			area = area * float64(int64(*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + 3*4)))-int64(*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + 2*4))))
			fallthrough
		default:
			area = area * float64(int64(*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + 1*4)))-int64(*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8))))
		}
	}
	return area
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true if the area covered by p2 is a subset of the area covered
//	** by p1. False otherwise.
//	*/
func _cellContains(tls *libc.TLS, pRtree uintptr, p1 uintptr, p2 uintptr) (r int32) {
	var a1, a11, a2, a21 uintptr
	var ii int32
	_, _, _, _, _ = a1, a11, a2, a21, ii
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FeCoordType) == int32(RTREE_COORD_INT32) {
		ii = 0
		for {
			if !(ii < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnDim2)) {
				break
			}
			a1 = p1 + 8 + uintptr(ii)*4
			a2 = p2 + 8 + uintptr(ii)*4
			if *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(a2)) < *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(a1)) || *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(a2 + 1*4)) > *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(a1 + 1*4)) {
				return 0
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			ii = ii + int32(2)
		}
	} else {
		ii = 0
		for {
			if !(ii < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnDim2)) {
				break
			}
			a11 = p1 + 8 + uintptr(ii)*4
			a21 = p2 + 8 + uintptr(ii)*4
			if *(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(a21)) < *(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(a11)) || *(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(a21 + 1*4)) > *(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(a11 + 1*4)) {
				return 0
			}
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			ii = ii + int32(2)
		}
	}
	return int32(1)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the margin length of cell p. The margin length is the sum
//	** of the objects size in each dimension.
//	*/
func _cellMargin(tls *libc.TLS, pRtree uintptr, p uintptr) (r TRtreeDValue) {
	var ii int32
	var margin TRtreeDValue
	var v1, v2 float64
	_, _, _, _ = ii, margin, v1, v2
	margin = libc.Float64FromInt32(0)
	ii = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnDim2) - int32(2)
	for cond := true; cond; cond = ii >= 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FeCoordType) == RTREE_COORD_REAL32 {
			v1 = float64(*(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + uintptr(ii+int32(1))*4)))
		} else {
			v1 = float64(*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + uintptr(ii+int32(1))*4)))
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FeCoordType) == RTREE_COORD_REAL32 {
			v2 = float64(*(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + uintptr(ii)*4)))
		} else {
			v2 = float64(*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 8 + uintptr(ii)*4)))
		}
		margin = margin + (v1 - v2)
		ii = ii - int32(2)
	}
	return margin
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Store the union of cells p1 and p2 in p1.
//	*/
func _cellUnion(tls *libc.TLS, pRtree uintptr, p1 uintptr, p2 uintptr) {
	var ii, v3 int32
	var v1 TRtreeValue
	_, _, _ = ii, v1, v3
	ii = 0
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FeCoordType) == RTREE_COORD_REAL32 {
		for cond := true; cond; cond = ii < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnDim2) {
			if *(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p1 + 8 + uintptr(ii)*4)) < *(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p2 + 8 + uintptr(ii)*4)) {
				v1 = *(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p1 + 8 + uintptr(ii)*4))
			} else {
				v1 = *(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p2 + 8 + uintptr(ii)*4))
			}
			*(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p1 + 8 + uintptr(ii)*4)) = v1
			if *(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p1 + 8 + uintptr(ii+int32(1))*4)) > *(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p2 + 8 + uintptr(ii+int32(1))*4)) {
				v1 = *(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p1 + 8 + uintptr(ii+int32(1))*4))
			} else {
				v1 = *(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p2 + 8 + uintptr(ii+int32(1))*4))
			}
			*(*TRtreeValue)(unsafe.Pointer(p1 + 8 + uintptr(ii+int32(1))*4)) = v1
			ii = ii + int32(2)
		}
	} else {
		for cond := true; cond; cond = ii < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnDim2) {
			if *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p1 + 8 + uintptr(ii)*4)) < *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p2 + 8 + uintptr(ii)*4)) {
				v3 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p1 + 8 + uintptr(ii)*4))
			} else {
				v3 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p2 + 8 + uintptr(ii)*4))
			}
			*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p1 + 8 + uintptr(ii)*4)) = v3
			if *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p1 + 8 + uintptr(ii+int32(1))*4)) > *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p2 + 8 + uintptr(ii+int32(1))*4)) {
				v3 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p1 + 8 + uintptr(ii+int32(1))*4))
			} else {
				v3 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p2 + 8 + uintptr(ii+int32(1))*4))
			}
			*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(p1 + 8 + uintptr(ii+int32(1))*4)) = v3
			ii = ii + int32(2)
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema
//	** as needing reloading.  This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
//	** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas.
//	*/
func _changeTempStorage(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, zStorageType uintptr) (r int32) {
	var db uintptr
	var ts int32
	_, _ = db, ts
	ts = _getTempStore(tls, zStorageType)
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Ftemp_store) == ts {
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	if _invalidateTempStorage(tls, pParse) != SQLITE_OK {
		return int32(SQLITE_ERROR)
	}
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Ftemp_store = libc.Uint8FromInt32(ts)
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Close all file descriptors accumulated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list.
//	*/
func _closePendingFds(tls *libc.TLS, pFile uintptr) {
	var p, pInode, pNext uintptr
	_, _, _ = p, pInode, pNext
	pInode = (*TunixFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pFile)).FpInode
	p = (*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FpUnused
	for {
		if !(p != 0) {
			break
		}
		pNext = (*TUnixUnusedFd)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext
		_robust_close(tls, pFile, (*TUnixUnusedFd)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Ffd, int32(41675))
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, p)
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		p = pNext
	}
	(*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FpUnused = uintptr(0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code for a comparison operator.
//	*/
func _codeCompare(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pLeft uintptr, pRight uintptr, opcode int32, in1 int32, in2 int32, dest int32, jumpIfNull int32, isCommuted int32) (r int32) {
	var addr, p5 int32
	var p4 uintptr
	_, _, _ = addr, p4, p5
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnErr != 0 {
		return 0
	}
	if isCommuted != 0 {
		p4 = _sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(tls, pParse, pRight, pLeft)
	} else {
		p4 = _sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(tls, pParse, pLeft, pRight)
	}
	p5 = libc.Int32FromUint8(_binaryCompareP5(tls, pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull))
	addr = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1, p4, -int32(2))
	_sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe, libc.Uint16FromInt32(p5))
	return addr
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause.  An equality
//	** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...).   pTerm is the term to be
//	** coded.
//	**
//	** The current value for the constraint is left in a register, the index
//	** of which is returned.  An attempt is made store the result in iTarget but
//	** this is only guaranteed for TK_ISNULL and TK_IN constraints.  If the
//	** constraint is a TK_EQ or TK_IS, then the current value might be left in
//	** some other register and it is the caller's responsibility to compensate.
//	**
//	** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated in
//	** straight-line code.  For constraints of the form X IN (...)
//	** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X.
//	*/
func _codeEqualityTerm(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTerm uintptr, pLevel uintptr, iEq int32, bRev int32, iTarget int32) (r int32) {
	var iReg int32
	var pX uintptr
	_, _ = iReg, pX
	pX = (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FpExpr /* Register holding results */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).Fop) == int32(TK_EQ) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).Fop) == int32(TK_IS) {
		iReg = _sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).FpRight, iTarget)
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).Fop) == int32(TK_ISNULL) {
			iReg = iTarget
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe, int32(OP_Null), 0, iReg)
		} else {
			iReg = iTarget
			_codeINTerm(tls, pParse, pTerm, pLevel, iEq, bRev, iTarget)
		}
	}
	/* As an optimization, try to disable the WHERE clause term that is
	 ** driving the index as it will always be true.  The correct answer is
	 ** obtained regardless, but we might get the answer with fewer CPU cycles
	 ** by omitting the term.
	 **
	 ** But do not disable the term unless we are certain that the term is
	 ** not a transitive constraint.  For an example of where that does not
	 ** work, see https://sqlite.org/forum/forumpost/eb8613976a (2021-05-04)
	 */
	if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FpWLoop)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_TRANSCONS) == uint32(0) || libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FeOperator)&int32(WO_EQUIV) == 0 {
		_disableTerm(tls, pLevel, pTerm)
	}
	return iReg
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** pMem currently only holds a string type (or maybe a BLOB that we can
//	** interpret as a string if we want to).  Compute its corresponding
//	** numeric type, if has one.  Set the pMem->u.r and pMem->u.i fields
//	** accordingly.
//	*/
func _computeNumericType(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr) (r Tu16) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var rc, v1 int32
	var _ /* ix at bp+0 */ Tsqlite3_int64
	_, _ = rc, v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Zero) != 0 {
		v1 = _sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(tls, pMem)
	} else {
		v1 = 0
	}
	if v1 != 0 {
		*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)) = 0
		return uint16(MEM_Int)
	}
	rc = _sqlite3MemRealValueRC(tls, pMem, pMem)
	if rc <= 0 {
		if rc&int32(2) == 0 && _sqlite3Atoi64(tls, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fz, bp, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fn, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fenc) <= int32(1) {
			*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)) = **(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(bp))
			return uint16(MEM_Int)
		} else {
			return uint16(MEM_Real)
		}
	} else {
		if rc&int32(2) == 0 && _sqlite3Atoi64(tls, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fz, bp, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fn, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fenc) == 0 {
			*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)) = **(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(bp))
			return uint16(MEM_Int)
		}
	}
	return uint16(MEM_Real)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** idxNum:
//	**
//	**     0     schema=main, full table scan
//	**     1     schema=main, pgno=?1
//	**     2     schema=?1, full table scan
//	**     3     schema=?1, pgno=?2
//	*/
func _dbpageBestIndex(tls *libc.TLS, tab uintptr, pIdxInfo uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i, iPlan, v3 int32
	var p, p1 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = i, iPlan, p, p1, v3
	iPlan = 0
	_ = tab
	/* If there is a schema= constraint, it must be honored.  Report a
	 ** ridiculously large estimated cost if the schema= constraint is
	 ** unavailable
	 */
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FnConstraint) {
			break
		}
		p = (*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraint + uintptr(i)*12
		if (*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiColumn != int32(DBPAGE_COLUMN_SCHEMA) {
			goto _1
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) != int32(SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ) {
			goto _1
		}
		if !((*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fusable != 0) {
			/* No solution. */
			return int32(SQLITE_CONSTRAINT)
		}
		iPlan = int32(2)
		(**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint_usage)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraintUsage + uintptr(i)*8))).FargvIndex = int32(1)
		(**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint_usage)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraintUsage + uintptr(i)*8))).Fomit = uint8(1)
		break
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	/* If we reach this point, it means that either there is no schema=
	 ** constraint (in which case we use the "main" schema) or else the
	 ** schema constraint was accepted.  Lower the estimated cost accordingly
	 */
	(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FestimatedCost = float64(1e+06)
	/* Check for constraints against pgno */
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FnConstraint) {
			break
		}
		p1 = (*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraint + uintptr(i)*12
		if (*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).Fusable != 0 && (*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).FiColumn <= 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).Fop) == int32(SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ) {
			(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FestimatedRows = int64(1)
			(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FidxFlags = int32(SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE)
			(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FestimatedCost = float64(1)
			if iPlan != 0 {
				v3 = int32(2)
			} else {
				v3 = int32(1)
			}
			(**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint_usage)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraintUsage + uintptr(i)*8))).FargvIndex = v3
			(**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint_usage)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraintUsage + uintptr(i)*8))).Fomit = uint8(1)
			iPlan = iPlan | int32(1)
			break
		}
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FidxNum = iPlan
	if (*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FnOrderBy >= int32(1) && (**(**Tsqlite3_index_orderby)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaOrderBy))).FiColumn <= 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**Tsqlite3_index_orderby)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaOrderBy))).Fdesc) == 0 {
		(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).ForderByConsumed = int32(1)
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

func _dbpageRowid(tls *libc.TLS, pCursor uintptr, pRowid uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pCsr uintptr
	_ = pCsr
	pCsr = pCursor
	**(**Tsqlite_int64)(__ccgo_up(pRowid)) = libc.Int64FromUint32((*TDbpageCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).Fpgno)
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Delete the cell at index iCell of node pNode. After removing the
//	** cell, adjust the r-tree data structure if required.
//	*/
func _deleteCell(tls *libc.TLS, pRtree uintptr, pNode uintptr, iCell int32, iHeight int32) (r int32) {
	var pParent uintptr
	var rc, v1 int32
	_, _, _ = pParent, rc, v1
	v1 = _fixLeafParent(tls, pRtree, pNode)
	rc = v1
	if SQLITE_OK != v1 {
		return rc
	}
	/* Remove the cell from the node. This call just moves bytes around
	 ** the in-memory node image, so it cannot fail.
	 */
	_nodeDeleteCell(tls, pRtree, pNode, iCell)
	/* If the node is not the tree root and now has less than the minimum
	 ** number of cells, remove it from the tree. Otherwise, update the
	 ** cell in the parent node so that it tightly contains the updated
	 ** node.
	 */
	pParent = (*TRtreeNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FpParent
	if pParent != 0 {
		if _readInt16(tls, (*TRtreeNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FzData+2) < ((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FiNodeSize-int32(4))/libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnBytesPerCell)/int32(3) {
			rc = _removeNode(tls, pRtree, pNode, iHeight)
		} else {
			rc = _fixBoundingBox(tls, pRtree, pNode)
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk.
//	** Code to update the sqlite_schema tables and internal schema definitions
//	** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer
//	** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
//	*/
func _destroyTable(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTab uintptr) {
	var iDb int32
	var iDestroyed, iIdx, iLargest, iTab TPgno
	var pIdx uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = iDb, iDestroyed, iIdx, iLargest, iTab, pIdx
	/* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
	 ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the
	 ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically
	 ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages
	 ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the
	 ** following were coded:
	 **
	 ** OP_Destroy 4 0
	 ** ...
	 ** OP_Destroy 5 0
	 **
	 ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the
	 ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the
	 ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit
	 ** a free-list page.
	 */
	iTab = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).Ftnum
	iDestroyed = uint32(0)
	for int32(1) != 0 {
		iLargest = uint32(0)
		if iDestroyed == uint32(0) || iTab < iDestroyed {
			iLargest = iTab
		}
		pIdx = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpIndex
		for {
			if !(pIdx != 0) {
				break
			}
			iIdx = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).Ftnum
			if (iDestroyed == uint32(0) || iIdx < iDestroyed) && iIdx > iLargest {
				iLargest = iIdx
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			pIdx = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpNext
		}
		if iLargest == uint32(0) {
			return
		} else {
			iDb = _sqlite3SchemaToIndex(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpSchema)
			_destroyRootPage(tls, pParse, libc.Int32FromUint32(iLargest), iDb)
			iDestroyed = iLargest
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
//	** file by this or any other process. If the caller holds a SHARED
//	** or greater lock when it is called, then it is assumed that no other
//	** client may hold RESERVED. Or, if the caller holds no lock, then it
//	** is assumed another client holds RESERVED if the lock-file exists.
//	*/
func _dotlockCheckReservedLock(tls *libc.TLS, id uintptr, pResOut uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pFile uintptr
	_ = pFile
	pFile = id
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TunixFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pFile)).FeFileLock) >= int32(SHARED_LOCK) {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pResOut)) = 0
	} else {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pResOut)) = libc.BoolInt32((*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, int32) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_aSyscall[int32(2)].FpCurrent})))(tls, (*TunixFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pFile)).FlockingContext, 0) == 0)
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

var _dotlockIoFinder = uintptr(0)

func _dotlockIoFinderImpl(tls *libc.TLS, z uintptr, p uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	_ = z
	_ = p
	return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_dotlockIoMethods))
}

var _dotlockIoMethods = Tsqlite3_io_methods{
	FiVersion: int32(1),
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Estimate the logarithm of the input value to base 2.
//	*/
func _estLog(tls *libc.TLS, N TLogEst) (r TLogEst) {
	var v1 int32
	_ = v1
	if int32(N) <= int32(10) {
		v1 = 0
	} else {
		v1 = int32(_sqlite3LogEst(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt16(N))) - int32(33)
	}
	return int16(v1)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If expression pExpr is of type TK_SELECT, generate code to evaluate
//	** it. Return the register in which the result is stored (or, if the
//	** sub-select returns more than one column, the first in an array
//	** of registers in which the result is stored).
//	**
//	** If pExpr is not a TK_SELECT expression, return 0.
//	*/
func _exprCodeSubselect(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var reg int32
	_ = reg
	reg = 0
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_SELECT) {
		reg = _sqlite3CodeSubselect(tls, pParse, pExpr)
	}
	return reg
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code that evaluates an AND or OR operator leaving a
//	** boolean result in a register.  pExpr is the AND/OR expression.
//	** Store the result in the "target" register.  Use short-circuit
//	** evaluation to avoid computing both operands, if possible.
//	**
//	** The code generated might require the use of a temporary register.
//	** If it does, then write the number of that temporary register
//	** into *pTmpReg.  If not, leave *pTmpReg unchanged.
//	*/
func _exprCodeTargetAndOr(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pExpr uintptr, target int32, pTmpReg uintptr) (r int32) {
	var addrSkip, op, r1, r2, regSS, skipOp, v1 int32
	var pAlt, v uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = addrSkip, op, pAlt, r1, r2, regSS, skipOp, v, v1 /* Branch instruction that skips one of the operands */
	regSS = 0                                                                    /* statement being coded */
	op = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop)
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	pAlt = _sqlite3ExprSimplifiedAndOr(tls, pExpr)
	if pAlt != pExpr {
		r1 = _sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(tls, pParse, pAlt, target)
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_And), r1, r1, target)
		return target
	}
	if op == int32(TK_AND) {
		v1 = int32(OP_IfNot)
	} else {
		v1 = int32(OP_If)
	}
	skipOp = v1
	if _exprEvalRhsFirst(tls, pExpr) != 0 {
		/* Compute the right operand first.  Skip the computation of the left
		 ** operand if the right operand fully determines the result */
		v1 = _sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight, target)
		regSS = v1
		r2 = v1
		addrSkip = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, skipOp, r2)
		r1 = _sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft, pTmpReg)
	} else {
		/* Compute the left operand first */
		r1 = _sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft, target)
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Subquery)) != uint32(0) {
			/* Skip over the computation of the right operand if the right
			 ** operand is a subquery and the left operand completely determines
			 ** the result */
			regSS = r1
			addrSkip = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, skipOp, r1)
		} else {
			v1 = libc.Int32FromInt32(0)
			regSS = v1
			addrSkip = v1
		}
		r2 = _sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight, pTmpReg)
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, op, r2, r1, target)
	if addrSkip != 0 {
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Goto), 0, _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)+int32(2))
		_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, addrSkip)
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Or), regSS, regSS, target)
	}
	return target
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Commute a comparison operator.  Expressions of the form "X op Y"
//	** are converted into "Y op X".
//	*/
func _exprCommute(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r Tu16) {
	var t uintptr
	_ = t
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft)).Fop) == int32(TK_VECTOR) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight)).Fop) == int32(TK_VECTOR) || _sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight) != _sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft) {
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pExpr + 4)) ^= uint32(EP_Commuted)
	}
	t = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight
	(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft
	(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft = t
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) >= int32(TK_GT) {
		(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop = libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) - int32(TK_GT) ^ int32(2) + int32(TK_GT))
	}
	return uint16(0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Expression pVar is guaranteed to be an SQL variable. pExpr may be any
//	** type of expression.
//	**
//	** If pExpr is a simple SQL value - an integer, real, string, blob
//	** or NULL value - then the VDBE currently being prepared is configured
//	** to re-prepare each time a new value is bound to variable pVar.
//	**
//	** Additionally, if pExpr is a simple SQL value and the value is the
//	** same as that currently bound to variable pVar, non-zero is returned.
//	** Otherwise, if the values are not the same or if pExpr is not a simple
//	** SQL value, zero is returned.
//	**
//	** If the SQLITE_EnableQPSG flag is set on the database connection, then
//	** this routine always returns false.
//	*/
func _exprCompareVariable(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pVar uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iVar, res, v1 int32
	var pL uintptr
	var _ /* pR at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = iVar, pL, res, v1
	res = int32(2)
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0)
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_VARIABLE) && int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pVar)).FiColumn) == int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FiColumn) {
		return 0
	}
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).Fflags&uint64(SQLITE_EnableQPSG) != uint64(0) {
		return int32(2)
	}
	_sqlite3ValueFromExpr(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, pExpr, uint8(SQLITE_UTF8), uint8(SQLITE_AFF_BLOB), bp)
	if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
		iVar = int32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pVar)).FiColumn)
		_sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe, iVar)
		pL = _sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpReprepare, iVar, uint8(SQLITE_AFF_BLOB))
		if pL != 0 {
			if Xsqlite3_value_type(tls, pL) == int32(SQLITE_TEXT) {
				Xsqlite3_value_text(tls, pL) /* Make sure the encoding is UTF-8 */
			}
			if _sqlite3MemCompare(tls, pL, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), uintptr(0)) != 0 {
				v1 = int32(2)
			} else {
				v1 = 0
			}
			res = v1
		}
		_sqlite3ValueFree(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
		_sqlite3ValueFree(tls, pL)
	}
	return res
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Compute the two operands of a binary operator.
//	**
//	** If either operand contains a subquery, then the code strives to
//	** compute the operand containing the subquery second.  If the other
//	** operand evalutes to NULL, then a jump is made.  The address of the
//	** IsNull operand that does this jump is returned.  The caller can use
//	** this to optimize the computation so as to avoid doing the potentially
//	** expensive subquery.
//	**
//	** If no optimization opportunities exist, return 0.
//	*/
func _exprComputeOperands(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pExpr uintptr, pR1 uintptr, pR2 uintptr, pFree1 uintptr, pFree2 uintptr) (r int32) {
	var addrIsNull, r1, r2 int32
	var v uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = addrIsNull, r1, r2, v
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	/*
	 ** If the left operand contains a (possibly expensive) subquery and the
	 ** right operand does not and the right operation might be NULL,
	 ** then compute the right operand first and do an IsNull jump if the
	 ** right operand evalutes to NULL.
	 */
	if _exprEvalRhsFirst(tls, pExpr) != 0 && _sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(tls, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight) != 0 {
		r2 = _sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight, pFree2)
		addrIsNull = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_IsNull), r2)
	} else {
		r2 = 0 /* Silence a false-positive uninit-var warning in MSVC */
		addrIsNull = 0
	}
	r1 = _sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft, pFree1)
	if addrIsNull == 0 {
		/*
		 ** If the right operand contains a subquery and the left operand does not
		 ** and the left operand might be NULL, then do an IsNull check
		 ** check on the left operand before computing the right operand.
		 */
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Subquery)) != uint32(0) && _sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(tls, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft) != 0 {
			addrIsNull = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_IsNull), r1)
		}
		r2 = _sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight, pFree2)
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pR1)) = r1
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pR2)) = r2
	return addrIsNull
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true if it might be advantageous to compute the right operand
//	** of expression pExpr first, before the left operand.
//	**
//	** Normally the left operand is computed before the right operand.  But if
//	** the left operand contains a subquery and the right does not, then it
//	** might be more efficient to compute the right operand first.
//	*/
func _exprEvalRhsFirst(tls *libc.TLS, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Subquery)) != uint32(0) && !((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Subquery)) != libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) {
		return int32(1)
	} else {
		return 0
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Helper function for exprIsDeterministic().
//	*/
func _exprNodeIsDeterministic(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_FUNCTION) && libc.BoolInt32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_ConstFunc)) != uint32(0)) == 0 {
		(*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FeCode = uint16(0)
		return int32(WRC_Abort)
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The database opened by the first argument is an auto-vacuum database
//	** nOrig pages in size containing nFree free pages. Return the expected
//	** size of the database in pages following an auto-vacuum operation.
//	*/
func _finalDbSize(tls *libc.TLS, pBt uintptr, nOrig TPgno, nFree TPgno) (r TPgno) {
	var nEntry int32
	var nFin, nPtrmap TPgno
	_, _, _ = nEntry, nFin, nPtrmap /* Return value */
	nEntry = libc.Int32FromUint32((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FusableSize / uint32(5))
	nPtrmap = (nFree - nOrig + _ptrmapPageno(tls, pBt, nOrig) + libc.Uint32FromInt32(nEntry)) / libc.Uint32FromInt32(nEntry)
	nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap
	if nOrig > libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3PendingByte)/(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpageSize+libc.Uint32FromInt32(1) && nFin < libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3PendingByte)/(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpageSize+libc.Uint32FromInt32(1) {
		nFin = nFin - 1
	}
	for _ptrmapPageno(tls, pBt, nFin) == nFin || nFin == libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3PendingByte)/(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpageSize+libc.Uint32FromInt32(1) {
		nFin = nFin - 1
	}
	return nFin
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Find all terms of COLUMN=VALUE or VALUE=COLUMN in pExpr where VALUE
//	** is a constant expression and where the term must be true because it
//	** is part of the AND-connected terms of the expression.  For each term
//	** found, add it to the pConst structure.
//	*/
func _findConstInWhere(tls *libc.TLS, pConst uintptr, pExpr uintptr) {
	var pLeft, pRight uintptr
	_, _ = pLeft, pRight
	if pExpr == uintptr(0) {
		return
	}
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&(*TWhereConst)(unsafe.Pointer(pConst)).FmExcludeOn != uint32(0) {
		return
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_AND) {
		_findConstInWhere(tls, pConst, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight)
		_findConstInWhere(tls, pConst, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft)
		return
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) != int32(TK_EQ) {
		return
	}
	pRight = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight
	pLeft = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRight)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) && _sqlite3ExprIsConstant(tls, (*TWhereConst)(unsafe.Pointer(pConst)).FpParse, pLeft) != 0 {
		_constInsert(tls, pConst, pRight, pLeft, pExpr)
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) && _sqlite3ExprIsConstant(tls, (*TWhereConst)(unsafe.Pointer(pConst)).FpParse, pRight) != 0 {
		_constInsert(tls, pConst, pLeft, pRight, pExpr)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine runs after codeDistinct().  It makes necessary
//	** adjustments to the OP_OpenEphemeral opcode that the codeDistinct()
//	** routine made use of.  This processing must be done separately since
//	** sometimes codeDistinct is called before the OP_OpenEphemeral is actually
//	** laid down.
//	**
//	** WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP:
//	** WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED:
//	**
//	**     No adjustments necessary.  This function is a no-op.
//	**
//	** WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE:
//	**
//	**     The ephemeral table is not needed.  So change the
//	**     OP_OpenEphemeral opcode into an OP_Noop.
//	**
//	** WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED:
//	**
//	**     The ephemeral table is not needed.  But we do need register
//	**     iVal to be initialized to NULL.  So change the OP_OpenEphemeral
//	**     into an OP_Null on the iVal register.
//	*/
func _fixDistinctOpenEph(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, eTnctType int32, iVal int32, iOpenEphAddr int32) {
	var pOp, v uintptr
	_, _ = pOp, v
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnErr == 0 && (eTnctType == int32(WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE) || eTnctType == int32(WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED)) {
		v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
		_sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(tls, v, iOpenEphAddr)
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(_sqlite3VdbeGetOp(tls, v, iOpenEphAddr+int32(1)))).Fopcode) == int32(OP_Explain) {
			_sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(tls, v, iOpenEphAddr+int32(1))
		}
		if eTnctType == int32(WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED) {
			/* Change the OP_OpenEphemeral to an OP_Null that sets the MEM_Cleared
			 ** bit on the first register of the previous value.  This will cause the
			 ** OP_Ne added in codeDistinct() to always fail on the first iteration of
			 ** the loop even if the first row is all NULLs.  */
			pOp = _sqlite3VdbeGetOp(tls, v, iOpenEphAddr)
			(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fopcode = uint8(OP_Null)
			(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp1 = int32(1)
			(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp2 = iVal
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the
//	** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed
//	** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row
//	** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the
//	** new row.
//	**
//	** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the
//	** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into
//	** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no
//	** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be
//	** found in the parent table:
//	**
//	**   Operation | FK type   | Action taken
//	**   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
//	**   INSERT      immediate   Increment the "immediate constraint counter".
//	**
//	**   DELETE      immediate   Decrement the "immediate constraint counter".
//	**
//	**   INSERT      deferred    Increment the "deferred constraint counter".
//	**
//	**   DELETE      deferred    Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
//	**
//	** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file
//	** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1".
//	*/
func _fkLookupParent(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, iDb int32, pTab uintptr, pIdx uintptr, pFKey uintptr, aiCol uintptr, regData int32, nIncr int32, isIgnore int32) {
	var i, iChild, iCur, iJump, iMustBeInt, iOk, iParent, iReg, nCol, regTemp, regTemp1 int32
	var v uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, iChild, iCur, iJump, iMustBeInt, iOk, iParent, iReg, nCol, regTemp, regTemp1, v /* Iterator variable */
	v = _sqlite3GetVdbe(tls, pParse)                                                                                        /* Vdbe to add code to */
	iCur = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnTab - int32(1)                                                               /* Cursor number to use */
	iOk = _sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(tls, pParse)                                                                                /* jump here if parent key found */
	/* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any
	 ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need
	 ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations.
	 **
	 ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If
	 ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to
	 ** search for a matching row in the parent table.  */
	if nIncr < 0 {
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_FkIfZero), libc.Int32FromUint8((*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FisDeferred), iOk)
	}
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FnCol) {
			break
		}
		iReg = int32(_sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(tls, (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FpFrom, int16(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aiCol + uintptr(i)*4))))) + regData + int32(1)
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_IsNull), iReg, iOk)
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	if isIgnore == 0 {
		if pIdx == uintptr(0) { /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */
			regTemp = _sqlite3GetTempReg(tls, pParse)
			/* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e.
			 ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there
			 ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of
			 ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column
			 ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct.  */
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_SCopy), int32(_sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(tls, (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FpFrom, int16(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aiCol)))))+int32(1)+regData, regTemp)
			iMustBeInt = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_MustBeInt), regTemp, 0)
			/* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
			 ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
			 ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
			 ** increment the constraint-counter.  */
			if pTab == (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FpFrom && nIncr == int32(1) {
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Eq), regData, iOk, regTemp)
				_sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(tls, v, uint16(SQLITE_NOTNULL))
			}
			_sqlite3OpenTable(tls, pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, int32(OP_OpenRead))
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_NotExists), iCur, 0, regTemp)
			_sqlite3VdbeGoto(tls, v, iOk)
			_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)-int32(2))
			_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, iMustBeInt)
			_sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(tls, pParse, regTemp)
		} else {
			nCol = (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FnCol
			regTemp1 = _sqlite3GetTempRange(tls, pParse, nCol)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_OpenRead), iCur, libc.Int32FromUint32((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).Ftnum), iDb)
			_sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(tls, pParse, pIdx)
			i = 0
			for {
				if !(i < nCol) {
					break
				}
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Copy), int32(_sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(tls, (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FpFrom, int16(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aiCol + uintptr(i)*4)))))+int32(1)+regData, regTemp1+i)
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				i = i + 1
			}
			/* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
			 ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
			 ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
			 ** increment the constraint-counter.
			 **
			 ** If any of the parent-key values are NULL, then the row cannot match
			 ** itself. So set JUMPIFNULL to make sure we do the OP_Found if any
			 ** of the parent-key values are NULL (at this point it is known that
			 ** none of the child key values are).
			 */
			if pTab == (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FpFrom && nIncr == int32(1) {
				iJump = _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v) + nCol + int32(1)
				i = 0
				for {
					if !(i < nCol) {
						break
					}
					iChild = int32(_sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(tls, (*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FpFrom, int16(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aiCol + uintptr(i)*4))))) + int32(1) + regData
					iParent = int32(1) + regData
					iParent = iParent + int32(_sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(tls, (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FpTable, **(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiColumn + uintptr(i)*2))))
					if int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiColumn + uintptr(i)*2))) == int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FiPKey) {
						/* The parent key is a composite key that includes the IPK column */
						iParent = regData
					}
					_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Ne), iChild, iJump, iParent)
					_sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(tls, v, uint16(SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL))
					goto _3
				_3:
					;
					i = i + 1
				}
				_sqlite3VdbeGoto(tls, v, iOk)
			}
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(tls, v, int32(OP_Affinity), regTemp1, nCol, 0, _sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, pIdx), nCol)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(tls, v, int32(OP_Found), iCur, iOk, regTemp1, nCol)
			_sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(tls, pParse, regTemp1, nCol)
		}
	}
	if !((*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FisDeferred != 0) && !((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).Fflags&libc.Uint64FromInt32(SQLITE_DeferFKs) != 0) && !((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpToplevel != 0) && !((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FisMultiWrite != 0) {
		/* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly
		 ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of
		 ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being
		 ** generated for will not open a statement transaction.  */
		_sqlite3HaltConstraint(tls, pParse, libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_CONSTRAINT)|libc.Int32FromInt32(3)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8), int32(OE_Abort), uintptr(0), int8(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)), uint8(P5_ConstraintFK))
	} else {
		if nIncr > 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FisDeferred) == 0 {
			_sqlite3MayAbort(tls, pParse)
		}
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_FkCounter), libc.Int32FromUint8((*TFKey)(unsafe.Pointer(pFKey)).FisDeferred), nIncr)
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(tls, v, iOk)
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_Close), iCur)
}

func _fts5ApiPhraseNextColumn(tls *libc.TLS, pCtx uintptr, pIter uintptr, piCol uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var pConfig, pCsr uintptr
	var _ /* dummy at bp+4 */ int32
	var _ /* iIncr at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _ = pConfig, pCsr
	pCsr = pCtx
	pConfig = (*TFts5Table)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).Fbase.FpVtab)).FpConfig
	if (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).FeDetail == int32(FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS) {
		if (*TFts5PhraseIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fa >= (*TFts5PhraseIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fb {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piCol)) = -int32(1)
		} else {
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pIter)) += uintptr(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, (*TFts5PhraseIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fa, bp))
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piCol)) += **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) - int32(2)
		}
	} else {
		for int32(1) != 0 {
			if (*TFts5PhraseIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fa >= (*TFts5PhraseIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fb {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piCol)) = -int32(1)
				return
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5PhraseIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fa))) == int32(0x01) {
				break
			}
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pIter)) += uintptr(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, (*TFts5PhraseIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fa, bp+4))
		}
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pIter)) += uintptr(int32(1) + _sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, (*TFts5PhraseIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).Fa+1, piCol))
	}
}

func _fts5DlidxExtractFirstRowid(tls *libc.TLS, pBuf uintptr) (r Ti64) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iOff int32
	var _ /* iRowid at bp+0 */ Ti64
	_ = iOff
	iOff = int32(1) + libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fp+1, bp))
	_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fp+uintptr(iOff), bp)
	return **(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(bp))
}

func _fts5ExprSynonymAdvanceto(tls *libc.TLS, pTerm uintptr, bDesc int32, piLast uintptr, pRc uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iLast, iRowid Ti64
	var p uintptr
	var rc int32
	var _ /* bEof at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _ = iLast, iRowid, p, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	iLast = **(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(piLast))
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
	p = pTerm
	for {
		if !(rc == SQLITE_OK && p != 0) {
			break
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TFts5IndexIter)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpIter)).FbEof) == 0 {
			iRowid = (*TFts5IndexIter)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpIter)).FiRowid
			if bDesc == 0 && iLast > iRowid || bDesc != 0 && iLast < iRowid {
				rc = _sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(tls, (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpIter, iLast)
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		p = (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSynonym
	}
	if rc != SQLITE_OK {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRc)) = rc
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = int32(1)
	} else {
		**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(piLast)) = _fts5ExprSynonymRowid(tls, pTerm, bDesc, bp)
	}
	return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Argument pTerm must be a synonym iterator. Return the current rowid
//	** that it points to.
//	*/
func _fts5ExprSynonymRowid(tls *libc.TLS, pTerm uintptr, bDesc int32, pbEof uintptr) (r Ti64) {
	var bRetValid int32
	var iRet, iRowid Ti64
	var p uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = bRetValid, iRet, iRowid, p
	iRet = 0
	bRetValid = 0
	p = pTerm
	for {
		if !(p != 0) {
			break
		}
		if 0 == libc.Int32FromUint8((*TFts5IndexIter)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpIter)).FbEof) {
			iRowid = (*TFts5IndexIter)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpIter)).FiRowid
			if bRetValid == 0 || bDesc != libc.BoolInt32(iRowid < iRet) {
				iRet = iRowid
				bRetValid = int32(1)
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		p = (*TFts5ExprTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSynonym
	}
	if pbEof != 0 && bRetValid == 0 {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pbEof)) = int32(1)
	}
	return iRet
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Argument p points to a buffer containing a varint to be interpreted as a
//	** position list size field. Read the varint and return the number of bytes
//	** read. Before returning, set *pnSz to the number of bytes in the position
//	** list, and *pbDel to true if the delete flag is set, or false otherwise.
//	*/
func _fts5GetPoslistSize(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pnSz uintptr, pbDel uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var n, v1 int32
	var _ /* nSz at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _ = n, v1
	n = 0
	v1 = n
	n = n + 1
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(p + uintptr(v1))))
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))&int32(0x80) != 0 {
		n = n - 1
		n = n + _sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, p+uintptr(n), bp)
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pnSz)) = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) / int32(2)
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pbDel)) = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) & int32(0x0001)
	return n
}

func _fts5GetU16(tls *libc.TLS, aIn uintptr) (r Tu16) {
	return libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16(uint16(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aIn))))<<int32(8) + libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aIn + 1))))
}

func _fts5HashKey(tls *libc.TLS, nSlot int32, p uintptr, n int32) (r uint32) {
	var h uint32
	var i int32
	_, _ = h, i
	h = uint32(13)
	i = n - int32(1)
	for {
		if !(i >= 0) {
			break
		}
		h = h<<int32(3) ^ h ^ uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(p + uintptr(i))))
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i - 1
	}
	return h % libc.Uint32FromInt32(nSlot)
}

func _fts5HashKey2(tls *libc.TLS, nSlot int32, b Tu8, p uintptr, n int32) (r uint32) {
	var h uint32
	var i int32
	_, _ = h, i
	h = uint32(13)
	i = n - int32(1)
	for {
		if !(i >= 0) {
			break
		}
		h = h<<int32(3) ^ h ^ uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(p + uintptr(i))))
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i - 1
	}
	h = h<<int32(3) ^ h ^ uint32(b)
	return h % libc.Uint32FromInt32(nSlot)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Check that:
//	**
//	**   1) All leaves of pSeg between iFirst and iLast (inclusive) exist and
//	**      contain zero terms.
//	**   2) All leaves of pSeg between iNoRowid and iLast (inclusive) exist and
//	**      contain zero rowids.
//	*/
func _fts5IndexIntegrityCheckEmpty(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pSeg uintptr, iFirst int32, iNoRowid int32, iLast int32) {
	var i int32
	var pLeaf uintptr
	_, _ = i, pLeaf
	/* Now check that the iter.nEmpty leaves following the current leaf
	 ** (a) exist and (b) contain no terms. */
	i = iFirst
	for {
		if !((*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK && i <= iLast) {
			break
		}
		pLeaf = _fts5DataRead(tls, p, int64((*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FiSegid)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_DLI_B))+int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B))+int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+int64(i))
		if pLeaf != 0 {
			if !((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).FszLeaf >= (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).Fnn) || i >= iNoRowid && 0 != libc.Int32FromUint16(_fts5GetU16(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeaf)).Fp)) {
				_fts5IndexCorruptRowid(tls, p, int64((*TFts5StructureSegment)(unsafe.Pointer(pSeg)).FiSegid)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_DLI_B))+int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B))+int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)+int64(i))
			}
		}
		_fts5DataRelease(tls, pLeaf)
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
}

func _fts5IndexPrepareStmt(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, ppStmt uintptr, zSql uintptr) (r int32) {
	var rc, v1 int32
	_, _ = rc, v1
	if (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
		if zSql != 0 {
			rc = Xsqlite3_prepare_v3(tls, (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpConfig)).Fdb, zSql, -int32(1), libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT)|libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB)), ppStmt, uintptr(0))
			/* If this prepare() call fails with SQLITE_ERROR, then one of the
			 ** %_idx or %_data tables has been removed or modified. Call this
			 ** corruption.  */
			if rc == int32(SQLITE_ERROR) {
				v1 = int32(SQLITE_CORRUPT)
			} else {
				v1 = rc
			}
			(*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = v1
		} else {
			(*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		}
	}
	Xsqlite3_free(tls, zSql)
	return (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Buffer pPg contains a page of a tombstone hash table - one of nPg pages
//	** associated with the same segment. This function adds rowid iRowid to
//	** the hash table. The caller is required to guarantee that there is at
//	** least one free slot on the page.
//	**
//	** If parameter bForce is false and the hash table is deemed to be full
//	** (more than half of the slots are occupied), then non-zero is returned
//	** and iRowid not inserted. Or, if bForce is true or if the hash table page
//	** is not full, iRowid is inserted and zero returned.
//	*/
func _fts5IndexTombstoneAddToPage(tls *libc.TLS, pPg uintptr, bForce int32, nPg int32, iRowid Tu64) (r int32) {
	var aSlot, aSlot1 uintptr
	var iSlot, nCollide, nElem, nSlot, szKey, v1, v2, v3 int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aSlot, aSlot1, iSlot, nCollide, nElem, nSlot, szKey, v1, v2, v3
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fp))) == int32(4) {
		v1 = int32(4)
	} else {
		v1 = int32(8)
	}
	szKey = v1
	if (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fnn > int32(16) {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fp))) == int32(4) {
			v3 = int32(4)
		} else {
			v3 = int32(8)
		}
		v2 = ((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fnn - int32(8)) / v3
	} else {
		v2 = int32(1)
	}
	nSlot = v2
	nElem = libc.Int32FromUint32(_fts5GetU32(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fp+4))
	iSlot = libc.Int32FromUint64(iRowid / libc.Uint64FromInt32(nPg) % libc.Uint64FromInt32(nSlot))
	nCollide = nSlot
	if szKey == int32(4) && iRowid > uint64(0xFFFFFFFF) {
		return int32(2)
	}
	if iRowid == uint64(0) {
		**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fp + 1)) = uint8(0x01)
		return 0
	}
	if bForce == 0 && nElem >= nSlot/int32(2) {
		return int32(1)
	}
	_fts5PutU32(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fp+4, libc.Uint32FromInt32(nElem+int32(1)))
	if szKey == int32(4) {
		aSlot = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fp + 8
		for **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(aSlot + uintptr(iSlot)*4)) != 0 {
			iSlot = (iSlot + int32(1)) % nSlot
			v1 = nCollide
			nCollide = nCollide - 1
			if v1 == 0 {
				return 0
			}
		}
		_fts5PutU32(tls, aSlot+uintptr(iSlot)*4, uint32(iRowid))
	} else {
		aSlot1 = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fp + 8
		for **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(aSlot1 + uintptr(iSlot)*8)) != 0 {
			iSlot = (iSlot + int32(1)) % nSlot
			v1 = nCollide
			nCollide = nCollide - 1
			if v1 == 0 {
				return 0
			}
		}
		_fts5PutU64(tls, aSlot1+uintptr(iSlot)*8, iRowid)
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Query a single tombstone hash table for rowid iRowid. Return true if
//	** it is found or false otherwise. The tombstone hash table is one of
//	** nHashTable tables.
//	*/
func _fts5IndexTombstoneQuery(tls *libc.TLS, pHash uintptr, nHashTable int32, iRowid Tu64) (r int32) {
	var aSlot, aSlot1 uintptr
	var iSlot, nCollide, nSlot, szKey, v1, v2, v3 int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aSlot, aSlot1, iSlot, nCollide, nSlot, szKey, v1, v2, v3
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pHash)).Fp))) == int32(4) {
		v1 = int32(4)
	} else {
		v1 = int32(8)
	}
	szKey = v1
	if (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pHash)).Fnn > int32(16) {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pHash)).Fp))) == int32(4) {
			v3 = int32(4)
		} else {
			v3 = int32(8)
		}
		v2 = ((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pHash)).Fnn - int32(8)) / v3
	} else {
		v2 = int32(1)
	}
	nSlot = v2
	iSlot = libc.Int32FromUint64(iRowid / libc.Uint64FromInt32(nHashTable) % libc.Uint64FromInt32(nSlot))
	nCollide = nSlot
	if iRowid == uint64(0) {
		return libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pHash)).Fp + 1)))
	} else {
		if szKey == int32(4) {
			aSlot = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pHash)).Fp + 8
			for **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(aSlot + uintptr(iSlot)*4)) != 0 {
				if uint64(_fts5GetU32(tls, aSlot+uintptr(iSlot)*4)) == iRowid {
					return int32(1)
				}
				v1 = nCollide
				nCollide = nCollide - 1
				if v1 == 0 {
					break
				}
				iSlot = (iSlot + int32(1)) % nSlot
			}
		} else {
			aSlot1 = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer(pHash)).Fp + 8
			for **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(aSlot1 + uintptr(iSlot)*8)) != 0 {
				if _fts5GetU64(tls, aSlot1+uintptr(iSlot)*8) == iRowid {
					return int32(1)
				}
				v1 = nCollide
				nCollide = nCollide - 1
				if v1 == 0 {
					break
				}
				iSlot = (iSlot + int32(1)) % nSlot
			}
		}
	}
	return 0
}

func _fts5NextRowid(tls *libc.TLS, pBuf uintptr, piOff uintptr, piRowid uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var i int32
	var v1 uintptr
	var _ /* iVal at bp+0 */ Tu64
	_, _ = i, v1
	i = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piOff))
	if i >= (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fn {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piOff)) = -int32(1)
	} else {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piOff)) = i + libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fp+uintptr(i), bp))
		v1 = piRowid
		*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Ti64(uint64(*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) + **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	}
}

func _fts5ParseAlloc(tls *libc.TLS, t Tu64) (r uintptr) {
	return Xsqlite3_malloc64(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt64(libc.Int64FromUint64(t)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the size of the prefix, in bytes, that buffer
//	** (pNew/<length-unknown>) shares with buffer (pOld/nOld).
//	**
//	** Buffer (pNew/<length-unknown>) is guaranteed to be greater
//	** than buffer (pOld/nOld).
//	*/
func _fts5PrefixCompress(tls *libc.TLS, nOld int32, pOld uintptr, pNew uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i int32
	_ = i
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < nOld) {
			break
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pOld + uintptr(i)))) != libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pNew + uintptr(i)))) {
			break
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return i
}

func _fts5PutU16(tls *libc.TLS, aOut uintptr, iVal Tu16) {
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aOut)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16(iVal) >> libc.Int32FromInt32(8))
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aOut + 1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16(iVal) & libc.Int32FromInt32(0xFF))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset currently points to the first byte of a
//	** position-list size field. Read the value of the field and store it
//	** in the following variables:
//	**
//	**   Fts5SegIter.nPos
//	**   Fts5SegIter.bDel
//	**
//	** Leave Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset pointing to the first byte of the
//	** position list content (if any).
//	*/
func _fts5SegIterLoadNPos(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pIter uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iEod, iOff, v1 int32
	var _ /* nSz at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _ = iEod, iOff, v1
	if (*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
		iOff = int32((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset) /* Offset to read at */
		if (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5Index)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpConfig)).FeDetail == int32(FTS5_DETAIL_NONE) {
			if (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiEndofDoclist < (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).FszLeaf {
				v1 = (*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiEndofDoclist
			} else {
				v1 = (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).FszLeaf
			}
			iEod = v1
			(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FbDel = uint8(0)
			(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FnPos = int32(1)
			if iOff < iEod && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp + uintptr(iOff)))) == 0 {
				(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FbDel = uint8(1)
				iOff = iOff + 1
				if iOff < iEod && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp + uintptr(iOff)))) == 0 {
					(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FnPos = int32(1)
					iOff = iOff + 1
				} else {
					(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FnPos = 0
				}
			}
		} else {
			v1 = iOff
			iOff = iOff + 1
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp + uintptr(v1))))
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))&int32(0x80) != 0 {
				iOff = iOff - 1
				iOff = iOff + _sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, (*TFts5Data)(unsafe.Pointer((*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FpLeaf)).Fp+uintptr(iOff), bp)
			}
			(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FbDel = libc.Uint8FromInt32(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) & libc.Int32FromInt32(0x0001))
			(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FnPos = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) >> int32(1)
		}
		(*TFts5SegIter)(unsafe.Pointer(pIter)).FiLeafOffset = int64(iOff)
	}
}

func _fts5UsePatternMatch(tls *libc.TLS, pConfig uintptr, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	if (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).Ft.FePattern == int32(FTS5_PATTERN_GLOB) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(FTS5_PATTERN_GLOB) {
		return int32(1)
	}
	if (*TFts5Config)(unsafe.Pointer(pConfig)).Ft.FePattern == int32(FTS5_PATTERN_LIKE) && (libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(FTS5_PATTERN_LIKE) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(FTS5_PATTERN_GLOB)) {
		return int32(1)
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Implementation of the xBestIndex method.
//	**
//	** Only constraints of the form:
//	**
//	**     term <= ?
//	**     term == ?
//	**     term >= ?
//	**
//	** are interpreted. Less-than and less-than-or-equal are treated
//	** identically, as are greater-than and greater-than-or-equal.
//	*/
func _fts5VocabBestIndexMethod(tls *libc.TLS, pUnused uintptr, pInfo uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i, iTermEq, iTermGe, iTermLe, idxNum, nArg, v2 int32
	var p uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, iTermEq, iTermGe, iTermLe, idxNum, nArg, p, v2
	iTermEq = -int32(1)
	iTermGe = -int32(1)
	iTermLe = -int32(1)
	idxNum = libc.Int32FromUint64((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FcolUsed)
	nArg = 0
	_ = pUnused
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnConstraint) {
			break
		}
		p = (*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FaConstraint + uintptr(i)*12
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fusable) == 0 {
			goto _1
		}
		if (*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiColumn == 0 { /* term column */
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ) {
				iTermEq = i
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE) {
				iTermLe = i
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT) {
				iTermLe = i
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE) {
				iTermGe = i
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT) {
				iTermGe = i
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	if iTermEq >= 0 {
		idxNum = idxNum | int32(FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_EQ)
		nArg = nArg + 1
		v2 = nArg
		(**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint_usage)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FaConstraintUsage + uintptr(iTermEq)*8))).FargvIndex = v2
		(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FestimatedCost = libc.Float64FromInt32(100)
	} else {
		(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FestimatedCost = libc.Float64FromInt32(1000000)
		if iTermGe >= 0 {
			idxNum = idxNum | int32(FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_GE)
			nArg = nArg + 1
			v2 = nArg
			(**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint_usage)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FaConstraintUsage + uintptr(iTermGe)*8))).FargvIndex = v2
			(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FestimatedCost = (*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FestimatedCost / libc.Float64FromInt32(2)
		}
		if iTermLe >= 0 {
			idxNum = idxNum | int32(FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_LE)
			nArg = nArg + 1
			v2 = nArg
			(**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint_usage)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FaConstraintUsage + uintptr(iTermLe)*8))).FargvIndex = v2
			(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FestimatedCost = (*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FestimatedCost / libc.Float64FromInt32(2)
		}
	}
	/* This virtual table always delivers results in ascending order of
	 ** the "term" column (column 0). So if the user has requested this
	 ** specifically - "ORDER BY term" or "ORDER BY term ASC" - set the
	 ** sqlite3_index_info.orderByConsumed flag to tell the core the results
	 ** are already in sorted order.  */
	if (*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FnOrderBy == int32(1) && (**(**Tsqlite3_index_orderby)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FaOrderBy))).FiColumn == 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**Tsqlite3_index_orderby)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FaOrderBy))).Fdesc) == 0 {
		(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).ForderByConsumed = int32(1)
	}
	(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pInfo)).FidxNum = idxNum
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value
//	** associated with a symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal
//	** or nonterminal. "fts5yymajor" is the symbol code, and "fts5yypminor" is
//	** a pointer to the value to be deleted.  The code used to do the
//	** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor
//	** directives of the input grammar.
//	*/
func _fts5yy_destructor(tls *libc.TLS, fts5yypParser uintptr, fts5yymajor uint8, fts5yypminor uintptr) {
	var pParse uintptr
	_ = pParse
	pParse = (*Tfts5yyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yypParser)).FpParse
	switch libc.Int32FromUint8(fts5yymajor) {
	/* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
	 ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
	 ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
	 ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is
	 ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
	 **
	 ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
	 ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are *not* used
	 ** inside the C code.
	 */
	/********* Begin destructor definitions ***************************************/
	case int32(16): /* input */
		_ = pParse
	case int32(17): /* expr */
		fallthrough
	case int32(18): /* cnearset */
		fallthrough
	case int32(19): /* exprlist */
		_sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(tls, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yypminor)))
	case int32(20): /* colset */
		fallthrough
	case int32(21): /* colsetlist */
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yypminor)))
	case int32(22): /* nearset */
		fallthrough
	case int32(23): /* nearphrases */
		_sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree(tls, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yypminor)))
	case int32(24): /* phrase */
		_sqlite3Fts5ParsePhraseFree(tls, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(fts5yypminor)))
		break
		/********* End destructor definitions *****************************************/
		fallthrough
	default:
		break /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
//	** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
//	*/
func _fts5yy_find_reduce_action(tls *libc.TLS, stateno uint8, iLookAhead uint8) (r uint8) {
	var i int32
	_ = i
	i = int32(_fts5yy_reduce_ofst[stateno])
	i = i + libc.Int32FromUint8(iLookAhead)
	return _fts5yy_action[i]
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
//	** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
//	*/
func _fts5yy_find_shift_action(tls *libc.TLS, iLookAhead uint8, stateno uint8) (r uint8) {
	var i int32
	_ = i
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(stateno) > int32(fts5YY_MAX_SHIFT) {
		return stateno
	}
	for cond := true; cond; cond = int32(1) != 0 {
		i = libc.Int32FromUint8(_fts5yy_shift_ofst[stateno])
		i = i + libc.Int32FromUint8(iLookAhead)
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(_fts5yy_lookahead[i]) != libc.Int32FromUint8(iLookAhead) {
			return _fts5yy_default[stateno]
		} else {
			return _fts5yy_action[i]
		}
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Insert all segments and events for polygon pPoly.
//	*/
func _geopolyAddSegments(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pPoly uintptr, side uint8) {
	var i uint32
	var x uintptr
	_, _ = i, x
	i = uint32(0)
	for {
		if !(i < libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TGeoPoly)(unsafe.Pointer(pPoly)).FnVertex)-uint32(1)) {
			break
		}
		x = pPoly + 8 + uintptr(i*uint32(2))*4
		_geopolyAddOneSegment(tls, p, **(**TGeoCoord)(__ccgo_up(x)), **(**TGeoCoord)(__ccgo_up(x + 1*4)), **(**TGeoCoord)(__ccgo_up(x + 2*4)), **(**TGeoCoord)(__ccgo_up(x + 3*4)), side, i)
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	x = pPoly + 8 + uintptr(i*uint32(2))*4
	_geopolyAddOneSegment(tls, p, **(**TGeoCoord)(__ccgo_up(x)), **(**TGeoCoord)(__ccgo_up(x + 1*4)), **(**TGeoCoord)(__ccgo_up(pPoly + 8)), **(**TGeoCoord)(__ccgo_up(pPoly + 8 + 1*4)), side, i)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.
//	*/
func _getAndInitPage(tls *libc.TLS, pBt uintptr, pgno TPgno, ppPage uintptr, bReadOnly int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var pPage uintptr
	var rc int32
	var _ /* pDbPage at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _ = pPage, rc
	if pgno > _btreePagecount(tls, pBt) {
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppPage)) = uintptr(0)
		return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(75618))
	}
	rc = _sqlite3PagerGet(tls, (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPager, pgno, bp, bReadOnly)
	if rc != 0 {
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppPage)) = uintptr(0)
		return rc
	}
	pPage = _sqlite3PagerGetExtra(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FisInit) == 0 {
		_btreePageFromDbPage(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)), pgno, pBt)
		rc = _btreeInitPage(tls, pPage)
		if rc != SQLITE_OK {
			_releasePage(tls, pPage)
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppPage)) = uintptr(0)
			return rc
		}
	}
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppPage)) = pPage
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** For a single cell on a btree page, compute the number of bytes of
//	** content (payload) stored on that page.  That is to say, compute the
//	** number of bytes of content not found on overflow pages.
//	*/
func _getLocalPayload(tls *libc.TLS, nUsable int32, flags Tu8, nTotal int32) (r int32) {
	var nLocal, nMaxLocal, nMinLocal int32
	_, _, _ = nLocal, nMaxLocal, nMinLocal
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(flags) == int32(0x0D) { /* Table leaf node */
		nMinLocal = (nUsable-int32(12))*int32(32)/int32(255) - int32(23)
		nMaxLocal = nUsable - int32(35)
	} else { /* Index interior and leaf nodes */
		nMinLocal = (nUsable-int32(12))*int32(32)/int32(255) - int32(23)
		nMaxLocal = (nUsable-int32(12))*int32(64)/int32(255) - int32(23)
	}
	nLocal = nMinLocal + (nTotal-nMinLocal)%(nUsable-int32(4))
	if nLocal > nMaxLocal {
		nLocal = nMinLocal
	}
	return nLocal
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return non-zero if the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that
//	** corresponds to page iPg is already set.
//	*/
func _getPageReferenced(tls *libc.TLS, pCheck uintptr, iPg TPgno) (r int32) {
	return libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TIntegrityCk)(unsafe.Pointer(pCheck)).FaPgRef + uintptr(iPg/uint32(8))))) & (int32(1) << (iPg & uint32(0x07)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
//	** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
//	** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
//	** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
//	** file exists if the following criteria are met:
//	**
//	**   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
//	**   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
//	**   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
//	**   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
//	**
//	** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
//	** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
//	** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
//	** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
//	** is returned.
//	**
//	** This routine does not check if there is a super-journal filename
//	** at the end of the file. If there is, and that super-journal file
//	** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
//	** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
//	** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
//	** will not roll it back.
//	**
//	** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
//	** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
//	** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
//	** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
//	** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
//	*/
func _hasHotJournal(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, pExists uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(32)
	defer tls.Free(32)
	var jrnlOpen, rc int32
	var pVfs uintptr
	var _ /* exists at bp+0 */ int32
	var _ /* f at bp+12 */ int32
	var _ /* first at bp+16 */ Tu8
	var _ /* locked at bp+4 */ int32
	var _ /* nPage at bp+8 */ TPgno
	_, _, _ = jrnlOpen, pVfs, rc
	pVfs = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpVfs
	rc = SQLITE_OK                        /* Return code */
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = int32(1) /* True if a journal file is present */
	jrnlOpen = libc.BoolInt32(!!((*Tsqlite3_file)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd)).FpMethods != libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)))
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pExists)) = 0
	if !(jrnlOpen != 0) {
		rc = _sqlite3OsAccess(tls, pVfs, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FzJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, bp)
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK && **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = 0 /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
		/* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
		 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
		 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
		 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
		 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
		 ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
		 ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
		 */
		rc = _sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Ffd, bp+4)
		if rc == SQLITE_OK && !(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) != 0) { /* Number of pages in database file */
			rc = _pagerPagecount(tls, pPager, bp+8)
			if rc == SQLITE_OK {
				/* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
				 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
				 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
				 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
				 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
				 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
				 ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
				 */
				if **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) == uint32(0) && !(jrnlOpen != 0) {
					_sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(tls)
					if _pagerLockDb(tls, pPager, int32(RESERVED_LOCK)) == SQLITE_OK {
						_sqlite3OsDelete(tls, pVfs, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FzJournal, 0)
						if !((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FexclusiveMode != 0) {
							_pagerUnlockDb(tls, pPager, int32(SHARED_LOCK))
						}
					}
					_sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(tls)
				} else {
					/* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
					 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
					 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
					 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
					 ** it can be ignored.
					 */
					if !(jrnlOpen != 0) {
						**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) = libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
						rc = _sqlite3OsOpen(tls, pVfs, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FzJournal, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)), bp+12)
					}
					if rc == SQLITE_OK {
						**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)) = uint8(0)
						rc = _sqlite3OsRead(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd, bp+16, int32(1), 0)
						if rc == libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_IOERR)|libc.Int32FromInt32(2)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8) {
							rc = SQLITE_OK
						}
						if !(jrnlOpen != 0) {
							_sqlite3OsClose(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd)
						}
						**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pExists)) = libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16))) != 0)
					} else {
						if rc == int32(SQLITE_CANTOPEN) {
							/* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
							 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
							 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
							 ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
							 ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
							 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
							 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
							 ** worry so much with race conditions.
							 */
							**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pExists)) = int32(1)
							rc = SQLITE_OK
						}
					}
				}
			}
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** A lists of all unixInodeInfo objects.
//	**
//	** Must hold unixBigLock in order to read or write this variable.
//	*/
var _inodeList = uintptr(0)

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table
//	** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the
//	** row or one of the rows being modified.
//	**
//	** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the
//	** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob
//	** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot.
//	**
//	** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with
//	** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate
//	** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row.
//	*/
func _invalidateIncrblobCursors(tls *libc.TLS, pBtree uintptr, pgnoRoot TPgno, iRow Ti64, isClearTable int32) {
	var p uintptr
	_ = p
	(*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pBtree)).FhasIncrblobCur = uint8(0)
	p = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pBtree)).FpBt)).FpCursor
	for {
		if !(p != 0) {
			break
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FcurFlags)&int32(BTCF_Incrblob) != 0 {
			(*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pBtree)).FhasIncrblobCur = uint8(1)
			if (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpgnoRoot == pgnoRoot && (isClearTable != 0 || (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Finfo.FnKey == iRow) {
				(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeState = uint8(CURSOR_INVALID)
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		p = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Invoke the profile callback.  This routine is only called if we already
//	** know that the profile callback is defined and needs to be invoked.
//	*/
func _invokeProfileCallback(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, p uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var _ /* iElapse at bp+8 */ Tsqlite3_int64
	var _ /* iNow at bp+0 */ Tsqlite3_int64
	_sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpVfs, bp)
	**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = (**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) - (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FstartTime) * int64(1000000)
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FxProfile != 0 {
		(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr, Tu64))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FxProfile})))(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpProfileArg, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzSql, libc.Uint64FromInt64(**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))))
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmTrace)&int32(SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE) != 0 {
		(*(*func(*libc.TLS, Tu32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Ftrace))})))(tls, uint32(SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE), (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpTraceArg, p, bp+8)
	}
	(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FstartTime = 0
}

/*
** The checkProfileCallback(DB,P) macro checks to see if a profile callback
** is needed, and it invokes the callback if it is needed.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true if pTerm is a virtual table LIMIT or OFFSET term.
//	*/
func _isLimitTerm(tls *libc.TLS, pTerm uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FeMatchOp) >= int32(SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIMIT) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FeMatchOp) <= int32(SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_OFFSET))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
//	** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
//	** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
//	**
//	** i.e for a sector size of 512:
//	**
//	**   Pager.journalOff          Return value
//	**   ---------------------------------------
//	**   0                         0
//	**   512                       512
//	**   100                       512
//	**   2000                      2048
//	**
//	*/
func _journalHdrOffset(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr) (r Ti64) {
	var c, offset Ti64
	_, _ = c, offset
	offset = 0
	c = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff
	if c != 0 {
		offset = ((c-int64(1))/libc.Int64FromUint32((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsectorSize) + int64(1)) * libc.Int64FromUint32((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsectorSize)
	}
	return offset
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If pArg is a blob that seems like a JSONB blob, then initialize
//	** p to point to that JSONB and return TRUE.  If pArg does not seem like
//	** a JSONB blob, then return FALSE.
//	**
//	** For small BLOBs (having no more than 7 bytes of payload) a full
//	** validity check is done.  So for small BLOBs this routine only returns
//	** true if the value is guaranteed to be a valid JSONB.  For larger BLOBs
//	** (8 byte or more of payload) only the size of the outermost element is
//	** checked to verify that the BLOB is superficially valid JSONB.
//	**
//	** A full JSONB validation is done on smaller BLOBs because those BLOBs might
//	** also be text JSON that has been incorrectly cast into a BLOB.
//	** (See tag-20240123-a and https://sqlite.org/forum/forumpost/012136abd5)
//	** If the BLOB is 9 bytes are larger, then it is not possible for the
//	** superficial size check done here to pass if the input is really text
//	** JSON so we do not need to look deeper in that case.
//	**
//	** Why we only need to do full JSONB validation for smaller BLOBs:
//	**
//	** The first byte of valid JSON text must be one of: '{', '[', '"', ' ', '\n',
//	** '\r', '\t', '-', or a digit '0' through '9'.  Of these, only a subset
//	** can also be the first byte of JSONB:  '{', '[', and digits '3'
//	** through '9'.  In every one of those cases, the payload size is 7 bytes
//	** or less.  So if we do full JSONB validation for every BLOB where the
//	** payload is less than 7 bytes, we will never get a false positive for
//	** JSONB on an input that is really text JSON.
//	*/
func _jsonArgIsJsonb(tls *libc.TLS, pArg uintptr, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var c, v1 Tu8
	var n, v3 Tu32
	var v2, v4 bool
	var _ /* sz at bp+0 */ Tu32
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = c, n, v1, v2, v3, v4
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint32(0)
	if Xsqlite3_value_type(tls, pArg) != int32(SQLITE_BLOB) {
		return 0
	}
	(*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaBlob = Xsqlite3_value_blob(tls, pArg)
	(*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnBlob = libc.Uint32FromInt32(Xsqlite3_value_bytes(tls, pArg))
	if v2 = (*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnBlob > uint32(0) && (*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaBlob != uintptr(0); v2 {
		v1 = **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaBlob))
		c = v1
	}
	if v4 = v2 && libc.Int32FromUint8(v1)&int32(0x0f) <= int32(JSONB_OBJECT); v4 {
		v3 = _jsonbPayloadSize(tls, p, uint32(0), bp)
		n = v3
	}
	if v4 && v3 > uint32(0) && **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))+n == (*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnBlob && (libc.Int32FromUint8(c)&int32(0x0f) > int32(JSONB_FALSE) || **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == uint32(0)) && (**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) > uint32(7) || libc.Int32FromUint8(c) != int32(0x7b) && libc.Int32FromUint8(c) != int32(0x5b) && !(libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[c])&libc.Int32FromInt32(0x04) != 0) || _jsonbValidityCheck(tls, p, uint32(0), (*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnBlob, uint32(1)) == uint32(0)) {
		return int32(1)
	}
	(*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaBlob = uintptr(0)
	(*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnBlob = uint32(0)
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* The query strategy is to look for an equality constraint on the json
//	** column.  Without such a constraint, the table cannot operate.  idxNum is
//	** 1 if the constraint is found, 3 if the constraint and zRoot are found,
//	** and 0 otherwise.
//	*/
func _jsonEachBestIndex(tls *libc.TLS, tab uintptr, pIdxInfo uintptr) (r int32) {
	var aIdx [2]int32
	var i, iCol, iMask, idxMask, unusableMask, v1 int32
	var pConstraint uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = aIdx, i, iCol, iMask, idxMask, pConstraint, unusableMask, v1 /* Index of constraints for JSON and ROOT */
	unusableMask = 0                                                                      /* Mask of unusable JSON and ROOT constraints */
	idxMask = 0
	/* This implementation assumes that JSON and ROOT are the last two
	 ** columns in the table */
	_ = tab
	v1 = -libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
	aIdx[int32(1)] = v1
	aIdx[0] = v1
	pConstraint = (*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraint
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FnConstraint) {
			break
		}
		if (*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(pConstraint)).FiColumn < int32(JEACH_JSON) {
			goto _2
		}
		iCol = (*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(pConstraint)).FiColumn - int32(JEACH_JSON)
		iMask = int32(1) << iCol
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(pConstraint)).Fusable) == 0 {
			unusableMask = unusableMask | iMask
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(pConstraint)).Fop) == int32(SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ) {
				aIdx[iCol] = i
				idxMask = idxMask | iMask
			}
		}
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		i = i + 1
		pConstraint += 12
	}
	if (*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FnOrderBy > 0 && (**(**Tsqlite3_index_orderby)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaOrderBy))).FiColumn < 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((**(**Tsqlite3_index_orderby)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaOrderBy))).Fdesc) == 0 {
		(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).ForderByConsumed = int32(1)
	}
	if unusableMask & ^idxMask != 0 {
		/* If there are any unusable constraints on JSON or ROOT, then reject
		 ** this entire plan */
		return int32(SQLITE_CONSTRAINT)
	}
	if aIdx[0] < 0 {
		/* No JSON input.  Leave estimatedCost at the huge value that it was
		 ** initialized to to discourage the query planner from selecting this
		 ** plan. */
		(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FidxNum = 0
	} else {
		(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FestimatedCost = float64(1)
		i = aIdx[0]
		(**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint_usage)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraintUsage + uintptr(i)*8))).FargvIndex = int32(1)
		(**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint_usage)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraintUsage + uintptr(i)*8))).Fomit = uint8(1)
		if aIdx[int32(1)] < 0 {
			(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FidxNum = int32(1) /* Only JSON supplied.  Plan 1 */
		} else {
			i = aIdx[int32(1)]
			(**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint_usage)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraintUsage + uintptr(i)*8))).FargvIndex = int32(2)
			(**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint_usage)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraintUsage + uintptr(i)*8))).Fomit = uint8(1)
			(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FidxNum = int32(3) /* Both JSON and ROOT are supplied.  Plan 3 */
		}
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Return the current rowid value */
func _jsonEachRowid(tls *libc.TLS, cur uintptr, pRowid uintptr) (r int32) {
	var p uintptr
	_ = p
	p = cur
	**(**Tsqlite_int64)(__ccgo_up(pRowid)) = libc.Int64FromUint32((*TJsonEachCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiRowid)
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
//	** This routine only gives a correct answer if h really is a valid hexadecimal
//	** character:  0..9a..fA..F.  But unlike sqlite3HexToInt(), it does not
//	** assert() if the digit is not hex.
//	*/
func _jsonHexToInt(tls *libc.TLS, h int32) (r Tu8) {
	h = h + int32(9)*(int32(1)&(h>>int32(6)))
	return libc.Uint8FromInt32(h & libc.Int32FromInt32(0xf))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Remove a single character from the end of the string
//	*/
func _jsonStringTrimOneChar(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TJsonString)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeErr) == 0 {
		(*TJsonString)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnUsed = (*TJsonString)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnUsed - 1
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* The byte at index i is a node type-code.  This routine
//	** determines the payload size for that node and writes that
//	** payload size in to *pSz.  It returns the offset from i to the
//	** beginning of the payload.  Return 0 on error.
//	*/
func _jsonbPayloadSize(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, i Tu32, pSz uintptr) (r Tu32) {
	var n, sz Tu32
	var x, v1 Tu8
	_, _, _, _ = n, sz, x, v1
	if i >= (*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnBlob {
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pSz)) = uint32(0)
		return uint32(0)
	} else {
		v1 = libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaBlob + uintptr(i)))) >> libc.Int32FromInt32(4))
		x = v1
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(v1) <= int32(11) {
			sz = uint32(x)
			n = uint32(1)
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(x) == int32(12) {
				if i+uint32(1) >= (*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnBlob {
					**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pSz)) = uint32(0)
					return uint32(0)
				}
				sz = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaBlob + uintptr(i+uint32(1)))))
				n = uint32(2)
			} else {
				if libc.Int32FromUint8(x) == int32(13) {
					if i+uint32(2) >= (*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnBlob {
						**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pSz)) = uint32(0)
						return uint32(0)
					}
					sz = libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaBlob + uintptr(i+uint32(1)))))<<int32(8) + libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaBlob + uintptr(i+uint32(2))))))
					n = uint32(3)
				} else {
					if libc.Int32FromUint8(x) == int32(14) {
						if i+uint32(4) >= (*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnBlob {
							**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pSz)) = uint32(0)
							return uint32(0)
						}
						sz = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaBlob + uintptr(i+uint32(1)))))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(24) + libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaBlob + uintptr(i+uint32(2)))))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16)) + libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaBlob + uintptr(i+uint32(3)))))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)) + uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaBlob + uintptr(i+uint32(4)))))
						n = uint32(5)
					} else {
						if i+uint32(8) >= (*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnBlob || libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaBlob + uintptr(i+uint32(1))))) != 0 || libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaBlob + uintptr(i+uint32(2))))) != 0 || libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaBlob + uintptr(i+uint32(3))))) != 0 || libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaBlob + uintptr(i+uint32(4))))) != 0 {
							**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pSz)) = uint32(0)
							return uint32(0)
						}
						sz = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaBlob + uintptr(i+uint32(5)))))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(24) + libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaBlob + uintptr(i+uint32(6)))))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16)) + libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaBlob + uintptr(i+uint32(7)))))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)) + uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaBlob + uintptr(i+uint32(8)))))
						n = uint32(9)
					}
				}
			}
		}
	}
	if libc.Int64FromUint32(i)+libc.Int64FromUint32(sz)+libc.Int64FromUint32(n) > libc.Int64FromUint32((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnBlob) && libc.Int64FromUint32(i)+libc.Int64FromUint32(sz)+libc.Int64FromUint32(n) > libc.Int64FromUint32((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FnBlob-libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TJsonParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdelta)) {
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pSz)) = uint32(0)
		return uint32(0)
	}
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pSz)) = sz
	return n
}

func _lookasideMallocSize(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	var v1 int32
	_ = v1
	if p < (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpMiddle {
		v1 = libc.Int32FromUint16((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FszTrue)
	} else {
		v1 = int32(LOOKASIDE_SMALL)
	}
	return v1
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Try to enlarge the memory allocation to hold at least sz bytes
//	*/
func _memdbEnlarge(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, newSz Tsqlite3_int64) (r int32) {
	var pNew uintptr
	_ = pNew
	if (*TMemStore)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FmFlags&uint32(SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE) == uint32(0) || (*TMemStore)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnMmap > 0 {
		return int32(SQLITE_FULL)
	}
	if newSz > (*TMemStore)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FszMax {
		return int32(SQLITE_FULL)
	}
	newSz = newSz * int64(2)
	if newSz > (*TMemStore)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FszMax {
		newSz = (*TMemStore)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FszMax
	}
	pNew = _sqlite3Realloc(tls, (*TMemStore)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaData, libc.Uint64FromInt64(newSz))
	if pNew == uintptr(0) {
		return libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_IOERR) | libc.Int32FromInt32(12)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)
	}
	(*TMemStore)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaData = pNew
	(*TMemStore)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FszAlloc = newSz
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the
//	** page to which it is currently pointing.  Notice the difference
//	** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost().  moveToLeftmost()
//	** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost()
//	** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*.
//	**
//	** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last
//	** key in ascending order.
//	*/
func _moveToRightmost(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pPage, v1 uintptr
	var pgno TPgno
	var rc int32
	_, _, _, _ = pPage, pgno, rc, v1
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	pPage = uintptr(0)
	for {
		v1 = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage
		pPage = v1
		if !!((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)).Fleaf != 0) {
			break
		}
		pgno = _sqlite3Get4byte(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FaData+uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FhdrOffset)+int32(8)))
		(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Fix = (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnCell
		rc = _moveToChild(tls, pCur, pgno)
		if rc != 0 {
			return rc
		}
	}
	(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Fix = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FnCell) - int32(1))
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Deserialize cell iCell of node pNode. Populate the structure pointed
//	** to by pCell with the results.
//	*/
func _nodeGetCell(tls *libc.TLS, pRtree uintptr, pNode uintptr, iCell int32, pCell uintptr) {
	var ii int32
	var pCoord, pData uintptr
	_, _, _ = ii, pCoord, pData
	ii = 0
	(*TRtreeCell)(unsafe.Pointer(pCell)).FiRowid = _nodeGetRowid(tls, pRtree, pNode, iCell)
	pData = (*TRtreeNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FzData + uintptr(libc.Int32FromInt32(12)+libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnBytesPerCell)*iCell)
	pCoord = pCell + 8
	for cond := true; cond; cond = ii < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnDim2) {
		_readCoord(tls, pData, pCoord+uintptr(ii)*4)
		_readCoord(tls, pData+uintptr(4), pCoord+uintptr(ii+int32(1))*4)
		pData = pData + uintptr(8)
		ii = ii + int32(2)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return coordinate iCoord from cell iCell in node pNode.
//	*/
func _nodeGetCoord(tls *libc.TLS, pRtree uintptr, pNode uintptr, iCell int32, iCoord int32, pCoord uintptr) {
	_readCoord(tls, (*TRtreeNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FzData+uintptr(int32(12)+libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnBytesPerCell)*iCell+int32(4)*iCoord), pCoord)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the 64-bit integer value associated with cell iCell of
//	** node pNode. If pNode is a leaf node, this is a rowid. If it is
//	** an internal node, then the 64-bit integer is a child page number.
//	*/
func _nodeGetRowid(tls *libc.TLS, pRtree uintptr, pNode uintptr, iCell int32) (r Ti64) {
	return _readInt64(tls, (*TRtreeNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FzData+uintptr(int32(4)+libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnBytesPerCell)*iCell))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Given a node number iNode, return the corresponding key to use
//	** in the Rtree.aHash table.
//	*/
func _nodeHash(tls *libc.TLS, iNode Ti64) (r uint32) {
	return libc.Uint32FromInt64(iNode) % uint32(HASHSIZE)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Insert the contents of cell pCell into node pNode. If the insert
//	** is successful, return SQLITE_OK.
//	**
//	** If there is not enough free space in pNode, return SQLITE_FULL.
//	*/
func _nodeInsertCell(tls *libc.TLS, pRtree uintptr, pNode uintptr, pCell uintptr) (r int32) {
	var nCell, nMaxCell int32
	_, _ = nCell, nMaxCell /* Maximum number of cells for pNode */
	nMaxCell = ((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FiNodeSize - int32(4)) / libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnBytesPerCell)
	nCell = _readInt16(tls, (*TRtreeNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FzData+2)
	if nCell < nMaxCell {
		_nodeOverwriteCell(tls, pRtree, pNode, pCell, nCell)
		_writeInt16(tls, (*TRtreeNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FzData+2, nCell+int32(1))
		(*TRtreeNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FisDirty = int32(1)
	}
	return libc.BoolInt32(nCell == nMaxCell)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Overwrite cell iCell of node pNode with the contents of pCell.
//	*/
func _nodeOverwriteCell(tls *libc.TLS, pRtree uintptr, pNode uintptr, pCell uintptr, iCell int32) {
	var ii int32
	var p uintptr
	_, _ = ii, p
	p = (*TRtreeNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FzData + uintptr(int32(4)+libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnBytesPerCell)*iCell)
	p = p + uintptr(_writeInt64(tls, p, (*TRtreeCell)(unsafe.Pointer(pCell)).FiRowid))
	ii = 0
	for {
		if !(ii < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnDim2)) {
			break
		}
		p = p + uintptr(_writeCoord(tls, p, pCell+8+uintptr(ii)*4))
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		ii = ii + 1
	}
	(*TRtreeNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FisDirty = int32(1)
}

func _nolockCheckReservedLock(tls *libc.TLS, NotUsed uintptr, pResOut uintptr) (r int32) {
	_ = NotUsed
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pResOut)) = 0
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Close the file.
//	*/
func _nolockClose(tls *libc.TLS, id uintptr) (r int32) {
	return _closeUnixFile(tls, id)
}

/******************* End of the no-op lock implementation *********************
******************************************************************************/

/******************************************************************************
************************* Begin dot-file Locking ******************************
**
** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existence of separate lock
** files (really a directory) to control access to the database.  This works
** on just about every filesystem imaginable.  But there are serious downsides:
**
**    (1)  There is zero concurrency.  A single reader blocks all other
**         connections from reading or writing the database.
**
**    (2)  An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files
**         sitting around that need to be cleared manually.
**
** Nevertheless, a dotlock is an appropriate locking mode for use if no
** other locking strategy is available.
**
** Dotfile locking works by creating a subdirectory in the same directory as
** the database and with the same name but with a ".lock" extension added.
** The existence of a lock directory implies an EXCLUSIVE lock.  All other
** lock types (SHARED, RESERVED, PENDING) are mapped into EXCLUSIVE.
 */

/*
** The file suffix added to the data base filename in order to create the
** lock directory.
 */

var _nolockIoFinder = uintptr(0)

func _nolockIoFinderImpl(tls *libc.TLS, z uintptr, p uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	_ = z
	_ = p
	return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_nolockIoMethods))
}

var _nolockIoMethods = Tsqlite3_io_methods{
	FiVersion: int32(3),
}

func _nolockLock(tls *libc.TLS, NotUsed uintptr, NotUsed2 int32) (r int32) {
	_ = NotUsed
	_ = NotUsed2
	return SQLITE_OK
}

func _nolockUnlock(tls *libc.TLS, NotUsed uintptr, NotUsed2 int32) (r int32) {
	_ = NotUsed
	_ = NotUsed2
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or
//	** none.
//	**
//	** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags.
//	** But it does set pMem->u.r and pMem->u.i appropriately.
//	*/
func _numericType(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr) (r Tu16) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Int)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Real)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_IntReal)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Null)) != 0 {
		return libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags) & (libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Int) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Real) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_IntReal) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Null)))
	}
	return _computeNumericType(tls, pMem)
	return uint16(0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
//	** function is a no-op.
//	**
//	** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
//	** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
//	** fails.
//	*/
func _openSubJournal(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr) (r int32) {
	var flags, nStmtSpill, rc int32
	_, _, _ = flags, nStmtSpill, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if !((*Tsqlite3_file)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fsjfd)).FpMethods != libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)) {
		flags = libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE)
		nStmtSpill = _sqlite3Config.FnStmtSpill
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalMode) == int32(PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) || (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsubjInMemory != 0 {
			nStmtSpill = -int32(1)
		}
		rc = _sqlite3JournalOpen(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpVfs, uintptr(0), (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fsjfd, flags, nStmtSpill)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask.
//	*/
func _operatorMask(tls *libc.TLS, op int32) (r Tu16) {
	var c Tu16
	_ = c
	if op >= int32(TK_EQ) {
		c = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ) << (op - libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ)))
	} else {
		if op == int32(TK_IN) {
			c = uint16(WO_IN)
		} else {
			if op == int32(TK_ISNULL) {
				c = uint16(WO_ISNULL)
			} else {
				c = uint16(WO_IS)
			}
		}
	}
	return c
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The following routine implements the rough equivalent of localtime_r()
//	** using whatever operating-system specific localtime facility that
//	** is available.  This routine returns 0 on success and
//	** non-zero on any kind of error.
//	**
//	** If the sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault variable is non-zero then this
//	** routine will always fail.  If bLocaltimeFault is nonzero and
//	** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xAltLocaltime is not NULL, then xAltLocaltime() is
//	** invoked in place of the OS-defined localtime() function.
//	**
//	** EVIDENCE-OF: R-62172-00036 In this implementation, the standard C
//	** library function localtime_r() is used to assist in the calculation of
//	** local time.
//	*/
func _osLocaltime(tls *libc.TLS, t uintptr, pTm uintptr) (r int32) {
	var mutex, pX uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _, _ = mutex, pX, rc
	mutex = _sqlite3MutexAlloc(tls, int32(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN))
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, mutex)
	pX = libc.Xlocaltime(tls, t)
	if _sqlite3Config.FbLocaltimeFault != 0 {
		if _sqlite3Config.FxAltLocaltime != uintptr(0) && 0 == (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_sqlite3Config.FxAltLocaltime})))(tls, t, pTm) {
			pX = pTm
		} else {
			pX = uintptr(0)
		}
	}
	if pX != 0 {
		**(**Ttm)(__ccgo_up(pTm)) = **(**Ttm)(__ccgo_up(pX))
	}
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, mutex)
	rc = libc.BoolInt32(pX == uintptr(0))
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
//	** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
//	*/
func _pagerExclusiveLock(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr) (r int32) {
	var eOrigLock Tu8
	var rc int32
	_, _ = eOrigLock, rc /* Original lock */
	eOrigLock = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeLock
	rc = _pagerLockDb(tls, pPager, int32(EXCLUSIVE_LOCK))
	if rc != SQLITE_OK {
		/* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
		 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
		_pagerUnlockDb(tls, pPager, libc.Int32FromUint8(eOrigLock))
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
//	** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
//	**
//	** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
//	**
//	** Rules:
//	**
//	**   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
//	**      for transactions to be durable.
//	**
//	**   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
//	**      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
//	**      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
//	**      cache size.
//	*/
func _pagerFlushOnCommit(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, bCommit int32) (r int32) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FtempFile) == 0 {
		return int32(1)
	}
	if !(bCommit != 0) {
		return 0
	}
	if !((*Tsqlite3_file)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Ffd)).FpMethods != libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)) {
		return 0
	}
	return libc.BoolInt32(_sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpPCache) >= int32(25))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
//	** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
//	** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
//	**
//	** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
//	** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
//	** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
//	** of this.
//	*/
func _pagerLockDb(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, eLock int32) (r int32) {
	var rc, v1 int32
	_, _ = rc, v1
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeLock) < eLock || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeLock) == libc.Int32FromInt32(EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)+libc.Int32FromInt32(1) {
		if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnoLock != 0 {
			v1 = SQLITE_OK
		} else {
			v1 = _sqlite3OsLock(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Ffd, eLock)
		}
		rc = v1
		if rc == SQLITE_OK && (libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeLock) != libc.Int32FromInt32(EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)+libc.Int32FromInt32(1) || eLock == int32(EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)) {
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeLock = libc.Uint8FromInt32(eLock)
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
//	** exists if the database is not empty, or verify that the *-wal file does
//	** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
//	**
//	** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
//	** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
//	** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
//	** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
//	**
//	** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
//	**
//	** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
//	** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
//	** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
//	** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
//	** other connection.
//	*/
func _pagerOpenWalIfPresent(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var rc int32
	var _ /* isWal at bp+0 */ int32
	var _ /* nPage at bp+4 */ TPgno
	_ = rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if !((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FtempFile != 0) { /* True if WAL file exists */
		rc = _sqlite3OsAccess(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpVfs, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FzWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, bp)
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 { /* Size of the database file */
				rc = _pagerPagecount(tls, pPager, bp+4)
				if rc != 0 {
					return rc
				}
				if **(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) == uint32(0) {
					rc = _sqlite3OsDelete(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpVfs, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FzWal, 0)
				} else {
					rc = _sqlite3PagerOpenWal(tls, pPager, uintptr(0))
				}
			} else {
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalMode) == int32(PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) {
					(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalMode = uint8(PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE)
				}
			}
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
//	** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
//	** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
//	**
//	** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
//	** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
//	** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
//	*/
func _pagerPagecount(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, pnPage uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var nPage TPgno
	var rc int32
	var _ /* n at bp+0 */ Ti64
	_, _ = nPage, rc /* Value to return via *pnPage */
	/* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
	 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
	 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
	 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
	 ** contains no valid committed transactions.
	 */
	nPage = _sqlite3WalDbsize(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal)
	/* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
	 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
	 ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
	 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
	 */
	if nPage == uint32(0) && (*Tsqlite3_file)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Ffd)).FpMethods != uintptr(0) {
		**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0 /* Size of db file in bytes */
		rc = _sqlite3OsFileSize(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Ffd, bp)
		if rc != SQLITE_OK {
			return rc
		}
		nPage = libc.Uint32FromInt64((**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) + (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpageSize - libc.Int64FromInt32(1)) / (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpageSize)
	}
	/* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
	 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
	 ** that the file can be read.
	 */
	if nPage > (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FmxPgno {
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FmxPgno = nPage
	}
	**(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(pnPage)) = nPage
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
//	** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
//	*/
func _pagerReleaseMapPage(tls *libc.TLS, pPg uintptr) {
	var pPager uintptr
	_ = pPager
	pPager = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).FpPager
	(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnMmapOut = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnMmapOut - 1
	(*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).FpDirty = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpMmapFreelist
	(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpMmapFreelist = pPg
	_sqlite3OsUnfetch(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Ffd, libc.Int64FromUint32((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fpgno-libc.Uint32FromInt32(1))*(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpageSize, (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).FpData)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
//	** database file.
//	**
//	** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
//	** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
//	** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
//	** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
//	** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
//	** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
//	** will roll it back.
//	**
//	** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
//	** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
//	** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
//	** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
//	*/
func _pagerUnlockAndRollback(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr) {
	var eLock Tu8
	var errCode int32
	_, _ = eLock, errCode
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState) != int32(PAGER_ERROR) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState) != PAGER_OPEN {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState) >= int32(PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED) {
			_sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(tls)
			_sqlite3PagerRollback(tls, pPager)
			_sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(tls)
		} else {
			if !((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FexclusiveMode != 0) {
				_pager_end_transaction(tls, pPager, 0, 0)
			}
		}
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState) == int32(PAGER_ERROR) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalMode) == int32(PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) && (*Tsqlite3_file)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd)).FpMethods != uintptr(0) {
			/* Special case for a ROLLBACK due to I/O error with an in-memory
			 ** journal:  We have to rollback immediately, before the journal is
			 ** closed, because once it is closed, all content is forgotten. */
			errCode = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FerrCode
			eLock = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeLock
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState = uint8(PAGER_OPEN)
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FerrCode = SQLITE_OK
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeLock = uint8(EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
			_pager_playback(tls, pPager, int32(1))
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FerrCode = errCode
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeLock = eLock
		}
	}
	_pager_unlock(tls, pPager)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
//	** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
//	** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
//	**
//	** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
//	** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
//	** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
//	*/
func _pagerUnlockDb(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, eLock int32) (r int32) {
	var rc, v1 int32
	_, _ = rc, v1
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if (*Tsqlite3_file)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Ffd)).FpMethods != uintptr(0) {
		if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnoLock != 0 {
			v1 = SQLITE_OK
		} else {
			v1 = _sqlite3OsUnlock(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Ffd, eLock)
		}
		rc = v1
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeLock) != libc.Int32FromInt32(EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)+libc.Int32FromInt32(1) {
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeLock = libc.Uint8FromInt32(eLock)
		}
	}
	(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FchangeCountDone = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FtempFile /* ticket fb3b3024ea238d5c */
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
//	** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
//	** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
//	** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
//	** database transaction.
//	**
//	** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
//	** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
//	** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
//	**
//	** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
//	**
//	** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
//	** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
//	** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
//	** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
//	** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
//	** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
//	**
//	**   journalMode==MEMORY
//	**     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
//	**     in-memory journal.
//	**
//	**   journalMode==TRUNCATE
//	**     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
//	**
//	**   journalMode==PERSIST
//	**     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
//	**     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
//	**     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
//	**
//	**   journalMode==DELETE
//	**     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
//	**
//	**     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
//	**     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
//	**     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
//	**     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
//	**
//	** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
//	** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
//	** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
//	**
//	** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
//	** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
//	** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
//	** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
//	** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
//	** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
//	** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
//	** returned.
//	*/
func _pager_end_transaction(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, hasSuper int32, bCommit int32) (r int32) {
	var bDelete, rc, rc2, v1 int32
	_, _, _, _ = bDelete, rc, rc2, v1
	rc = SQLITE_OK  /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
	rc2 = SQLITE_OK /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
	/* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
	 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
	 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
	 ** held under two circumstances:
	 **
	 **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
	 **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
	 **
	 **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
	 **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
	 **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
	 **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
	 */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState) < int32(PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeLock) < int32(RESERVED_LOCK) {
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	_releaseAllSavepoints(tls, pPager)
	if (*Tsqlite3_file)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd)).FpMethods != uintptr(0) {
		/* Finalize the journal file. */
		if _sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd) != 0 {
			/* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
			_sqlite3OsClose(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd)
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalMode) == int32(PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE) {
				if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff == 0 {
					rc = SQLITE_OK
				} else {
					rc = _sqlite3OsTruncate(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd, 0)
					if rc == SQLITE_OK && (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FfullSync != 0 {
						/* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
						 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
						 ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
						 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
						 */
						rc = _sqlite3OsSync(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsyncFlags))
					}
				}
				(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff = 0
			} else {
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalMode) == int32(PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST) || (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FexclusiveMode != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalMode) < int32(PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) {
					rc = _zeroJournalHdr(tls, pPager, libc.BoolInt32(hasSuper != 0 || (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FtempFile != 0))
					(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff = 0
				} else {
					/* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
					 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
					 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
					 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
					 */
					bDelete = libc.BoolInt32(!((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FtempFile != 0))
					_sqlite3OsClose(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd)
					if bDelete != 0 {
						rc = _sqlite3OsDelete(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpVfs, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FzJournal, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FextraSync))
					}
				}
			}
		}
	}
	_sqlite3BitvecDestroy(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpInJournal)
	(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpInJournal = uintptr(0)
	(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnRec = 0
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FmemDb != 0 || _pagerFlushOnCommit(tls, pPager, bCommit) != 0 {
			_sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpPCache)
		} else {
			_sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpPCache)
		}
		_sqlite3PcacheTruncate(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpPCache, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbSize)
	}
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal != uintptr(0) {
		/* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
		 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
		 ** lock held on the database file.
		 */
		rc2 = _sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal)
	} else {
		if rc == SQLITE_OK && bCommit != 0 && (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbFileSize > (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbSize {
			/* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
			 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
			 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
			 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
			 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
			 ** required size.  */
			rc = _pager_truncate(tls, pPager, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbSize)
		}
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK && bCommit != 0 {
		rc = _sqlite3OsFileControl(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Ffd, int32(SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO), uintptr(0))
		if rc == int32(SQLITE_NOTFOUND) {
			rc = SQLITE_OK
		}
	}
	if !((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FexclusiveMode != 0) && (!((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal != libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)) || _sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal, 0) != 0) {
		rc2 = _pagerUnlockDb(tls, pPager, int32(SHARED_LOCK))
	}
	(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState = uint8(PAGER_READER)
	(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsetSuper = uint8(0)
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		v1 = rc2
	} else {
		v1 = rc
	}
	return v1
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
//	** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
//	** file when this routine is called.
//	**
//	** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
//	** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
//	** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
//	** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
//	** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
//	**
//	** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
//	** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
//	** already open file.
//	**
//	** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
//	** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
//	**
//	** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
//	** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
//	** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
//	*/
func _pager_open_journal(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr) (r int32) {
	var flags, nSpill, rc int32
	var pVfs uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = flags, nSpill, pVfs, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK                                 /* Return code */
	pVfs = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpVfs /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
	/* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
	 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
	 ** an error state. */
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FerrCode != 0 {
		return (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FerrCode
	}
	if !((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal != libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalMode) != int32(PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF) {
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpInJournal = _sqlite3BitvecCreate(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbSize)
		if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpInJournal == uintptr(0) {
			return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		}
		/* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
		if !((*Tsqlite3_file)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd)).FpMethods != libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)) {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalMode) == int32(PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) {
				_sqlite3MemJournalOpen(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd)
			} else {
				flags = libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE)
				if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FtempFile != 0 {
					flags = flags | (libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE) | libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL))
					flags = flags | int32(SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE)
					nSpill = _sqlite3Config.FnStmtSpill
				} else {
					flags = flags | int32(SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
					nSpill = _jrnlBufferSize(tls, pPager)
				}
				/* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
				 ** it was originally opened. */
				rc = _databaseIsUnmoved(tls, pPager)
				if rc == SQLITE_OK {
					rc = _sqlite3JournalOpen(tls, pVfs, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FzJournal, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd, flags, nSpill)
				}
			}
		}
		/* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
		 ** the sub-journal if necessary.
		 */
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			/* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnRec = 0
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff = 0
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsetSuper = uint8(0)
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalHdr = 0
			rc = _writeJournalHdr(tls, pPager)
		}
	}
	if rc != SQLITE_OK {
		_sqlite3BitvecDestroy(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpInJournal)
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpInJournal = uintptr(0)
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff = 0
	} else {
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState = uint8(PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Memory allocator for parser stack resizing.  This is a thin wrapper around
//	  ** sqlite3_realloc() that includes a call to sqlite3FaultSim() to facilitate
//	  ** testing.
//	  */
func _parserStackRealloc(tls *libc.TLS, pOld uintptr, newSize Tsqlite3_uint64, pParse uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var p, v1 uintptr
	_, _ = p, v1
	if _sqlite3FaultSim(tls, int32(700)) != 0 {
		v1 = uintptr(0)
	} else {
		v1 = Xsqlite3_realloc(tls, pOld, libc.Int32FromUint64(newSize))
	}
	p = v1
	if p == uintptr(0) {
		_sqlite3OomFault(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)
	}
	return p
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If there are currently more than nMaxPage pages allocated, try
//	** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to nMaxPage.
//	*/
func _pcache1EnforceMaxPage(tls *libc.TLS, pCache uintptr) {
	var p, pGroup, v1 uintptr
	var v2 bool
	_, _, _, _ = p, pGroup, v1, v2
	pGroup = (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpGroup
	for {
		if v2 = (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).FnPurgeable > (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).FnMaxPage; v2 {
			v1 = (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(pGroup)).Flru.FpLruPrev
			p = v1
		}
		if !(v2 && libc.Int32FromUint16((*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)).FisAnchor) == 0) {
			break
		}
		_pcache1PinPage(tls, p)
		_pcache1RemoveFromHash(tls, p, int32(1))
	}
	if (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnPage == uint32(0) && (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpBulk != 0 {
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, (*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpBulk)
		v1 = libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)
		(*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpFree = v1
		(*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpBulk = v1
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method.
//	*/
func _pcache1Pagecount(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	var n int32
	var pCache uintptr
	_, _ = n, pCache
	pCache = p
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpGroup)).Fmutex)
	n = libc.Int32FromUint32((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnPage)
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPCache1)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpGroup)).Fmutex)
	return n
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Manage pPage's participation on the dirty list.  Bits of the addRemove
//	** argument determines what operation to do.  The 0x01 bit means first
//	** remove pPage from the dirty list.  The 0x02 means add pPage back to
//	** the dirty list.  Doing both moves pPage to the front of the dirty list.
//	*/
func _pcacheManageDirtyList(tls *libc.TLS, pPage uintptr, addRemove Tu8) {
	var p uintptr
	_ = p
	p = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpCache
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(addRemove)&int32(PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE) != 0 {
		/* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */
		if (*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSynced == pPage {
			(*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSynced = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpDirtyPrev
		}
		if (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpDirtyNext != 0 {
			(*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpDirtyNext)).FpDirtyPrev = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpDirtyPrev
		} else {
			(*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDirtyTail = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpDirtyPrev
		}
		if (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpDirtyPrev != 0 {
			(*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpDirtyPrev)).FpDirtyNext = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpDirtyNext
		} else {
			/* If there are now no dirty pages in the cache, set eCreate to 2.
			 ** This is an optimization that allows sqlite3PcacheFetch() to skip
			 ** searching for a dirty page to eject from the cache when it might
			 ** otherwise have to.  */
			(*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDirty = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpDirtyNext
			if (*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDirty == uintptr(0) { /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/
				(*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeCreate = uint8(2)
			}
		}
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(addRemove)&int32(PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD) != 0 {
		(*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpDirtyPrev = uintptr(0)
		(*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpDirtyNext = (*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDirty
		if (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpDirtyNext != 0 {
			(*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).FpDirtyNext)).FpDirtyPrev = pPage
		} else {
			(*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDirtyTail = pPage
			if (*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbPurgeable != 0 {
				(*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeCreate = uint8(1)
			}
		}
		(*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpDirty = pPage
		/* If pSynced is NULL and this page has a clear NEED_SYNC flag, set
		 ** pSynced to point to it. Checking the NEED_SYNC flag is an
		 ** optimization, as if pSynced points to a page with the NEED_SYNC
		 ** flag set sqlite3PcacheFetchStress() searches through all newer
		 ** entries of the dirty-list for a page with NEED_SYNC clear anyway.  */
		if !((*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSynced != 0) && 0 == libc.Int32FromUint16((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPage)).Fflags)&int32(PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) {
			(*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpSynced = pPage
		}
	}
}

var _pgsz = int32(4096)

/*
** Check that the pShmNode->aLock[] array comports with the locking bitmasks
** held by each client. Return true if it does, or false otherwise. This
** is to be used in an assert(). e.g.
**
**     assert( assertLockingArrayOk(pShmNode) );
 */

var _posixIoFinder = uintptr(0)

func _posixIoFinderImpl(tls *libc.TLS, z uintptr, p uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	_ = z
	_ = p
	return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_posixIoMethods))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the
//	** locking strategies.  Functions that return pointers to these methods
//	** are also created.
//	*/
var _posixIoMethods = Tsqlite3_io_methods{
	FiVersion: int32(3),
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways.  Same use
//	** open(const char*,int,mode_t).  Others use open(const char*,int,...).
//	** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function.
//	**
//	** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper
//	** which always has the same well-defined interface.
//	*/
func _posixOpen(tls *libc.TLS, zFile uintptr, flags int32, mode int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	return libc.Xopen(tls, zFile, flags, libc.VaList(bp+8, mode))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Figure out the best index to use to search a pragma virtual table.
//	**
//	** There are not really any index choices.  But we want to encourage the
//	** query planner to give == constraints on as many hidden parameters as
//	** possible, and especially on the first hidden parameter.  So return a
//	** high cost if hidden parameters are unconstrained.
//	*/
func _pragmaVtabBestIndex(tls *libc.TLS, tab uintptr, pIdxInfo uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i, j int32
	var pConstraint, pTab uintptr
	var seen [2]int32
	_, _, _, _, _ = i, j, pConstraint, pTab, seen
	pTab = tab
	(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FestimatedCost = libc.Float64FromInt32(1)
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPragmaVtab)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnHidden) == 0 {
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	pConstraint = (*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraint
	seen[0] = 0
	seen[int32(1)] = 0
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FnConstraint) {
			break
		}
		if (*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(pConstraint)).FiColumn < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPragmaVtab)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FiHidden) {
			goto _1
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(pConstraint)).Fop) != int32(SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ) {
			goto _1
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(pConstraint)).Fusable) == 0 {
			return int32(SQLITE_CONSTRAINT)
		}
		j = (*Tsqlite3_index_constraint)(unsafe.Pointer(pConstraint)).FiColumn - libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPragmaVtab)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FiHidden)
		seen[j] = i + int32(1)
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
		pConstraint += 12
	}
	if seen[0] == 0 {
		(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FestimatedCost = libc.Float64FromInt32(2147483647)
		(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FestimatedRows = int64(2147483647)
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	j = seen[0] - int32(1)
	(**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint_usage)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraintUsage + uintptr(j)*8))).FargvIndex = int32(1)
	(**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint_usage)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraintUsage + uintptr(j)*8))).Fomit = uint8(1)
	(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FestimatedCost = libc.Float64FromInt32(20)
	(*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FestimatedRows = int64(20)
	if seen[int32(1)] != 0 {
		j = seen[int32(1)] - int32(1)
		(**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint_usage)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraintUsage + uintptr(j)*8))).FargvIndex = int32(2)
		(**(**Tsqlite3_index_constraint_usage)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3_index_info)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdxInfo)).FaConstraintUsage + uintptr(j)*8))).Fomit = uint8(1)
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate memory for a temporary buffer needed for printf rendering.
//	**
//	** If the requested size of the temp buffer is larger than the size
//	** of the output buffer in pAccum, then cause an SQLITE_TOOBIG error.
//	** Do the size check before the memory allocation to prevent rogue
//	** SQL from requesting large allocations using the precision or width
//	** field of the printf() function.
//	*/
func _printfTempBuf(tls *libc.TLS, pAccum uintptr, n Tsqlite3_int64) (r uintptr) {
	var z uintptr
	_ = z
	if (*Tsqlite3_str)(unsafe.Pointer(pAccum)).FaccError != 0 {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	if n > libc.Int64FromUint32((*Tsqlite3_str)(unsafe.Pointer(pAccum)).FnAlloc) && n > libc.Int64FromUint32((*Tsqlite3_str)(unsafe.Pointer(pAccum)).FmxAlloc) {
		_sqlite3StrAccumSetError(tls, pAccum, uint8(SQLITE_TOOBIG))
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	z = Xsqlite3_malloc(tls, int32(n))
	if z == uintptr(0) {
		_sqlite3StrAccumSetError(tls, pAccum, uint8(SQLITE_NOMEM))
	}
	return z
}

/*
** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the
** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be something smaller, if desired.
 */

/*
** Hard limit on the precision of floating-point conversions.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Read an entry from the pointer map.
//	**
//	** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing
//	** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively.
//	** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
//	*/
func _ptrmapGet(tls *libc.TLS, pBt uintptr, key TPgno, pEType uintptr, pPgno uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iPtrmap, offset, rc int32
	var pPtrmap uintptr
	var _ /* pDbPage at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = iPtrmap, offset, pPtrmap, rc
	iPtrmap = libc.Int32FromUint32(_ptrmapPageno(tls, pBt, key))
	rc = _sqlite3PagerGet(tls, (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPager, libc.Uint32FromInt32(iPtrmap), bp, 0)
	if rc != 0 {
		return rc
	}
	pPtrmap = _sqlite3PagerGetData(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	offset = libc.Int32FromUint32(libc.Uint32FromInt32(5) * (key - libc.Uint32FromInt32(iPtrmap) - libc.Uint32FromInt32(1)))
	if offset < 0 {
		_sqlite3PagerUnref(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
		return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(74364))
	}
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pEType)) = **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pPtrmap + uintptr(offset)))
	if pPgno != 0 {
		**(**TPgno)(__ccgo_up(pPgno)) = _sqlite3Get4byte(tls, pPtrmap+uintptr(offset+int32(1)))
	}
	_sqlite3PagerUnref(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pEType))) < int32(1) || libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pEType))) > int32(5) {
		return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(74372))
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

/*
** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
** to the cell content.
**
** findCellPastPtr() does the same except it skips past the initial
** 4-byte child pointer found on interior pages, if there is one.
**
** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
//	** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the
//	** input page number.
//	**
//	** Return 0 (not a valid page) for pgno==1 since there is
//	** no pointer map associated with page 1.  The integrity_check logic
//	** requires that ptrmapPageno(*,1)!=1.
//	*/
func _ptrmapPageno(tls *libc.TLS, pBt uintptr, pgno TPgno) (r TPgno) {
	var iPtrMap, ret TPgno
	var nPagesPerMapPage int32
	_, _, _ = iPtrMap, nPagesPerMapPage, ret
	if pgno < uint32(2) {
		return uint32(0)
	}
	nPagesPerMapPage = libc.Int32FromUint32((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FusableSize/uint32(5) + uint32(1))
	iPtrMap = (pgno - uint32(2)) / libc.Uint32FromInt32(nPagesPerMapPage)
	ret = iPtrMap*libc.Uint32FromInt32(nPagesPerMapPage) + uint32(2)
	if ret == libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3PendingByte)/(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpageSize+libc.Uint32FromInt32(1) {
		ret = ret + 1
	}
	return ret
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Called when a page of data is written to offset iOff of the database
//	** file while the rbu handle is in capture mode. Record the page number
//	** of the page being written in the aFrame[] array.
//	*/
func _rbuCaptureDbWrite(tls *libc.TLS, pRbu uintptr, iOff Ti64) (r int32) {
	(**(**TRbuFrame)(__ccgo_up((*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FaFrame + uintptr((*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).FnFrame-int32(1))*8))).FiDbPage = libc.Uint32FromInt64(iOff/int64((*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(pRbu)).Fpgsz)) + uint32(1)
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This is called as part of an incremental checkpoint operation. Copy
//	** a single frame of data from the wal file into the database file, as
//	** indicated by the RbuFrame object.
//	*/
func _rbuCheckpointFrame(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pFrame uintptr) {
	var iOff Ti64
	var pDb, pWal uintptr
	_, _, _ = iOff, pDb, pWal
	pWal = (*Trbu_file)(unsafe.Pointer((*Trbu_file)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpTargetFd)).FpWalFd)).FpReal
	pDb = (*Trbu_file)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpTargetFd)).FpReal
	iOff = libc.Int64FromUint32((*TRbuFrame)(unsafe.Pointer(pFrame)).FiWalFrame-libc.Uint32FromInt32(1))*int64((*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fpgsz+libc.Int32FromInt32(24)) + int64(32) + int64(24)
	(*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr, int32, Tsqlite3_int64) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*Tsqlite3_io_methods)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_file)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpMethods)).FxRead})))(tls, pWal, (*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaBuf, (*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fpgsz, iOff)
	if (*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc != 0 {
		return
	}
	iOff = libc.Int64FromUint32((*TRbuFrame)(unsafe.Pointer(pFrame)).FiDbPage-libc.Uint32FromInt32(1)) * int64((*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fpgsz)
	(*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr, int32, Tsqlite3_int64) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*Tsqlite3_io_methods)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_file)(unsafe.Pointer(pDb)).FpMethods)).FxWrite})))(tls, pDb, (*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaBuf, (*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fpgsz, iOff)
}

/*
** This value is copied from the definition of ZIPVFS_CTRL_FILE_POINTER
** in zipvfs.h.
 */

func _rbuPutU16(tls *libc.TLS, aBuf uintptr, iVal Tu16) {
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16(iVal) >> int32(8) & int32(0xFF))
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf + 1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16(iVal) >> 0 & int32(0xFF))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the current wal-index header checksum for the target database
//	** as a 64-bit integer.
//	**
//	** The checksum is store in the first page of xShmMap memory as an 8-byte
//	** blob starting at byte offset 40.
//	*/
func _rbuShmChecksum(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r Ti64) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iRet Ti64
	var pDb uintptr
	var _ /* ptr at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _ = iRet, pDb
	iRet = 0
	if (*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
		pDb = (*Trbu_file)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpTargetFd)).FpReal
		(*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, int32, int32, int32, uintptr) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*Tsqlite3_io_methods)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_file)(unsafe.Pointer(pDb)).FpMethods)).FxShmMap})))(tls, pDb, 0, libc.Int32FromInt32(32)*libc.Int32FromInt32(1024), 0, bp)
		if (*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc == SQLITE_OK {
			iRet = libc.Int64FromUint64(uint64(libc.AtomicLoadPUint32(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))+libc.UintptrFromInt32(10)*4))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32) + uint64(libc.AtomicLoadPUint32(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))+11*4)))
		}
	}
	return iRet
}

func _rbuUnlockShm(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	var i int32
	var xShmLock uintptr
	_, _ = i, xShmLock
	if (*Trbu_file)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRbu != 0 {
		xShmLock = (*Tsqlite3_io_methods)(unsafe.Pointer((*Tsqlite3_file)(unsafe.Pointer((*Trbu_file)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpReal)).FpMethods)).FxShmLock
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < int32(SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)) {
				break
			}
			if libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<i)&(*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer((*Trbu_file)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRbu)).FmLock != 0 {
				(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, int32, int32, int32) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{xShmLock})))(tls, (*Trbu_file)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpReal, i, int32(1), libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK)|libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE))
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		(*Tsqlite3rbu)(unsafe.Pointer((*Trbu_file)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRbu)).FmLock = uint32(0)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Functions to deserialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and
//	** 64 bit integer. The deserialized value is returned.
//	*/
func _readInt16(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(p)))<<int32(8) + libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(p + 1)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices
//	** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if
//	** a statement of the form  "INSERT INTO <iDb, pTab> SELECT ..." can
//	** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT.
//	*/
func _readsTable(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, iDb int32, pTab uintptr) (r int32) {
	var i, iEnd int32
	var pIndex, pOp, pVTab, v, v1 uintptr
	var tnum TPgno
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, iEnd, pIndex, pOp, pVTab, tnum, v, v1
	v = _sqlite3GetVdbe(tls, p)
	iEnd = _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VTAB) {
		v1 = _sqlite3GetVTable(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, pTab)
	} else {
		v1 = uintptr(0)
	}
	pVTab = v1
	i = int32(1)
	for {
		if !(i < iEnd) {
			break
		}
		pOp = _sqlite3VdbeGetOp(tls, v, i)
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fopcode) == int32(OP_OpenRead) && (*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp3 == iDb {
			tnum = libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp2)
			if tnum == (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).Ftnum {
				return int32(1)
			}
			pIndex = (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FpIndex
			for {
				if !(pIndex != 0) {
					break
				}
				if tnum == (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).Ftnum {
					return int32(1)
				}
				goto _3
			_3:
				;
				pIndex = (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIndex)).FpNext
			}
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fopcode) == int32(OP_VOpen) && *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp + 16)) == pVTab {
			return int32(1)
		}
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Release a unixInodeInfo structure previously allocated by findInodeInfo().
//	**
//	** The global mutex must be held when this routine is called, but the mutex
//	** on the inode being deleted must NOT be held.
//	*/
func _releaseInodeInfo(tls *libc.TLS, pFile uintptr) {
	var pInode uintptr
	_ = pInode
	pInode = (*TunixFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pFile)).FpInode
	if pInode != 0 {
		(*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FnRef = (*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FnRef - 1
		if (*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FnRef == 0 {
			Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FpLockMutex)
			_closePendingFds(tls, pFile)
			Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FpLockMutex)
			if (*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FpPrev != 0 {
				(*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FpPrev)).FpNext = (*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FpNext
			} else {
				_inodeList = (*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FpNext
			}
			if (*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FpNext != 0 {
				(*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FpNext)).FpPrev = (*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FpPrev
			}
			Xsqlite3_mutex_free(tls, (*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FpLockMutex)
			Xsqlite3_free(tls, pInode)
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This is a Walker select callback. It does nothing. It is only required
//	** because without a dummy callback, sqlite3WalkExpr() and similar do not
//	** descend into sub-select statements.
//	*/
func _renameColumnSelectCb(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FselFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SF_View)|libc.Int32FromInt32(SF_CopyCte)) != 0 {
		return int32(WRC_Prune)
	}
	_renameWalkWith(tls, pWalker, p)
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This
//	** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple
//	** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases.
//	**
//	** i.e. if the parser sees:
//	**
//	**     ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def
//	**
//	** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of
//	** looking for columns of the same name.
//	**
//	** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement:
//	**
//	**     ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2'
//	**
//	** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved.
//	*/
func _resolveAttachExpr(tls *libc.TLS, pName uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var rc int32
	_ = rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if pExpr != 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) != int32(TK_ID) {
			rc = _sqlite3ResolveExprNames(tls, pName, pExpr)
		} else {
			(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop = uint8(TK_STRING)
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Rtree virtual table module xClose method.
//	*/
func _rtreeClose(tls *libc.TLS, cur uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pCsr, pRtree uintptr
	_, _ = pCsr, pRtree
	pRtree = (*Tsqlite3_vtab_cursor)(unsafe.Pointer(cur)).FpVtab
	pCsr = cur
	_resetCursor(tls, pCsr)
	Xsqlite3_finalize(tls, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpReadAux)
	Xsqlite3_free(tls, pCsr)
	(*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnCursor = (*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnCursor - 1
	if (*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FnCursor == uint32(0) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pRtree)).FinWrTrans) == 0 {
		_nodeBlobReset(tls, pRtree)
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Rtree virtual table module xEof method.
//	**
//	** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid
//	** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise.
//	*/
func _rtreeEof(tls *libc.TLS, cur uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pCsr uintptr
	_ = pCsr
	pCsr = cur
	return libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FatEOF)
}

/*
** Convert raw bits from the on-disk RTree record into a coordinate value.
** The on-disk format is big-endian and needs to be converted for little-
** endian platforms.  The on-disk record stores integer coordinates if
** eInt is true and it stores 32-bit floating point records if eInt is
** false.  a[] is the four bytes of the on-disk record to be decoded.
** Store the results in "r".
**
** There are five versions of this macro.  The last one is generic.  The
** other four are various architectures-specific optimizations.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method.
//	*/
func _rtreeRowid(tls *libc.TLS, pVtabCursor uintptr, pRowid uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var p, pCsr, pNode uintptr
	var _ /* rc at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _ = p, pCsr, pNode
	pCsr = pVtabCursor
	p = _rtreeSearchPointFirst(tls, pCsr)
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = SQLITE_OK
	pNode = _rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(tls, pCsr, bp)
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == SQLITE_OK && p != 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiCell) >= _readInt16(tls, (*TRtreeNode)(unsafe.Pointer(pNode)).FzData+2) {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = int32(SQLITE_ABORT)
		} else {
			**(**Tsqlite_int64)(__ccgo_up(pRowid)) = _nodeGetRowid(tls, (*TRtreeCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).Fbase.FpVtab, pNode, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiCell))
		}
	}
	return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Compare two search points.  Return negative, zero, or positive if the first
//	** is less than, equal to, or greater than the second.
//	**
//	** The rScore is the primary key.  Smaller rScore values come first.
//	** If the rScore is a tie, then use iLevel as the tie breaker with smaller
//	** iLevel values coming first.  In this way, if rScore is the same for all
//	** SearchPoints, then iLevel becomes the deciding factor and the result
//	** is a depth-first search, which is the desired default behavior.
//	*/
func _rtreeSearchPointCompare(tls *libc.TLS, pA uintptr, pB uintptr) (r int32) {
	if (*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).FrScore < (*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).FrScore {
		return -int32(1)
	}
	if (*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).FrScore > (*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).FrScore {
		return +libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).FiLevel) < libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).FiLevel) {
		return -int32(1)
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).FiLevel) > libc.Int32FromUint8((*TRtreeSearchPoint)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).FiLevel) {
		return +libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This is the collating function named "RTRIM" which is always
//	** available.  Ignore trailing spaces.
//	*/
func _rtrimCollFunc(tls *libc.TLS, pUser uintptr, nKey1 int32, pKey1 uintptr, nKey2 int32, pKey2 uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pK1, pK2 uintptr
	_, _ = pK1, pK2
	pK1 = pKey1
	pK2 = pKey2
	for nKey1 != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pK1 + uintptr(nKey1-int32(1))))) == int32(' ') {
		nKey1 = nKey1 - 1
	}
	for nKey2 != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pK2 + uintptr(nKey2-int32(1))))) == int32(' ') {
		nKey2 = nKey2 - 1
	}
	return _binCollFunc(tls, pUser, nKey1, pKey1, nKey2, pKey2)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey
//	** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
//	**
//	** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID)
//	** prior to calling this routine.
//	*/
func _saveCursorPosition(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr) (r int32) {
	var rc int32
	var v1 uintptr
	_, _ = rc, v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FcurFlags)&int32(BTCF_Pinned) != 0 {
		return libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_CONSTRAINT) | libc.Int32FromInt32(11)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState) == int32(CURSOR_SKIPNEXT) {
		(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState = uint8(CURSOR_VALID)
	} else {
		(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FskipNext = 0
	}
	rc = _saveCursorKey(tls, pCur)
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		_btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(tls, pCur)
		(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState = uint8(CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK)
	}
	v1 = pCur + 1
	*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu8(int32(*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(BTCF_ValidNKey) | libc.Int32FromInt32(BTCF_ValidOvfl) | libc.Int32FromInt32(BTCF_AtLast)))
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* This helper routine to saveAllCursors does the actual work of saving
//	** the cursors if and when a cursor is found that actually requires saving.
//	** The common case is that no cursors need to be saved, so this routine is
//	** broken out from its caller to avoid unnecessary stack pointer movement.
//	*/
func _saveCursorsOnList(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, iRoot TPgno, pExcept uintptr) (r int32) {
	var rc int32
	_ = rc
	for cond := true; cond; cond = p != 0 {
		if p != pExcept && (uint32(0) == iRoot || (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpgnoRoot == iRoot) {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeState) == CURSOR_VALID || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeState) == int32(CURSOR_SKIPNEXT) {
				rc = _saveCursorPosition(tls, p)
				if SQLITE_OK != rc {
					return rc
				}
			} else {
				_btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(tls, p)
			}
		}
		p = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is
//	** called. Otherwse, it appends the serialized version of the value stored
//	** in column iCol of the row that SQL statement pStmt currently points
//	** to to the buffer.
//	*/
func _sessionAppendCol(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pStmt uintptr, iCol int32, pRc uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var eType, nByte int32
	var i Tsqlite3_int64
	var r float64
	var z uintptr
	var _ /* aBuf at bp+0 */ [8]Tu8
	_, _, _, _, _ = eType, i, nByte, r, z
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRc)) == SQLITE_OK {
		eType = Xsqlite3_column_type(tls, pStmt, iCol)
		_sessionAppendByte(tls, p, libc.Uint8FromInt32(eType), pRc)
		if eType == int32(SQLITE_INTEGER) || eType == int32(SQLITE_FLOAT) {
			if eType == int32(SQLITE_INTEGER) {
				i = Xsqlite3_column_int64(tls, pStmt, iCol)
				_sessionPutI64(tls, bp, i)
			} else {
				r = Xsqlite3_column_double(tls, pStmt, iCol)
				_sessionPutDouble(tls, bp, r)
			}
			_sessionAppendBlob(tls, p, bp, int32(8), pRc)
		}
		if eType == int32(SQLITE_BLOB) || eType == int32(SQLITE_TEXT) {
			if eType == int32(SQLITE_BLOB) {
				z = Xsqlite3_column_blob(tls, pStmt, iCol)
			} else {
				z = Xsqlite3_column_text(tls, pStmt, iCol)
			}
			nByte = Xsqlite3_column_bytes(tls, pStmt, iCol)
			if z != 0 || eType == int32(SQLITE_BLOB) && nByte == 0 {
				_sessionAppendVarint(tls, p, nByte, pRc)
				_sessionAppendBlob(tls, p, z, nByte, pRc)
			} else {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRc)) = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
			}
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Ensure that there is room in the buffer to append nByte bytes of data.
//	** If not, use sqlite3_realloc() to grow the buffer so that there is.
//	**
//	** If successful, return zero. Otherwise, if an OOM condition is encountered,
//	** set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM and return non-zero.
//	*/
func _sessionBufferGrow(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, nByte Ti64, pRc uintptr) (r int32) {
	var aNew uintptr
	var nNew, nReq Ti64
	var v1 int32
	_, _, _, _ = aNew, nNew, nReq, v1
	nReq = int64((*TSessionBuffer)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnBuf) + nByte
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRc)) == SQLITE_OK && nReq > int64((*TSessionBuffer)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnAlloc) {
		if (*TSessionBuffer)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnAlloc != 0 {
			v1 = (*TSessionBuffer)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnAlloc
		} else {
			v1 = int32(128)
		}
		nNew = int64(v1)
		for cond := true; cond; cond = nNew < nReq {
			nNew = nNew * int64(2)
		}
		/* The value of SESSION_MAX_BUFFER_SZ is copied from the implementation
		 ** of sqlite3_realloc64(). Allocations greater than this size in bytes
		 ** always fail. It is used here to ensure that this routine can always
		 ** allocate up to this limit - instead of up to the largest power of
		 ** two smaller than the limit.  */
		if nNew > int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0x7FFFFF00)-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)) {
			nNew = int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(0x7FFFFF00) - libc.Int32FromInt32(1))
			if nNew < nReq {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRc)) = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
				return int32(1)
			}
		}
		aNew = Xsqlite3_realloc64(tls, (*TSessionBuffer)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaBuf, libc.Uint64FromInt64(nNew))
		if uintptr(0) == aNew {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRc)) = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		} else {
			(*TSessionBuffer)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaBuf = aNew
			(*TSessionBuffer)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnAlloc = int32(nNew)
		}
	}
	return libc.BoolInt32(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRc)) != SQLITE_OK)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Based on the primary key values stored in change aRecord, calculate a
//	** hash key. Assume the has table has nBucket buckets. The hash keys
//	** calculated by this function are compatible with those calculated by
//	** sessionPreupdateHash().
//	**
//	** The bPkOnly argument is non-zero if the record at aRecord[] is from
//	** a patchset DELETE. In this case the non-PK fields are omitted entirely.
//	*/
func _sessionChangeHash(tls *libc.TLS, pTab uintptr, bPkOnly int32, aRecord uintptr, nBucket int32) (r uint32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var a, v2 uintptr
	var eType, i, isPK int32
	var h uint32
	var _ /* n at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = a, eType, h, i, isPK, v2
	h = uint32(0) /* Used to iterate through columns */
	a = aRecord   /* Used to iterate through change record */
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < (*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnCol) {
			break
		}
		isPK = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TSessionTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FabPK + uintptr(i))))
		if bPkOnly != 0 && isPK == 0 {
			goto _1
		}
		if isPK != 0 {
			v2 = a
			a = a + 1
			eType = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v2)))
			h = _sessionHashAppendType(tls, h, eType)
			if eType == int32(SQLITE_INTEGER) || eType == int32(SQLITE_FLOAT) {
				h = _sessionHashAppendI64(tls, h, _sessionGetI64(tls, a))
				a = a + uintptr(8)
			} else {
				if eType == int32(SQLITE_TEXT) || eType == int32(SQLITE_BLOB) {
					a = a + uintptr(_sessionVarintGet(tls, a, bp))
					h = _sessionHashAppendBlob(tls, h, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)), a)
					a = a + uintptr(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
				}
			}
			/* It should not be possible for eType to be SQLITE_NULL or 0x00 here,
			 ** as the session module does not record changes for rows with NULL
			 ** values stored in primary key columns. But a corrupt changesets
			 ** may contain such a value.  */
		} else {
			a = a + uintptr(_sessionSerialLen(tls, a))
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return h % libc.Uint32FromInt32(nBucket)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The input pointer currently points to the first byte of the first field
//	** of a record consisting of nCol columns. This function ensures the entire
//	** record is buffered. It does not move the input pointer.
//	**
//	** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *pnByte is set to the size of
//	** the record in bytes. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. The
//	** final value of *pnByte is undefined in this case.
//	*/
func _sessionChangesetBufferRecord(tls *libc.TLS, pIn uintptr, nCol int32, pnByte uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var eType, i, nRem, rc int32
	var nByte, v2 Ti64
	var _ /* n at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = eType, i, nByte, nRem, rc, v2
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	nByte = 0
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(rc == SQLITE_OK && i < nCol) {
			break
		}
		rc = _sessionInputBuffer(tls, pIn, int32(nByte+int64(10)))
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			v2 = nByte
			nByte = nByte + 1
			eType = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TSessionInput)(unsafe.Pointer(pIn)).FaData + uintptr(int64((*TSessionInput)(unsafe.Pointer(pIn)).FiNext)+v2))))
			if eType == int32(SQLITE_TEXT) || eType == int32(SQLITE_BLOB) {
				nRem = int32(int64((*TSessionInput)(unsafe.Pointer(pIn)).FnData) - (int64((*TSessionInput)(unsafe.Pointer(pIn)).FiNext) + nByte))
				nByte = nByte + int64(_sessionVarintGetSafe(tls, (*TSessionInput)(unsafe.Pointer(pIn)).FaData+uintptr(int64((*TSessionInput)(unsafe.Pointer(pIn)).FiNext)+nByte), nRem, bp))
				nByte = nByte + int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
				rc = _sessionInputBuffer(tls, pIn, int32(nByte))
			} else {
				if eType == int32(SQLITE_INTEGER) || eType == int32(SQLITE_FLOAT) {
					nByte = nByte + int64(8)
				} else {
					if eType != 0 && eType != int32(SQLITE_NULL) {
						rc = _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(237456))
					}
				}
			}
		}
		if rc == SQLITE_OK && int64((*TSessionInput)(unsafe.Pointer(pIn)).FiNext)+nByte > int64((*TSessionInput)(unsafe.Pointer(pIn)).FnData) {
			rc = _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(237460))
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pnByte)) = int32(nByte)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Read a 64-bit big-endian integer value from buffer aRec[]. Return
//	** the value read.
//	*/
func _sessionGetI64(tls *libc.TLS, aRec uintptr) (r Tsqlite3_int64) {
	var x Tu64
	var y Tu32
	_, _ = x, y
	x = uint64(uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aRec)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(24) | libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aRec + 1)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16)) | libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aRec + 2)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)) | uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aRec + 3))))
	y = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aRec + libc.UintptrFromInt32(4))))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(24) | libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aRec + libc.UintptrFromInt32(4) + 1)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16)) | libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aRec + libc.UintptrFromInt32(4) + 2)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)) | uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aRec + libc.UintptrFromInt32(4) + 3)))
	x = x<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32) + uint64(y)
	return libc.Int64FromUint64(x)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Append the hash of the 64-bit integer passed as the second argument to the
//	** hash-key value passed as the first. Return the new hash-key value.
//	*/
func _sessionHashAppendI64(tls *libc.TLS, h uint32, i Ti64) (r uint32) {
	h = h<<int32(3) ^ h ^ libc.Uint32FromInt64(i&libc.Int64FromUint32(0xFFFFFFFF))
	return h<<int32(3) ^ h ^ libc.Uint32FromInt64(i>>libc.Int32FromInt32(32)&libc.Int64FromUint32(0xFFFFFFFF))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Append the hash of the data type passed as the second argument to the
//	** hash-key value passed as the first. Return the new hash-key value.
//	*/
func _sessionHashAppendType(tls *libc.TLS, h uint32, eType int32) (r uint32) {
	return h<<int32(3) ^ h ^ libc.Uint32FromInt32(eType)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Write a 64-bit big-endian integer value to the buffer aBuf[].
//	*/
func _sessionPutI64(tls *libc.TLS, aBuf uintptr, i Tsqlite3_int64) {
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf)) = libc.Uint8FromInt64(i >> libc.Int32FromInt32(56) & int64(0xFF))
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf + 1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt64(i >> libc.Int32FromInt32(48) & int64(0xFF))
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf + 2)) = libc.Uint8FromInt64(i >> libc.Int32FromInt32(40) & int64(0xFF))
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf + 3)) = libc.Uint8FromInt64(i >> libc.Int32FromInt32(32) & int64(0xFF))
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf + 4)) = libc.Uint8FromInt64(i >> libc.Int32FromInt32(24) & int64(0xFF))
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf + 5)) = libc.Uint8FromInt64(i >> libc.Int32FromInt32(16) & int64(0xFF))
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf + 6)) = libc.Uint8FromInt64(i >> libc.Int32FromInt32(8) & int64(0xFF))
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf + 7)) = libc.Uint8FromInt64(i >> libc.Int32FromInt32(0) & int64(0xFF))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The buffer that the argument points to contains a serialized SQL value.
//	** Return the number of bytes of space occupied by the value (including
//	** the type byte).
//	*/
func _sessionSerialLen(tls *libc.TLS, a uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var e int32
	var _ /* n at bp+0 */ int32
	_ = e
	e = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(a)))
	if e == int32(SQLITE_INTEGER) || e == int32(SQLITE_FLOAT) {
		return int32(9)
	}
	if e == int32(SQLITE_TEXT) || e == int32(SQLITE_BLOB) {
		return _sessionVarintGet(tls, a+1, bp) + int32(1) + **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
	}
	return int32(1)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** When this function is called, *ppRec points to the start of a record
//	** that contains nCol values. This function advances the pointer *ppRec
//	** until it points to the byte immediately following that record.
//	*/
func _sessionSkipRecord(tls *libc.TLS, ppRec uintptr, nCol int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var aRec, v2 uintptr
	var eType, i int32
	var _ /* nByte at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _ = aRec, eType, i, v2
	aRec = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppRec))
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < nCol) {
			break
		}
		v2 = aRec
		aRec = aRec + 1
		eType = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v2)))
		if eType == int32(SQLITE_TEXT) || eType == int32(SQLITE_BLOB) {
			aRec = aRec + uintptr(_sessionVarintGet(tls, aRec, bp))
			aRec = aRec + uintptr(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
		} else {
			if eType == int32(SQLITE_INTEGER) || eType == int32(SQLITE_FLOAT) {
				aRec = aRec + uintptr(8)
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppRec)) = aRec
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Read a varint value from aBuf[] into *piVal. Return the number of
//	** bytes read.
//	*/
func _sessionVarintGet(tls *libc.TLS, aBuf uintptr, piVal uintptr) (r int32) {
	var v1 int32
	_ = v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf))) < libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80)) {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(piVal)) = libc.Int32FromUint32(uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf))))
		v1 = libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
	} else {
		v1 = libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3GetVarint32(tls, aBuf, piVal))
	}
	return libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(v1))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the number of bytes required to store value iVal as a varint.
//	*/
func _sessionVarintLen(tls *libc.TLS, iVal int32) (r int32) {
	return _sqlite3VarintLen(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt32(iVal))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Write a varint with value iVal into the buffer at aBuf. Return the
//	** number of bytes written.
//	*/
func _sessionVarintPut(tls *libc.TLS, aBuf uintptr, iVal int32) (r int32) {
	var v1 int32
	_ = v1
	if libc.Uint32FromInt32(iVal) < libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x80) {
		**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(iVal)
		v1 = libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
	} else {
		v1 = _sqlite3PutVarint(tls, aBuf, libc.Uint64FromInt32(iVal))
	}
	return libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(v1))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If the last opcode is a OP_Copy, then set the do-not-merge flag (p5)
//	** so that a subsequent copy will not be merged into this one.
//	*/
func _setDoNotMergeFlagOnCopy(tls *libc.TLS, v uintptr) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(_sqlite3VdbeGetLastOp(tls, v))).Fopcode) == int32(OP_Copy) {
		_sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(tls, v, uint16(1)) /* Tag trailing OP_Copy as not mergeable */
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Add the file descriptor used by file handle pFile to the corresponding
//	** pUnused list.
//	*/
func _setPendingFd(tls *libc.TLS, pFile uintptr) {
	var p, pInode uintptr
	_, _ = p, pInode
	pInode = (*TunixFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pFile)).FpInode
	p = (*TunixFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pFile)).FpPreallocatedUnused
	(*TUnixUnusedFd)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext = (*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FpUnused
	(*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FpUnused = p
	(*TunixFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pFile)).Fh = -int32(1)
	(*TunixFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pFile)).FpPreallocatedUnused = uintptr(0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set result column names for a pragma.
//	*/
func _setPragmaResultColumnNames(tls *libc.TLS, v uintptr, pPragma uintptr) {
	var i, j, v1 int32
	var n Tu8
	_, _, _, _ = i, j, n, v1
	n = (*TPragmaName)(unsafe.Pointer(pPragma)).FnPragCName
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(n) == 0 {
		v1 = int32(1)
	} else {
		v1 = libc.Int32FromUint8(n)
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(tls, v, v1)
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(n) == 0 {
		_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(tls, v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, (*TPragmaName)(unsafe.Pointer(pPragma)).FzName, libc.UintptrFromInt32(0))
	} else {
		i = 0
		j = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPragmaName)(unsafe.Pointer(pPragma)).FiPragCName)
		for {
			if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint8(n)) {
				break
			}
			_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(tls, v, i, COLNAME_NAME, _pragCName[j], libc.UintptrFromInt32(0))
			goto _2
		_2:
			;
			i = i + 1
			j = j + 1
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
//	** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
//	** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
//	** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
//	** super-journal pointers within created journal files.
//	**
//	** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
//	**
//	** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
//	** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
//	** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
//	** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
//	**
//	** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
//	** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
//	** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
//	** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
//	** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
//	** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
//	** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
//	** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
//	*/
func _setSectorSize(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr) {
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FtempFile != 0 || _sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Ffd)&int32(SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) != 0 {
		/* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
		 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
		 ** call will segfault. */
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsectorSize = uint32(512)
	} else {
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsectorSize = libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3SectorSize(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Ffd))
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The string z[] is an text representation of a real number.
//	** Convert this string to a double and write it into *pResult.
//	**
//	** z[] must be UTF-8 and zero-terminated.
//	**
//	** Return positive if the result is a valid real number (or integer) and
//	** zero or negative if the string is empty or contains extraneous text.
//	** Lower bits of the return value contain addition information about the
//	** parse:
//	**
//	**   bit 0       =>   Set if any prefix of the input is valid.  Clear if
//	**                    there is no prefix of the input that can be seen as
//	**                    a valid floating point number.
//	**   bit 1       =>   Set if the input contains a decimal point or eNNN
//	**                    clause.  Zero if the input is an integer.
//	**   bit 2       =>   The input is exactly 0.0, not an underflow from
//	**                    some value near zero.
//	**   bit 3       =>   Set if there are more than about 19 significant
//	**                    digits in the input.
//	**
//	** If the input contains a syntax error but begins with text that might
//	** be a valid number of some kind, then the result is negative.  The
//	** result is only zero if no prefix of the input could be interpreted as
//	** a number.
//	**
//	** Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored.  Valid numbers are in
//	** one of the formats below:
//	**
//	**    [+-]digits[E[+-]digits]
//	**    [+-]digits.[digits][E[+-]digits]
//	**    [+-].digits[E[+-]digits]
//	**
//	** Algorithm sketch:  Compute an unsigned 64-bit integer s and a base-10
//	** exponent d such that the value encoding by the input is s*pow(10,d).
//	** Then invoke sqlite3Fp10Convert2() to calculated the closest possible
//	** IEEE754 double.  The sign is added back afterwards, if the input string
//	** starts with a "-".  The use of an unsigned 64-bit s mantissa means that
//	** only about the first 19 significant digits of the input can contribute
//	** to the result.  This can result in suboptimal rounding decisions when
//	** correct rounding requires more than 19 input digits.  For example,
//	** this routine renders "3500000000000000.2500001" as
//	** 3500000000000000.0 instead of 3500000000000000.5 because the decision
//	** to round up instead of using banker's rounding to round down is determined
//	** by the 23rd significant digit, which this routine ignores. It is not
//	** possible to do better without some kind of BigNum.
//	*/
func _sqlite3AtoF(tls *libc.TLS, zIn uintptr, pResult uintptr) (r int32) {
	var d, esign, exp, mState, neg int32
	var s Tu64
	var v, v3, v4 uint32
	var z, v7 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = d, esign, exp, mState, neg, s, v, z, v3, v4, v7
	z = zIn
	neg = 0       /* True for a negative value */
	s = uint64(0) /* mantissa */
	d = 0         /* Value is s * pow(10,d) */
	mState = 0    /* Value of a single digit */
	goto start_of_text
start_of_text:
	;
	v3 = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))) - libc.Uint32FromUint8('0')
	v = v3
	if !(v3 < uint32(10)) {
		goto _1
	}
	goto parse_integer_part
parse_integer_part:
	;
	mState = int32(1)
	s = uint64(v)
	z = z + 1
	for {
		v3 = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))) - libc.Uint32FromUint8('0')
		v = v3
		if !(v3 < uint32(10)) {
			break
		}
		s = s*uint64(10) + uint64(v)
		z = z + 1
		if s >= (libc.Uint64FromUint32(0xffffffff)|libc.Uint64FromUint32(0xffffffff)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32)-libc.Uint64FromInt32(9))/libc.Uint64FromInt32(10) {
			mState = int32(9)
			for libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))])&int32(0x04) != 0 {
				z = z + 1
				d = d + 1
			}
			break
		}
	}
	goto _2
_1:
	;
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))) == int32('-') {
		neg = int32(1)
		z = z + 1
		v3 = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))) - libc.Uint32FromUint8('0')
		v = v3
		if v3 < uint32(10) {
			goto parse_integer_part
		}
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))) == int32('+') {
			z = z + 1
			v3 = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))) - libc.Uint32FromUint8('0')
			v = v3
			if v3 < uint32(10) {
				goto parse_integer_part
			}
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))])&int32(0x01) != 0 {
				for cond := true; cond; cond = libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))])&int32(0x01) != 0 {
					z = z + 1
				}
				goto start_of_text
			} else {
				s = uint64(0)
			}
		}
	}
_2:
	;
	/* if decimal point is present */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))) == int32('.') {
		z = z + 1
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))])&int32(0x04) != 0 {
			mState = mState | int32(1)
			for {
				if s < (libc.Uint64FromUint32(0xffffffff)|libc.Uint64FromUint32(0xffffffff)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32)-libc.Uint64FromInt32(9))/libc.Uint64FromInt32(10) {
					s = s*uint64(10) + uint64(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))) - uint64('0')
					d = d - 1
				} else {
					mState = int32(11)
				}
				goto _8
			_8:
				;
				z = z + 1
				v7 = z
				if !(libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v7))])&int32(0x04) != 0) {
					break
				}
			}
		} else {
			if mState == 0 {
				**(**float64)(__ccgo_up(pResult)) = float64(0)
				return 0
			}
		}
		mState = mState | int32(2)
	} else {
		if mState == 0 {
			**(**float64)(__ccgo_up(pResult)) = float64(0)
			return 0
		}
	}
	/* if exponent is present */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))) == int32('e') || libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))) == int32('E') {
		z = z + 1
		/* get sign of exponent */
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))) == int32('-') {
			esign = -int32(1)
			z = z + 1
		} else {
			esign = +libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))) == int32('+') {
				z = z + 1
			}
		}
		/* copy digits to exponent */
		v3 = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))) - libc.Uint32FromUint8('0')
		v = v3
		if v3 < uint32(10) {
			exp = libc.Int32FromUint32(v)
			z = z + 1
			mState = mState | int32(2)
			for {
				v3 = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))) - libc.Uint32FromUint8('0')
				v = v3
				if !(v3 < uint32(10)) {
					break
				}
				if exp < int32(10000) {
					v4 = libc.Uint32FromInt32(exp*int32(10)) + v
				} else {
					v4 = uint32(10000)
				}
				exp = libc.Int32FromUint32(v4)
				z = z + 1
			}
			d = d + esign*exp
		} else {
			z = z - 1 /* Leave z[0] at 'e' or '+' or '-',
			 ** so that the return is 0 or -1 */
		}
	}
	/* Convert s*pow(10,d) into real */
	if s == uint64(0) {
		**(**float64)(__ccgo_up(pResult)) = float64(0)
		mState = mState | int32(4)
	} else {
		**(**float64)(__ccgo_up(pResult)) = _sqlite3Fp10Convert2(tls, s, d)
	}
	if neg != 0 {
		**(**float64)(__ccgo_up(pResult)) = -**(**float64)(__ccgo_up(pResult))
	}
	/* return true if number and no extra non-whitespace characters after */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))) == 0 {
		return mState
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))])&int32(0x01) != 0 {
		for cond := true; cond; cond = libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))])&int32(0x01) != 0 {
			z = z + 1
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))) == 0 {
			return mState
		}
	}
	return libc.Int32FromUint32(uint32(0xfffffff0) | libc.Uint32FromInt32(mState))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code.
//	**
//	** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program
//	** to test the Bitvec.  The integers are opcodes followed
//	** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode.  Another
//	** opcode follows immediately after the last operand.
//	**
//	** There are opcodes numbered starting with 0.  0 is the
//	** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end.
//	**
//	**    0          Halt and return the number of errors
//	**    1 N S X    Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
//	**    2 N S X    Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
//	**    3 N        Set N randomly chosen bits
//	**    4 N        Clear N randomly chosen bits
//	**    5 N S X    Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec
//	**    6          Invoice sqlite3ShowBitvec() on the Bitvec object so far
//	**    7 X        Show compile-time parameters and the hash of X
//	**
//	** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed
//	** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc.
//	** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec.
//	** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to
//	** confirm that error detection works.  Opcodes 6 and greater are
//	** state output opcodes.  Opcodes 6 and greater are no-ops unless
//	** SQLite has been compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG.
//	**
//	** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared
//	** against the Bitvec object.  If there are any differences,
//	** an error is returned.  If they are the same, zero is returned.
//	**
//	** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1.
//	**
//	** sz is the size of the Bitvec.  Or if sz is negative, make the size
//	** 2*(unsigned)(-sz) and disabled the linear vector check.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(tls *libc.TLS, sz int32, aOp uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var nx, op, pc, rc, v1 int32
	var pBitvec, pTmpSpace, pV, v4 uintptr
	var _ /* i at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = nx, op, pBitvec, pTmpSpace, pV, pc, rc, v1, v4
	pBitvec = uintptr(0)
	pV = uintptr(0)
	rc = -int32(1)
	/* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of
	 ** bits to act as the reference */
	if sz <= 0 {
		pBitvec = _sqlite3BitvecCreate(tls, uint32(2)*libc.Uint32FromInt32(-sz))
		pV = uintptr(0)
	} else {
		pBitvec = _sqlite3BitvecCreate(tls, libc.Uint32FromInt32(sz))
		pV = _sqlite3MallocZero(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt64((int64(7)+int64(sz))/int64(8)+int64(1)))
	}
	pTmpSpace = Xsqlite3_malloc64(tls, uint64(BITVEC_SZ))
	if pBitvec == uintptr(0) || pTmpSpace == uintptr(0) || pV == uintptr(0) && sz > 0 {
		goto bitvec_end
	}
	/* NULL pBitvec tests */
	_sqlite3BitvecSet(tls, uintptr(0), uint32(1))
	_sqlite3BitvecClear(tls, uintptr(0), uint32(1), pTmpSpace)
	/* Run the program */
	v1 = libc.Int32FromInt32(0)
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = v1
	pc = v1
	for {
		v1 = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aOp + uintptr(pc)*4))
		op = v1
		if !(v1 != 0) {
			break
		}
		if op >= int32(6) {
			pc = pc + 1
			continue
		}
		switch op {
		case int32(1):
			fallthrough
		case int32(2):
			fallthrough
		case int32(5):
			nx = int32(4)
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aOp + uintptr(pc+int32(2))*4)) - int32(1)
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aOp + uintptr(pc+int32(2))*4)) += **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(aOp + uintptr(pc+int32(3))*4))
		case int32(3):
			fallthrough
		case int32(4):
			fallthrough
		default:
			nx = int32(2)
			Xsqlite3_randomness(tls, int32(4), bp)
			break
		}
		v4 = aOp + uintptr(pc+int32(1))*4
		*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v4)) = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v4)) - 1
		v1 = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(v4))
		if v1 > 0 {
			nx = 0
		}
		pc = pc + nx
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) & int32(0x7fffffff) % sz
		if op&int32(1) != 0 {
			if pV != 0 {
				v4 = pV + uintptr((**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))+int32(1))>>int32(3))
				*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(v4)) = uint8(int32(*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(v4))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<((**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))+libc.Int32FromInt32(1))&libc.Int32FromInt32(7)))
			}
			if op != int32(5) {
				if _sqlite3BitvecSet(tls, pBitvec, libc.Uint32FromInt32(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))+int32(1))) != 0 {
					goto bitvec_end
				}
			}
		} else {
			if pV != 0 {
				v4 = pV + uintptr((**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))+int32(1))>>int32(3))
				*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(v4)) = uint8(int32(*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(v4))) & ^libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<((**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))+libc.Int32FromInt32(1))&libc.Int32FromInt32(7)))))
			}
			_sqlite3BitvecClear(tls, pBitvec, libc.Uint32FromInt32(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))+int32(1)), pTmpSpace)
		}
	}
	/* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the
	 ** Bitvec object.  Start with the assumption that they do
	 ** match (rc==0).  Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy
	 ** is found.
	 */
	if pV != 0 {
		rc = libc.Int32FromUint32(libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3BitvecTest(tls, uintptr(0), uint32(0))+_sqlite3BitvecTest(tls, pBitvec, libc.Uint32FromInt32(sz+int32(1)))+_sqlite3BitvecTest(tls, pBitvec, uint32(0))) + (_sqlite3BitvecSize(tls, pBitvec) - libc.Uint32FromInt32(sz)))
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = int32(1)
		for {
			if !(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) <= sz) {
				break
			}
			if libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(pV + uintptr(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))>>int32(3)))))&(int32(1)<<(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))&int32(7))) != 0) != _sqlite3BitvecTest(tls, pBitvec, libc.Uint32FromInt32(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))) {
				rc = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
				break
			}
			goto _7
		_7:
			;
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) + 1
		}
	} else {
		rc = 0
	}
	/* Free allocated structure */
	goto bitvec_end
bitvec_end:
	;
	Xsqlite3_free(tls, pTmpSpace)
	Xsqlite3_free(tls, pV)
	_sqlite3BitvecDestroy(tls, pBitvec)
	return rc
}

/********************************** Test and Debug Logic **********************/
/*
** Debug tracing macros.  Enable by by changing the "0" to "1" and
** recompiling.
**
** When sqlite3PcacheTrace is 1, single line trace messages are issued.
** When sqlite3PcacheTrace is 2, a dump of the pcache showing all cache entries
** is displayed for many operations, resulting in a lot of output.
 */

/*
** Return 1 if pPg is on the dirty list for pCache.  Return 0 if not.
** This routine runs inside of assert() statements only.
 */

/*
** Check invariants on a PgHdr entry.  Return true if everything is OK.
** Return false if any invariant is violated.
**
** This routine is for use inside of assert() statements only.  For
** example:
**
**          assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(pPg) );
 */

/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/

/* Allowed values for second argument to pcacheManageDirtyList() */

func _sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, wrflag int32, pSchemaVersion uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pBt uintptr
	_ = pBt
	if (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fsharable != 0 || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FinTrans) == TRANS_NONE || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FinTrans) == int32(TRANS_READ) && wrflag != 0 {
		return _btreeBeginTrans(tls, p, wrflag, pSchemaVersion)
	}
	pBt = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt
	if pSchemaVersion != 0 {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pSchemaVersion)) = libc.Int32FromUint32(_sqlite3Get4byte(tls, (*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPage1)).FaData+40))
	}
	if wrflag != 0 {
		/* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of
		 ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and
		 ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here.
		 */
		return _sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(tls, (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPager, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb)).FnSavepoint)
	} else {
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument.
//	**
//	** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open
//	** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to.
//	**
//	** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, eMode int32, pnLog uintptr, pnCkpt uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pBt uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _ = pBt, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if p != 0 {
		pBt = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt
		_sqlite3BtreeEnter(tls, p)
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FinTransaction) != TRANS_NONE {
			rc = int32(SQLITE_LOCKED)
		} else {
			rc = _sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(tls, (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPager, (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt)
		}
		_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, p)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If no transaction is active and the database is not a temp-db, clear
//	** the in-memory pager cache.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeClearCache(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	var pBt uintptr
	_ = pBt
	pBt = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FinTransaction) == TRANS_NONE {
		_sqlite3PagerClearCache(tls, (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPager)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Delete all information from a single table in the database.  iTable is
//	** the page number of the root of the table.  After this routine returns,
//	** the root page is empty, but still exists.
//	**
//	** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
//	** read cursors on the table.  Open write cursors are moved to the
//	** root of the table.
//	**
//	** If pnChange is not NULL, then the integer value pointed to by pnChange
//	** is incremented by the number of entries in the table.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeClearTable(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, iTable int32, pnChange uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pBt uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _ = pBt, rc
	pBt = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt
	_sqlite3BtreeEnter(tls, p)
	rc = _saveAllCursors(tls, pBt, libc.Uint32FromInt32(iTable), uintptr(0))
	if SQLITE_OK == rc {
		/* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable
		 ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is
		 ** a no-op).  */
		if (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FhasIncrblobCur != 0 {
			_invalidateIncrblobCursors(tls, p, libc.Uint32FromInt32(iTable), 0, int32(1))
		}
		rc = _clearDatabasePage(tls, pBt, libc.Uint32FromInt32(iTable), 0, pnChange)
	}
	_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, p)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Delete all information from the single table that pCur is open on.
//	**
//	** This routine only work for pCur on an ephemeral table.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr) (r int32) {
	return _sqlite3BtreeClearTable(tls, (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpBtree, libc.Int32FromUint32((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpgnoRoot), uintptr(0))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Close a cursor.  The read lock on the database file is released
//	** when the last cursor is closed.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pBt, pBtree, pPrev uintptr
	_, _, _ = pBt, pBtree, pPrev
	pBtree = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpBtree
	if pBtree != 0 {
		pBt = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpBt
		_sqlite3BtreeEnter(tls, pBtree)
		if (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpCursor == pCur {
			(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpCursor = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpNext
		} else {
			pPrev = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpCursor
			for cond := true; cond; cond = pPrev != 0 {
				if (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pPrev)).FpNext == pCur {
					(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pPrev)).FpNext = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpNext
					break
				}
				pPrev = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pPrev)).FpNext
			}
		}
		_btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(tls, pCur)
		_unlockBtreeIfUnused(tls, pBt)
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FaOverflow)
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpKey)
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FopenFlags)&int32(BTREE_SINGLE) != 0 && (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpCursor == uintptr(0) {
			/* Since the BtShared is not sharable, there is no need to
			 ** worry about the missing sqlite3BtreeLeave() call here.  */
			_sqlite3BtreeClose(tls, pBtree)
		} else {
			_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, pBtree)
		}
		(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpBtree = uintptr(0)
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit.  This routine
//	** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist)
//	** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs
//	** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back
//	** the journal.  Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to
//	** the disk.  After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the
//	** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide.
//	** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the
//	** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not
//	** committed.  See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the
//	** commit process.
//	**
//	** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
//	**
//	** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zSuperJrnl points to
//	** the name of a super-journal file that should be written into the
//	** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no super-journal file
//	** (single database transaction).
//	**
//	** When this is called, the super-journal should already have been
//	** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
//	**
//	** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
//	** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, zSuperJrnl uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pBt uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _ = pBt, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FinTrans) == int32(TRANS_WRITE) {
		pBt = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt
		_sqlite3BtreeEnter(tls, p)
		if (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FautoVacuum != 0 {
			rc = _autoVacuumCommit(tls, p)
			if rc != SQLITE_OK {
				_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, p)
				return rc
			}
		}
		if (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FbDoTruncate != 0 {
			_sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(tls, (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPager, (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FnPage)
		}
		rc = _sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(tls, (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPager, zSuperJrnl, 0)
		_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, p)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
//	**
//	** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit.  The
//	** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should
//	** be invoked prior to calling this routine.  The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne()
//	** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the
//	** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter.  All this
//	** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the
//	** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and
//	** drop locks.
//	**
//	** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to
//	** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and
//	** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument
//	** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file
//	** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed
//	** (by deleting a super-journal file) and the caller will ignore this
//	** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer,
//	** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write
//	** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have
//	** transitioned to the error state.
//	**
//	** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
//	** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, bCleanup int32) (r int32) {
	var pBt uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _ = pBt, rc
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FinTrans) == TRANS_NONE {
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	_sqlite3BtreeEnter(tls, p)
	/* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees
	 ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
	 */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FinTrans) == int32(TRANS_WRITE) {
		pBt = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt
		rc = _sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(tls, (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPager)
		if rc != SQLITE_OK && bCleanup == 0 {
			_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, p)
			return rc
		}
		(*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiBDataVersion = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiBDataVersion - 1 /* Compensate for pPager->iDataVersion++; */
		(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FinTransaction = uint8(TRANS_READ)
		_btreeClearHasContent(tls, pBt)
	}
	_btreeEndTransaction(tls, p)
	_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, p)
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position where
//	** it was last placed, or has been invalidated for any other reason.
//	** Cursors can move when the row they are pointing at is deleted out
//	** from under them, for example.  Cursor might also move if a btree
//	** is rebalanced.
//	**
//	** Calling this routine with a NULL cursor pointer returns false.
//	**
//	** Use the separate sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore() routine to restore a cursor
//	** back to where it ought to be if this routine returns true.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.BoolInt32(CURSOR_VALID != libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(pCur))))
}

func _sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValidNN(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState) == CURSOR_VALID)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine restores a cursor back to its original position after it
//	** has been moved by some outside activity (such as a btree rebalance or
//	** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor).
//	**
//	** On success, the *pDifferentRow parameter is false if the cursor is left
//	** pointing at exactly the same row.  *pDifferntRow is the row the cursor
//	** was pointing to has been deleted, forcing the cursor to point to some
//	** nearby row.
//	**
//	** This routine should only be called for a cursor that just returned
//	** TRUE from sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved().
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr, pDifferentRow uintptr) (r int32) {
	var rc, v1 int32
	_, _ = rc, v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState) >= int32(CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK) {
		v1 = _btreeRestoreCursorPosition(tls, pCur)
	} else {
		v1 = SQLITE_OK
	}
	rc = v1
	if rc != 0 {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pDifferentRow)) = int32(1)
		return rc
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState) != CURSOR_VALID {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pDifferentRow)) = int32(1)
	} else {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pDifferentRow)) = 0
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

func _sqlite3BtreeDropTable(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, iTable int32, piMoved uintptr) (r int32) {
	var rc int32
	_ = rc
	_sqlite3BtreeEnter(tls, p)
	rc = _btreeDropTable(tls, p, libc.Uint32FromInt32(iTable), piMoved)
	_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, p)
	return rc
}

func _sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnoSharedCache) == 0 {
		_btreeEnterAll(tls, db)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table.
//	**
//	** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves
//	** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past
//	** the first entry.  TRUE is also returned if the table is empty.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeEof(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr) (r int32) {
	/* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries
	 ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code
	 ** as well as the boolean result value.
	 */
	return libc.BoolInt32(CURSOR_VALID != libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the currently defined page size
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.Int32FromUint32((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt)).FpageSize)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that
//	** are intentionally left unused.  This is the "reserved" space that is
//	** sometimes used by extensions.
//	**
//	** The value returned is the larger of the current reserve size and
//	** the latest reserve size requested by SQLITE_FILECTRL_RESERVE_BYTES.
//	** The amount of reserve can only grow - never shrink.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeGetRequestedReserve(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	var n1, n2, v1 int32
	_, _, _ = n1, n2, v1
	_sqlite3BtreeEnter(tls, p)
	n1 = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt)).FnReserveWanted)
	n2 = _sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(tls, p)
	_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, p)
	if n1 > n2 {
		v1 = n1
	} else {
		v1 = n2
	}
	return v1
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is similar to sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(), except that it
//	** may only be called if it is guaranteed that the b-tree mutex is already
//	** held.
//	**
//	** This is useful in one special case in the backup API code where it is
//	** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the
//	** database handle that owns *p is not. In this case if sqlite3BtreeEnter()
//	** were to be called, it might collide with some other operation on the
//	** database handle that owns *p, causing undefined behavior.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	var n int32
	_ = n
	n = libc.Int32FromUint32((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt)).FpageSize - (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt)).FusableSize)
	return n
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Set *pRes to 1 (true) if the BTree pointed to by cursor pCur contains zero
//	** rows of content.  Set *pRes to 0 (false) if the table contains content.
//	** Return SQLITE_OK on success or some error code (ex: SQLITE_NOMEM) if
//	** something goes wrong.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeIsEmpty(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr, pRes uintptr) (r int32) {
	var rc int32
	_ = rc
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState) == CURSOR_VALID {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRes)) = 0
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	rc = _moveToRoot(tls, pCur)
	if rc == int32(SQLITE_EMPTY) {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRes)) = int32(1)
		rc = SQLITE_OK
	} else {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRes)) = 0
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true if the given Btree is read-only.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt)).FbtsFlags)&int32(BTS_READ_ONLY) != 0)
}

func _sqlite3BtreeLast(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr, pRes uintptr) (r int32) {
	/* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */
	if CURSOR_VALID == libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FcurFlags)&int32(BTCF_AtLast) != 0 {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRes)) = 0
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	return _btreeLast(tls, pCur, pRes)
}

func _sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FnoSharedCache) == 0 {
		_btreeLeaveAll(tls, db)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab.  The
//	** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock
//	** if it is false.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeLockTable(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, iTab int32, isWriteLock Tu8) (r int32) {
	var lockType Tu8
	var rc int32
	_, _ = lockType, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fsharable != 0 {
		lockType = libc.Uint8FromInt32(int32(READ_LOCK) + libc.Int32FromUint8(isWriteLock))
		_sqlite3BtreeEnter(tls, p)
		rc = _querySharedCacheTableLock(tls, p, libc.Uint32FromInt32(iTab), lockType)
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			rc = _setSharedCacheTableLock(tls, p, libc.Uint32FromInt32(iTab), lockType)
		}
		_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, p)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return an upper bound on the size of any record for the table
//	** that the cursor is pointing into.
//	**
//	** This is an optimization.  Everything will still work if this
//	** routine always returns 2147483647 (which is the largest record
//	** that SQLite can handle) or more.  But returning a smaller value might
//	** prevent large memory allocations when trying to interpret a
//	** corrupt database.
//	**
//	** The current implementation merely returns the size of the underlying
//	** database file.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeMaxRecordSize(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr) (r Tsqlite3_int64) {
	return libc.Int64FromUint32((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpBt)).FpageSize) * libc.Int64FromUint32((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpBt)).FnPage)
}

func _sqlite3BtreePayloadChecked(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr, offset Tu32, amt Tu32, pBuf uintptr) (r int32) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState) == CURSOR_VALID {
		return _accessPayload(tls, pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0)
	} else {
		return _accessPayloadChecked(tls, pCur, offset, amt, pBuf)
	}
	return r
}

func _sqlite3BtreePrevious(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr, flags int32) (r int32) {
	var v1 uintptr
	_ = v1
	_ = flags /* Used in COMDB2 but not native SQLite */
	v1 = pCur + 1
	*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu8(int32(*(*Tu8)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) & ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(BTCF_AtLast) | libc.Int32FromInt32(BTCF_ValidOvfl) | libc.Int32FromInt32(BTCF_ValidNKey)))
	(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Finfo.FnSize = uint16(0)
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FeState) != CURSOR_VALID || libc.Int32FromUint16((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Fix) == 0 || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMemPage)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).FpPage)).Fleaf) == 0 {
		return _btreePrevious(tls, pCur)
	}
	(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Fix = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCur)).Fix - 1
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an
//	** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry.
//	** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry.
//	**
//	** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to
//	** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with
//	** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data,
//	** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreePutData(tls *libc.TLS, pCsr uintptr, offset Tu32, amt Tu32, z uintptr) (r int32) {
	var rc, v1 int32
	_, _ = rc, v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FeState) >= int32(CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK) {
		v1 = _btreeRestoreCursorPosition(tls, pCsr)
	} else {
		v1 = SQLITE_OK
	}
	rc = v1
	if rc != SQLITE_OK {
		return rc
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FeState) != CURSOR_VALID {
		return int32(SQLITE_ABORT)
	}
	/* Save the positions of all other cursors open on this table. This is
	 ** required in case any of them are holding references to an xFetch
	 ** version of the b-tree page modified by the accessPayload call below.
	 **
	 ** Note that pCsr must be open on a INTKEY table and saveCursorPosition()
	 ** and hence saveAllCursors() cannot fail on a BTREE_INTKEY table, hence
	 ** saveAllCursors can only return SQLITE_OK.
	 */
	_saveAllCursors(tls, (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpBt, (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FpgnoRoot, pCsr)
	/* Check some assumptions:
	 **   (a) the cursor is open for writing,
	 **   (b) there is a read/write transaction open,
	 **   (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required),
	 **   (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and
	 **   (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table.
	 */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FcurFlags)&int32(BTCF_WriteFlag) == 0 {
		return int32(SQLITE_READONLY)
	}
	return _accessPayload(tls, pCsr, offset, amt, z, int32(1))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Rollback the transaction in progress.
//	**
//	** If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK then cursors will be invalidated (tripped).
//	** Only write cursors are tripped if writeOnly is true but all cursors are
//	** tripped if writeOnly is false.  Any attempt to use
//	** a tripped cursor will result in an error.
//	**
//	** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
//	** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeRollback(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, tripCode int32, writeOnly int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var pBt uintptr
	var rc, rc2, rc21, v1 int32
	var _ /* pPage1 at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = pBt, rc, rc2, rc21, v1
	pBt = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt
	_sqlite3BtreeEnter(tls, p)
	if tripCode == SQLITE_OK {
		v1 = _saveAllCursors(tls, pBt, uint32(0), uintptr(0))
		tripCode = v1
		rc = v1
		if rc != 0 {
			writeOnly = 0
		}
	} else {
		rc = SQLITE_OK
	}
	if tripCode != 0 {
		rc2 = _sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(tls, p, tripCode, writeOnly)
		if rc2 != SQLITE_OK {
			rc = rc2
		}
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FinTrans) == int32(TRANS_WRITE) {
		rc21 = _sqlite3PagerRollback(tls, (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPager)
		if rc21 != SQLITE_OK {
			rc = rc21
		}
		/* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value.  So
		 ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make
		 ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */
		if _btreeGetPage(tls, pBt, uint32(1), bp, 0) == SQLITE_OK {
			_btreeSetNPage(tls, pBt, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
			_releasePageOne(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
		}
		(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FinTransaction = uint8(TRANS_READ)
		_btreeClearHasContent(tls, pBt)
	}
	_btreeEndTransaction(tls, p)
	_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, p)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
//	** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the
//	** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value
//	** of op.
//	**
//	** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is
//	** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the
//	** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different
//	** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the
//	** transaction remains open.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, op int32, iSavepoint int32) (r int32) {
	var pBt uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _ = pBt, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if p != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FinTrans) == int32(TRANS_WRITE) {
		pBt = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt
		_sqlite3BtreeEnter(tls, p)
		if op == int32(SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) {
			rc = _saveAllCursors(tls, pBt, uint32(0), uintptr(0))
		}
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			rc = _sqlite3PagerSavepoint(tls, (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPager, op, iSavepoint)
		}
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			if iSavepoint < 0 && libc.Int32FromUint16((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FbtsFlags)&int32(BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY) != 0 {
				(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FnPage = uint32(0)
			}
			rc = _newDatabase(tls, pBt)
			_btreeSetNPage(tls, pBt, (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPage1)
			/* pBt->nPage might be zero if the database was corrupt when
			 ** the transaction was started. Otherwise, it must be at least 1.  */
		}
		_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, p)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with
//	** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own
//	** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with
//	** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues.
//	**
//	** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory
//	** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent
//	** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob
//	** of memory returned.
//	**
//	** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been
//	** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been
//	** allocated, it is returned as normal.
//	**
//	** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the
//	** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the
//	** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free()
//	** on the memory, the btree layer does that.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeSchema(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, nBytes int32, __ccgo_fp_xFree uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var pBt uintptr
	_ = pBt
	pBt = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt
	_sqlite3BtreeEnter(tls, p)
	if !((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpSchema != 0) && nBytes != 0 {
		(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpSchema = _sqlite3DbMallocZero(tls, uintptr(0), libc.Uint64FromInt32(nBytes))
		(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FxFreeSchema = __ccgo_fp_xFree
	}
	_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, p)
	return (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpSchema
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
//	** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
//	** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is
//	** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, autoVacuum int32) (r int32) {
	var av Tu8
	var pBt uintptr
	var rc, v1 int32
	var v2 bool
	_, _, _, _, _ = av, pBt, rc, v1, v2
	pBt = (*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpBt
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	av = libc.Uint8FromInt32(autoVacuum)
	_sqlite3BtreeEnter(tls, p)
	if v2 = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FbtsFlags)&int32(BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED) != 0; v2 {
		if av != 0 {
			v1 = int32(1)
		} else {
			v1 = 0
		}
	}
	if v2 && v1 != libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FautoVacuum) {
		rc = int32(SQLITE_READONLY)
	} else {
		if av != 0 {
			v1 = int32(1)
		} else {
			v1 = 0
		}
		(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FautoVacuum = libc.Uint8FromInt32(v1)
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(av) == int32(2) {
			v1 = int32(1)
		} else {
			v1 = 0
		}
		(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FincrVacuum = libc.Uint8FromInt32(v1)
	}
	_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, p)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true if the Btree passed as the only argument is sharable.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeSharable(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fsharable)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error
//	** code to errCode for every cursor on any BtShared that pBtree
//	** references.  Or if the writeOnly flag is set to 1, then only
//	** trip write cursors and leave read cursors unchanged.
//	**
//	** Every cursor is a candidate to be tripped, including cursors
//	** that belong to other database connections that happen to be
//	** sharing the cache with pBtree.
//	**
//	** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. If the writeOnly
//	** flag is true, then only write-cursors need be tripped - read-only
//	** cursors save their current positions so that they may continue
//	** following the rollback. Or, if writeOnly is false, all cursors are
//	** tripped. In general, writeOnly is false if the transaction being
//	** rolled back modified the database schema. In this case b-tree root
//	** pages may be moved or deleted from the database altogether, making
//	** it unsafe for read cursors to continue.
//	**
//	** If the writeOnly flag is true and an error is encountered while
//	** saving the current position of a read-only cursor, all cursors,
//	** including all read-cursors are tripped.
//	**
//	** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or if an error occurs while
//	** saving a cursor position, an SQLite error code.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(tls *libc.TLS, pBtree uintptr, errCode int32, writeOnly int32) (r int32) {
	var p uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _ = p, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if pBtree != 0 {
		_sqlite3BtreeEnter(tls, pBtree)
		p = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(pBtree)).FpBt)).FpCursor
		for {
			if !(p != 0) {
				break
			}
			if writeOnly != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FcurFlags)&int32(BTCF_WriteFlag) == 0 {
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeState) == CURSOR_VALID || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeState) == int32(CURSOR_SKIPNEXT) {
					rc = _saveCursorPosition(tls, p)
					if rc != SQLITE_OK {
						_sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(tls, pBtree, rc, 0)
						break
					}
				}
			} else {
				_sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(tls, p)
				(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeState = uint8(CURSOR_FAULT)
				(*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FskipNext = errCode
			}
			_btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(tls, p)
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			p = (*TBtCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext
		}
		_sqlite3BtreeLeave(tls, pBtree)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return one of SQLITE_TXN_NONE, SQLITE_TXN_READ, or SQLITE_TXN_WRITE
//	** to describe the current transaction state of Btree p.
//	*/
func _sqlite3BtreeTxnState(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	var v1 int32
	_ = v1
	if p != 0 {
		v1 = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtree)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FinTrans)
	} else {
		v1 = 0
	}
	return v1
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation
//	** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE)
//	** is given by the op parameter. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the
//	** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then
//	** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified.
//	**
//	** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified
//	** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op.
//	**
//	** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers
//	** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references
//	** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab
//	** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows:
//	**
//	**   Register       Contains
//	**   ------------------------------------------------------
//	**   reg+0          OLD.rowid
//	**   reg+1          OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab
//	**   ...            ...
//	**   reg+N          OLD.* value of right-most column of pTab
//	**   reg+N+1        NEW.rowid
//	**   reg+N+2        NEW.* value of left-most column of pTab
//	**   ...            ...
//	**   reg+N+N+1      NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab
//	**
//	** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will
//	** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or
//	** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway).
//	** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers
//	** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an
//	** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg
//	** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through
//	** (reg+N+N+1) are.
//	**
//	** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the
//	** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump
//	** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program
//	** raises an IGNORE exception.
//	*/
func _sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTrigger uintptr, op int32, pChanges uintptr, tr_tm int32, pTab uintptr, reg int32, orconf int32, ignoreJump int32) {
	var p uintptr
	_ = p /* Used to iterate through pTrigger list */
	p = pTrigger
	for {
		if !(p != 0) {
			break
		}
		/* Sanity checking:  The schema for the trigger and for the table are
		 ** always defined.  The trigger must be in the same schema as the table
		 ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */
		/* Determine whether we should code this trigger.  One of two choices:
		 **   1. The trigger is an exact match to the current DML statement
		 **   2. This is a RETURNING trigger for INSERT but we are currently
		 **      doing the UPDATE part of an UPSERT.
		 */
		if (libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == op || (*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbReturning != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_INSERT) && op == int32(TK_UPDATE)) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Ftr_tm) == tr_tm && _checkColumnOverlap(tls, (*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpColumns, pChanges) != 0 {
			if !((*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FbReturning != 0) {
				_sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(tls, pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump)
			} else {
				if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpToplevel == uintptr(0) {
					_codeReturningTrigger(tls, pParse, p, pTab, reg)
				}
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		p = (*TTrigger)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNext
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate a new expression node from a zero-terminated token that has
//	** already been dequoted.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Expr(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, op int32, zToken uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var _ /* x at bp+0 */ TToken
	(**(**TToken)(__ccgo_up(bp))).Fz = zToken
	(**(**TToken)(__ccgo_up(bp))).Fn = libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3Strlen30(tls, zToken))
	return _sqlite3ExprAlloc(tls, db, op, bp, 0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating
//	** sequence named by pToken.   Return a pointer to a new Expr node that
//	** implements the COLLATE operator.
//	**
//	** If a memory allocation error occurs, that fact is recorded in pParse->db
//	** and the pExpr parameter is returned unchanged.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pExpr uintptr, pCollName uintptr, dequote int32) (r uintptr) {
	var pNew uintptr
	_ = pNew
	if (*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(pCollName)).Fn > uint32(0) {
		pNew = _sqlite3ExprAlloc(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, int32(TK_COLLATE), pCollName, dequote)
		if pNew != 0 {
			(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).FpLeft = pExpr
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pNew + 4)) |= libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Collate) | libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Skip))
			pExpr = pNew
		}
	}
	return pExpr
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Join two expressions using an AND operator.  If either expression is
//	** NULL, then just return the other expression.
//	**
//	** If one side or the other of the AND is known to be false, and neither side
//	** is part of an ON clause, then instead of returning an AND expression,
//	** just return a constant expression with a value of false.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprAnd(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pLeft uintptr, pRight uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var db uintptr
	var f Tu32
	_, _ = db, f
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	if pLeft == uintptr(0) {
		return pRight
	} else {
		if pRight == uintptr(0) {
			return pLeft
		} else {
			f = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).Fflags | (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRight)).Fflags
			if f&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_InnerON)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_IsFalse)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_HasFunc)) == uint32(EP_IsFalse) && !(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FeParseMode) >= libc.Int32FromInt32(PARSE_MODE_RENAME)) {
				_sqlite3ExprDeferredDelete(tls, pParse, pLeft)
				_sqlite3ExprDeferredDelete(tls, pParse, pRight)
				return _sqlite3ExprInt32(tls, db, 0)
			} else {
				return _sqlite3PExpr(tls, pParse, int32(TK_AND), pLeft, pRight)
			}
		}
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Attach subtrees pLeft and pRight to the Expr node pRoot.
//	**
//	** If pRoot==NULL that means that a memory allocation error has occurred.
//	** In that case, delete the subtrees pLeft and pRight.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, pRoot uintptr, pLeft uintptr, pRight uintptr) {
	if pRoot == uintptr(0) {
		_sqlite3ExprDelete(tls, db, pLeft)
		_sqlite3ExprDelete(tls, db, pRight)
	} else {
		if pRight != 0 {
			(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRoot)).FpRight = pRight
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pRoot + 4)) |= libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Collate)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Subquery)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_HasFunc)) & (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRight)).Fflags
			(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRoot)).FnHeight = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRight)).FnHeight + int32(1)
		} else {
			(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRoot)).FnHeight = int32(1)
		}
		if pLeft != 0 {
			(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRoot)).FpLeft = pLeft
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pRoot + 4)) |= libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Collate)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Subquery)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_HasFunc)) & (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).Fflags
			if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).FnHeight >= (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRoot)).FnHeight {
				(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRoot)).FnHeight = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).FnHeight + int32(1)
			}
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the
//	** results in register target.  The results are guaranteed to appear
//	** in register target.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprCode(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pExpr uintptr, target int32) {
	var inReg int32
	var op Tu8
	var pX uintptr
	_, _, _ = inReg, op, pX
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe == uintptr(0) {
		return
	}
	inReg = _sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(tls, pParse, pExpr, target)
	if inReg != target {
		pX = _sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(tls, pExpr)
		if pX != 0 && ((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Subquery)) != uint32(0) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pX)).Fop) == int32(TK_REGISTER)) {
			op = uint8(OP_Copy)
		} else {
			op = uint8(OP_SCopy)
		}
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe, libc.Int32FromUint8(op), inReg, target)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from
//	** table pTab and store the column value in register iReg.
//	**
//	** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine
//	** is called.  If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTab uintptr, iColumn int32, iTable int32, iReg int32, p5 Tu8) (r int32) {
	var pOp uintptr
	_ = pOp
	_sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg)
	if p5 != 0 {
		pOp = _sqlite3VdbeGetLastOp(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe)
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fopcode) == int32(OP_Column) {
			(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp5 = uint16(p5)
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fopcode) == int32(OP_VColumn) {
			(*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp5 = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(p5) & libc.Int32FromInt32(OPFLAG_NOCHNG))
		}
	}
	return iReg
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Expression p is a comparison operator.  Return a collation sequence
//	** appropriate for the comparison operator.
//	**
//	** This is normally just a wrapper around sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq().
//	** However, if the OP_Commuted flag is set, then the order of the operands
//	** is reversed in the sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq() call so that the
//	** correct collating sequence is found.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprCompareCollSeq(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, p uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Commuted)) != uint32(0) {
		return _sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRight, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft)
	} else {
		return _sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRight)
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If the input expression is an ID with the name "true" or "false"
//	** then convert it into an TK_TRUEFALSE term.  Return non-zero if
//	** the conversion happened, and zero if the expression is unaltered.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprIdToTrueFalse(tls *libc.TLS, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	var v, v1 Tu32
	var v2 bool
	_, _, _ = v, v1, v2
	if v2 = !((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Quoted)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_IntValue)) != libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)); v2 {
		v1 = _sqlite3IsTrueOrFalse(tls, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr + 8)))
		v = v1
	}
	if v2 && v1 != uint32(0) {
		(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop = uint8(TK_TRUEFALSE)
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(pExpr + 4)) |= v
		return int32(1)
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
//	** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution
//	** continues straight thru if the expression is true.
//	**
//	** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then
//	** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull
//	** is 0.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprIfFalse(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pExpr uintptr, dest int32, jumpIfNull int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var addrIsNull, d2, destIfNull, isNot, isTrue, op, v19 int32
	var pAlt, pFirst, pSecond, v uintptr
	var _ /* r1 at bp+8 */ int32
	var _ /* r2 at bp+12 */ int32
	var _ /* regFree1 at bp+0 */ int32
	var _ /* regFree2 at bp+4 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = addrIsNull, d2, destIfNull, isNot, isTrue, op, pAlt, pFirst, pSecond, v, v19
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	op = 0
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = 0
	if v == uintptr(0) {
		return
	} /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */
	if pExpr == uintptr(0) {
		return
	}
	/* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows:
	 **
	 **       pExpr->op            op
	 **       ---------          ----------
	 **       TK_ISNULL          OP_NotNull
	 **       TK_NOTNULL         OP_IsNull
	 **       TK_NE              OP_Eq
	 **       TK_EQ              OP_Ne
	 **       TK_GT              OP_Le
	 **       TK_LE              OP_Gt
	 **       TK_GE              OP_Lt
	 **       TK_LT              OP_Ge
	 **
	 ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused.
	 ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we
	 ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression.
	 ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct.
	 */
	op = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) + libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_ISNULL)&libc.Int32FromInt32(1) ^ int32(1) - libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_ISNULL)&libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
	/* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants
	 */
	switch libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) {
	case int32(TK_OR):
		goto _1
	case int32(TK_AND):
		goto _2
	case int32(TK_NOT):
		goto _3
	case int32(TK_TRUTH):
		goto _4
	case int32(TK_ISNOT):
		goto _5
	case int32(TK_IS):
		goto _6
	case int32(TK_EQ):
		goto _7
	case int32(TK_NE):
		goto _8
	case int32(TK_GE):
		goto _9
	case int32(TK_GT):
		goto _10
	case int32(TK_LE):
		goto _11
	case int32(TK_LT):
		goto _12
	case int32(TK_NOTNULL):
		goto _13
	case int32(TK_ISNULL):
		goto _14
	case int32(TK_BETWEEN):
		goto _15
	case int32(TK_IN):
		goto _16
	default:
		goto _17
	}
	goto _18
_2:
	;
_1:
	;
	pAlt = _sqlite3ExprSimplifiedAndOr(tls, pExpr)
	if pAlt != pExpr {
		_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(tls, pParse, pAlt, dest, jumpIfNull)
	} else {
		if _exprEvalRhsFirst(tls, pExpr) != 0 {
			pFirst = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight
			pSecond = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft
		} else {
			pFirst = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft
			pSecond = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_AND) {
			_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(tls, pParse, pFirst, dest, jumpIfNull)
			_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(tls, pParse, pSecond, dest, jumpIfNull)
		} else {
			d2 = _sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(tls, pParse)
			_sqlite3ExprIfTrue(tls, pParse, pFirst, d2, jumpIfNull^int32(SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL))
			_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(tls, pParse, pSecond, dest, jumpIfNull)
			_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(tls, v, d2)
		}
	}
	goto _18
_3:
	;
	_sqlite3ExprIfTrue(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft, dest, jumpIfNull)
	goto _18
_4:
	; /* IS TRUE or IS NOT TRUE */
	isNot = libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop2) == int32(TK_ISNOT))
	isTrue = _sqlite3ExprTruthValue(tls, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight)
	if isTrue^isNot != 0 {
		/* IS TRUE and IS NOT FALSE */
		if isNot != 0 {
			v19 = 0
		} else {
			v19 = int32(SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL)
		}
		_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft, dest, v19)
	} else {
		/* IS FALSE and IS NOT TRUE */
		if isNot != 0 {
			v19 = 0
		} else {
			v19 = int32(SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL)
		}
		_sqlite3ExprIfTrue(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft, dest, v19)
	}
	goto _18
_6:
	;
_5:
	;
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_IS) {
		v19 = int32(TK_NE)
	} else {
		v19 = int32(TK_EQ)
	}
	op = v19
	jumpIfNull = int32(SQLITE_NULLEQ)
_12:
	;
_11:
	;
_10:
	;
_9:
	;
_8:
	;
_7:
	;
	if _sqlite3ExprIsVector(tls, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft) != 0 {
		goto default_expr
	}
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Subquery)) != uint32(0) && jumpIfNull != int32(SQLITE_NULLEQ) {
		addrIsNull = _exprComputeOperands(tls, pParse, pExpr, bp+8, bp+12, bp, bp+4)
	} else {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = _sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft, bp)
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) = _sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight, bp+4)
		addrIsNull = 0
	}
	_codeCompare(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight, op, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)), dest, jumpIfNull, libc.BoolInt32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Commuted)) != uint32(0)))
	if addrIsNull != 0 {
		if jumpIfNull != 0 {
			_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(tls, v, addrIsNull, dest)
		} else {
			_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, addrIsNull)
		}
	}
	goto _18
_14:
	;
_13:
	;
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = _sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft, bp)
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
		_sqlite3VdbeTypeofColumn(tls, v, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, op, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), dest)
	goto _18
_15:
	;
	_exprCodeBetween(tls, pParse, pExpr, dest, __ccgo_fp(_sqlite3ExprIfFalse), jumpIfNull)
	goto _18
_16:
	;
	if jumpIfNull != 0 {
		_sqlite3ExprCodeIN(tls, pParse, pExpr, dest, dest)
	} else {
		destIfNull = _sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(tls, pParse)
		_sqlite3ExprCodeIN(tls, pParse, pExpr, dest, destIfNull)
		_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(tls, v, destIfNull)
	}
	goto _18
_17:
	;
	goto default_expr
default_expr:
	;
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_IsFalse)) == uint32(EP_IsFalse) {
		_sqlite3VdbeGoto(tls, v, dest)
	} else {
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_IsTrue)) == uint32(EP_IsTrue) {
			/* no-op */
		} else {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = _sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(tls, pParse, pExpr, bp)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_IfNot), **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), dest, libc.BoolInt32(jumpIfNull != 0))
		}
	}
	goto _18
_18:
	;
	_sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(tls, pParse, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	_sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(tls, pParse, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Like sqlite3ExprIfFalse() except that a copy is made of pExpr before
//	** code generation, and that copy is deleted after code generation. This
//	** ensures that the original pExpr is unchanged.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pExpr uintptr, dest int32, jumpIfNull int32) {
	var db, pCopy uintptr
	_, _ = db, pCopy
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	pCopy = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, db, pExpr, 0)
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FmallocFailed) == 0 {
		_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(tls, pParse, pCopy, dest, jumpIfNull)
	}
	_sqlite3ExprDelete(tls, db, pCopy)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
//	** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution
//	** continues straight thru if the expression is false.
//	**
//	** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then
//	** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL.
//	**
//	** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
//	** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
//	** operation.  Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
//	** the make process cause these values to align.  Assert()s in the code
//	** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprIfTrue(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pExpr uintptr, dest int32, jumpIfNull int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var addrIsNull, d2, destIfFalse, destIfNull, isNot, isTrue, op, v19 int32
	var pAlt, pFirst, pSecond, v uintptr
	var _ /* r1 at bp+8 */ int32
	var _ /* r2 at bp+12 */ int32
	var _ /* regFree1 at bp+0 */ int32
	var _ /* regFree2 at bp+4 */ int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = addrIsNull, d2, destIfFalse, destIfNull, isNot, isTrue, op, pAlt, pFirst, pSecond, v, v19
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	op = 0
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = 0
	if v == uintptr(0) {
		return
	} /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */
	if pExpr == uintptr(0) {
		return
	} /* No way this can happen */
	op = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop)
	switch op {
	case int32(TK_OR):
		goto _1
	case int32(TK_AND):
		goto _2
	case int32(TK_NOT):
		goto _3
	case int32(TK_TRUTH):
		goto _4
	case int32(TK_ISNOT):
		goto _5
	case int32(TK_IS):
		goto _6
	case int32(TK_EQ):
		goto _7
	case int32(TK_NE):
		goto _8
	case int32(TK_GE):
		goto _9
	case int32(TK_GT):
		goto _10
	case int32(TK_LE):
		goto _11
	case int32(TK_LT):
		goto _12
	case int32(TK_NOTNULL):
		goto _13
	case int32(TK_ISNULL):
		goto _14
	case int32(TK_BETWEEN):
		goto _15
	case int32(TK_IN):
		goto _16
	default:
		goto _17
	}
	goto _18
_2:
	;
_1:
	;
	pAlt = _sqlite3ExprSimplifiedAndOr(tls, pExpr)
	if pAlt != pExpr {
		_sqlite3ExprIfTrue(tls, pParse, pAlt, dest, jumpIfNull)
	} else {
		if _exprEvalRhsFirst(tls, pExpr) != 0 {
			pFirst = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight
			pSecond = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft
		} else {
			pFirst = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft
			pSecond = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight
		}
		if op == int32(TK_AND) {
			d2 = _sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(tls, pParse)
			_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(tls, pParse, pFirst, d2, jumpIfNull^int32(SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL))
			_sqlite3ExprIfTrue(tls, pParse, pSecond, dest, jumpIfNull)
			_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(tls, v, d2)
		} else {
			_sqlite3ExprIfTrue(tls, pParse, pFirst, dest, jumpIfNull)
			_sqlite3ExprIfTrue(tls, pParse, pSecond, dest, jumpIfNull)
		}
	}
	goto _18
_3:
	;
	_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft, dest, jumpIfNull)
	goto _18
_4:
	; /* IS TRUE or IS NOT TRUE */
	isNot = libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop2) == int32(TK_ISNOT))
	isTrue = _sqlite3ExprTruthValue(tls, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight)
	if isTrue^isNot != 0 {
		if isNot != 0 {
			v19 = int32(SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL)
		} else {
			v19 = 0
		}
		_sqlite3ExprIfTrue(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft, dest, v19)
	} else {
		if isNot != 0 {
			v19 = int32(SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL)
		} else {
			v19 = 0
		}
		_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft, dest, v19)
	}
	goto _18
_6:
	;
_5:
	;
	if op == int32(TK_IS) {
		v19 = int32(TK_EQ)
	} else {
		v19 = int32(TK_NE)
	}
	op = v19
	jumpIfNull = int32(SQLITE_NULLEQ)
_12:
	;
_11:
	;
_10:
	;
_9:
	;
_8:
	;
_7:
	;
	if _sqlite3ExprIsVector(tls, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft) != 0 {
		goto default_expr
	}
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Subquery)) != uint32(0) && jumpIfNull != int32(SQLITE_NULLEQ) {
		addrIsNull = _exprComputeOperands(tls, pParse, pExpr, bp+8, bp+12, bp, bp+4)
	} else {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = _sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft, bp)
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)) = _sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight, bp+4)
		addrIsNull = 0
	}
	_codeCompare(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight, op, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 12)), dest, jumpIfNull, libc.BoolInt32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Commuted)) != uint32(0)))
	if addrIsNull != 0 {
		if jumpIfNull != 0 {
			_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(tls, v, addrIsNull, dest)
		} else {
			_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, addrIsNull)
		}
	}
	goto _18
_14:
	;
_13:
	;
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = _sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(tls, pParse, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft, bp)
	if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
		_sqlite3VdbeTypeofColumn(tls, v, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)))
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, op, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), dest)
	goto _18
_15:
	;
	_exprCodeBetween(tls, pParse, pExpr, dest, __ccgo_fp(_sqlite3ExprIfTrue), jumpIfNull)
	goto _18
_16:
	;
	destIfFalse = _sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(tls, pParse)
	if jumpIfNull != 0 {
		v19 = dest
	} else {
		v19 = destIfFalse
	}
	destIfNull = v19
	_sqlite3ExprCodeIN(tls, pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull)
	_sqlite3VdbeGoto(tls, v, dest)
	_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(tls, v, destIfFalse)
	goto _18
_17:
	;
	goto default_expr
default_expr:
	;
	if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_IsTrue)) == uint32(EP_IsTrue) {
		_sqlite3VdbeGoto(tls, v, dest)
	} else {
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_IsFalse)) == uint32(EP_IsFalse) {
			/* No-op */
		} else {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = _sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(tls, pParse, pExpr, bp)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_If), **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)), dest, libc.BoolInt32(jumpIfNull != 0))
		}
	}
	goto _18
_18:
	;
	_sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(tls, pParse, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	_sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(tls, pParse, **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Walk an expression tree for the DEFAULT field of a column definition
//	** in a CREATE TABLE statement.  Return non-zero if the expression is
//	** acceptable for use as a DEFAULT.  That is to say, return non-zero if
//	** the expression is constant or a function call with constant arguments.
//	** Return and 0 if there are any variables.
//	**
//	** isInit is true when parsing from sqlite_schema.  isInit is false when
//	** processing a new CREATE TABLE statement.  When isInit is true, parameters
//	** (such as ? or $abc) in the expression are converted into NULL.  When
//	** isInit is false, parameters raise an error.  Parameters should not be
//	** allowed in a CREATE TABLE statement, but some legacy versions of SQLite
//	** allowed it, so we need to support it when reading sqlite_schema for
//	** backwards compatibility.
//	**
//	** If isInit is true, set EP_FromDDL on every TK_FUNCTION node.
//	**
//	** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
//	** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
//	** a constant.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, isInit Tu8) (r int32) {
	return _exprIsConst(tls, uintptr(0), p, int32(4)+libc.Int32FromUint8(isInit))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true if the boolean value of the expression is always either
//	** FALSE or NULL.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprIsNotTrue(tls *libc.TLS, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var _ /* v at bp+0 */ int32
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_NULL) {
		return int32(1)
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_TRUEFALSE) && _sqlite3ExprTruthValue(tls, pExpr) == 0 {
		return int32(1)
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = int32(1)
	if _sqlite3ExprIsInteger(tls, pExpr, bp, uintptr(0)) != 0 && **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == 0 {
		return int32(1)
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If pExpr is an AND or OR expression, try to simplify it by eliminating
//	** terms that are always true or false.  Return the simplified expression.
//	** Or return the original expression if no simplification is possible.
//	**
//	** Examples:
//	**
//	**     (x<10) AND true                =>   (x<10)
//	**     (x<10) AND false               =>   false
//	**     (x<10) AND (y=22 OR false)     =>   (x<10) AND (y=22)
//	**     (x<10) AND (y=22 OR true)      =>   (x<10)
//	**     (y=22) OR true                 =>   true
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprSimplifiedAndOr(tls *libc.TLS, pExpr uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var pLeft, pRight, v1 uintptr
	_, _, _ = pLeft, pRight, v1
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_AND) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_OR) {
		pRight = _sqlite3ExprSimplifiedAndOr(tls, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpRight)
		pLeft = _sqlite3ExprSimplifiedAndOr(tls, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft)
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_IsTrue)) == uint32(EP_IsTrue) || (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRight)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_IsFalse)) == uint32(EP_IsFalse) {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_AND) {
				v1 = pRight
			} else {
				v1 = pLeft
			}
			pExpr = v1
		} else {
			if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRight)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_IsTrue)) == uint32(EP_IsTrue) || (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pLeft)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_OuterON)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_IsFalse)) == uint32(EP_IsFalse) {
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_AND) {
					v1 = pLeft
				} else {
					v1 = pRight
				}
				pExpr = v1
			}
		}
	}
	return pExpr
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Skip over any TK_COLLATE operators.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(tls *libc.TLS, pExpr uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	for pExpr != 0 && (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Skip)) != uint32(0) {
		pExpr = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).FpLeft
	}
	return pExpr
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Convert a scalar expression node to a TK_REGISTER referencing
//	** register iReg.  The caller must ensure that iReg already contains
//	** the correct value for the expression.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprToRegister(tls *libc.TLS, pExpr uintptr, iReg int32) {
	var p uintptr
	_ = p
	p = _sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(tls, pExpr)
	if p == uintptr(0) {
		return
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_REGISTER) {
	} else {
		(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop2 = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop
		(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop = uint8(TK_REGISTER)
		(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiTable = iReg
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(p + 4)) &= ^libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Skip))
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Invoke sqlite3RenameExprUnmap() and sqlite3ExprDelete() on the
//	** expression.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ExprUnmapAndDelete(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, p uintptr) {
	if p != 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FeParseMode) >= int32(PARSE_MODE_RENAME) {
			_sqlite3RenameExprUnmap(tls, pParse, p)
		}
		_sqlite3ExprDeleteNN(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, p)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Given m and e, which represent a quantity r == m*pow(2,e),
//	** return values *pD and *pP such that r == (*pD)*pow(10,*pP),
//	** approximately.  *pD should contain at least n significant digits.
//	**
//	** The input m is required to have its highest bit set.  In other words,
//	** m should be left-shifted, and e decremented, to maximize the value of m.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Fp2Convert10(tls *libc.TLS, m Tu64, e int32, n int32, pD uintptr, pP uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var h Tu64
	var p int32
	var _ /* d1 at bp+0 */ Tu64
	var _ /* d2 at bp+8 */ Tu32
	_, _ = h, p
	p = n - int32(1) - _pwr2to10(tls, e+int32(63))
	h = _sqlite3Multiply128(tls, m, _powerOfTen(tls, p, bp+8), bp)
	if n == int32(18) {
		h = h >> libc.Uint64FromInt32(-(e + _pwr10to2(tls, p) + libc.Int32FromInt32(2)))
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(pD)) = (h + h<<libc.Int32FromInt32(1)&uint64(2)) >> int32(1)
	} else {
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(pD)) = h >> -(e + _pwr10to2(tls, p) + int32(1))
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pP)) = -p
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set the buffer to contain nData/pData. If an OOM error occurs, leave an
//	** the error code in p. If an error has already occurred when this function
//	** is called, it is a no-op.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(tls *libc.TLS, pRc uintptr, pBuf uintptr, nData int32, pData uintptr) {
	(*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fn = 0
	_sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(tls, pRc, pBuf, libc.Uint32FromInt32(nData), pData)
}

func _sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(tls *libc.TLS, pRc uintptr, pBuf uintptr, nByte Tu32) (r int32) {
	var nNew Tu64
	var pNew uintptr
	var v1 int32
	_, _, _ = nNew, pNew, v1
	if libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).FnSpace) < nByte {
		if (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).FnSpace != 0 {
			v1 = (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).FnSpace
		} else {
			v1 = int32(64)
		}
		nNew = libc.Uint64FromInt32(v1)
		for nNew < uint64(nByte) {
			nNew = nNew * uint64(2)
		}
		pNew = Xsqlite3_realloc64(tls, (*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fp, nNew)
		if pNew == uintptr(0) {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pRc)) = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
			return int32(1)
		} else {
			(*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).FnSpace = libc.Int32FromUint64(nNew)
			(*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fp = pNew
		}
	}
	return 0
}

func _sqlite3Fts5Get32(tls *libc.TLS, aBuf uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.Int32FromUint32(uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(24) + libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf + 1)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16)) + libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf + 2)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)) + uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf + 3))))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This is a copy of the sqlite3GetVarint32() routine from the SQLite core.
//	** Except, this version does handle the single byte case that the core
//	** version depends on being handled before its function is called.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, v uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var a, b Tu32
	var n Tu8
	var _ /* v64 at bp+0 */ Tu64
	_, _, _ = a, b, n
	/* The 1-byte case. Overwhelmingly the most common. */
	a = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p)))
	/* a: p0 (unmasked) */
	if !(a&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x80) != 0) {
		/* Values between 0 and 127 */
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(v)) = a
		return int32(1)
	}
	/* The 2-byte case */
	p = p + 1
	b = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p)))
	/* b: p1 (unmasked) */
	if !(b&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x80) != 0) {
		/* Values between 128 and 16383 */
		a = a & uint32(0x7f)
		a = a << int32(7)
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(v)) = a | b
		return int32(2)
	}
	/* The 3-byte case */
	p = p + 1
	a = a << int32(14)
	a = a | uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p)))
	/* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
	if !(a&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x80) != 0) {
		/* Values between 16384 and 2097151 */
		a = a & libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(0x7f)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(14)|libc.Int32FromInt32(0x7f))
		b = b & uint32(0x7f)
		b = b << int32(7)
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(v)) = a | b
		return int32(3)
	}
	/* A 32-bit varint is used to store size information in btrees.
	 ** Objects are rarely larger than 2MiB limit of a 3-byte varint.
	 ** A 3-byte varint is sufficient, for example, to record the size
	 ** of a 1048569-byte BLOB or string.
	 **
	 ** We only unroll the first 1-, 2-, and 3- byte cases.  The very
	 ** rare larger cases can be handled by the slower 64-bit varint
	 ** routine.
	 */
	p = p - uintptr(2)
	n = _sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(tls, p, bp)
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(v)) = uint32(**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp))) & uint32(0x7FFFFFFF)
	return libc.Int32FromUint8(n)
	return r
}

/*
** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint().  These precomputed constants
** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions
** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler.
**
** SLOT_2_0     A mask for  (0x7f<<14) | 0x7f
**
** SLOT_4_2_0   A mask for  (0x7f<<28) | SLOT_2_0
 */

func _sqlite3Fts5GetVarintLen(tls *libc.TLS, iVal Tu32) (r int32) {
	if iVal < libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(14)) {
		return int32(2)
	}
	if iVal < libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(21)) {
		return int32(3)
	}
	if iVal < libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(28)) {
		return int32(4)
	}
	return int32(5)
}

/*
** 2015 May 08
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This is an SQLite virtual table module implementing direct access to an
** existing FTS5 index. The module may create several different types of
** tables:
**
** col:
**     CREATE TABLE vocab(term, col, doc, cnt, PRIMARY KEY(term, col));
**
**   One row for each term/column combination. The value of $doc is set to
**   the number of fts5 rows that contain at least one instance of term
**   $term within column $col. Field $cnt is set to the total number of
**   instances of term $term in column $col (in any row of the fts5 table).
**
** row:
**     CREATE TABLE vocab(term, doc, cnt, PRIMARY KEY(term));
**
**   One row for each term in the database. The value of $doc is set to
**   the number of fts5 rows that contain at least one instance of term
**   $term. Field $cnt is set to the total number of instances of term
**   $term in the database.
**
** instance:
**     CREATE TABLE vocab(term, doc, col, offset, PRIMARY KEY(<all-fields>));
**
**   One row for each term instance in the database.
 */

/* #include "fts5Int.h" */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Retrieve the origin value that will be used for the segment currently
//	** being accumulated in the in-memory hash table when it is flushed to
//	** disk. If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*piOrigin) set to
//	** the queried value. Or, if an error occurs, an error code is returned
//	** and the final value of (*piOrigin) is undefined.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Fts5IndexGetOrigin(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, piOrigin uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pStruct uintptr
	_ = pStruct
	pStruct = _fts5StructureRead(tls, p)
	if pStruct != 0 {
		**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(piOrigin)) = libc.Int64FromUint64((*TFts5Structure)(unsafe.Pointer(pStruct)).FnOriginCntr)
		_fts5StructureRelease(tls, pStruct)
	}
	return _fts5IndexReturn(tls, p)
}

func _sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(tls *libc.TLS, a uintptr, n int32, pi uintptr, piOff uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var i, v1 int32
	var iOff Ti64
	var _ /* iVal at bp+0 */ Tu32
	_, _, _ = i, iOff, v1
	i = **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pi))
	if i >= n {
		/* EOF */
		**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(piOff)) = int64(-int32(1))
		return int32(1)
	} else {
		iOff = **(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(piOff))
		v1 = i
		i = i + 1
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(a + uintptr(v1))))
		if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))&uint32(0x80) != 0 {
			i = i - 1
			i = i + _sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, a+uintptr(i), bp)
		}
		if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) <= uint32(1) {
			if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) == uint32(0) {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pi)) = i
				return 0
			}
			v1 = i
			i = i + 1
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(a + uintptr(v1))))
			if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))&uint32(0x80) != 0 {
				i = i - 1
				i = i + _sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, a+uintptr(i), bp)
			}
			iOff = libc.Int64FromUint32(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))) << int32(32)
			v1 = i
			i = i + 1
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(a + uintptr(v1))))
			if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))&uint32(0x80) != 0 {
				i = i - 1
				i = i + _sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(tls, a+uintptr(i), bp)
			}
			if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) < uint32(2) {
				/* This is a corrupt record. So stop parsing it here. */
				**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(piOff)) = int64(-int32(1))
				return int32(1)
			}
			**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(piOff)) = iOff + libc.Int64FromUint32((**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))-libc.Uint32FromInt32(2))&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x7FFFFFFF))
		} else {
			**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(piOff)) = iOff&(libc.Int64FromInt32(0x7FFFFFFF)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32)) + (iOff+libc.Int64FromUint32(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp))-libc.Uint32FromInt32(2)))&int64(0x7FFFFFFF)
		}
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pi)) = i
		return 0
	}
	return r
}

func _sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend(tls *libc.TLS, pBuf uintptr, pWriter uintptr, iPos Ti64) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var v1 int32
	var _ /* rc at bp+0 */ int32
	_ = v1
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0 /* Initialized only to suppress erroneous warning from Clang */
	if libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fn)+libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(5)+libc.Int32FromInt32(5)+libc.Int32FromInt32(5)) <= libc.Uint32FromInt32((*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).FnSpace) {
		v1 = 0
	} else {
		v1 = _sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(tls, bp, pBuf, libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(5)+libc.Int32FromInt32(5)+libc.Int32FromInt32(5)+(*TFts5Buffer)(unsafe.Pointer(pBuf)).Fn))
	}
	if v1 != 0 {
		return **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp))
	}
	_sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(tls, pBuf, pWriter, iPos)
	return SQLITE_OK
}

func _sqlite3Fts5Put32(tls *libc.TLS, aBuf uintptr, iVal int32) {
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(iVal >> int32(24) & int32(0x00FF))
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf + 1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(iVal >> int32(16) & int32(0x00FF))
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf + 2)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(iVal >> int32(8) & int32(0x00FF))
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aBuf + 3)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(iVal >> 0 & int32(0x00FF))
}

func _sqlite3Fts5UnicodeAscii(tls *libc.TLS, aArray uintptr, aAscii uintptr) {
	var bToken, i, iTbl, n int32
	_, _, _, _ = bToken, i, iTbl, n
	i = 0
	iTbl = 0
	for i < int32(128) {
		bToken = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aArray + uintptr(libc.Int32FromUint16(_aFts5UnicodeData[iTbl])&int32(0x1F)))))
		n = libc.Int32FromUint16(_aFts5UnicodeData[iTbl])>>int32(5) + i
		for {
			if !(i < int32(128) && i < n) {
				break
			}
			**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aAscii + uintptr(i))) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(bToken)
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		iTbl = iTbl + 1
	}
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aAscii)) = uint8(0) /* 0x00 is never a token character */
}

/*
** 2015 May 30
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** Routines for varint serialization and deserialization.
 */

/* #include "fts5Int.h" */

func _sqlite3Fts5UnicodeCategory(tls *libc.TLS, iCode Tu32) (r int32) {
	var iHi, iLo, iRes, iTest, ret, v1 int32
	var iKey Tu16
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = iHi, iKey, iLo, iRes, iTest, ret, v1
	iRes = -int32(1)
	if iCode >= libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(20)) {
		return 0
	}
	iLo = libc.Int32FromUint16(_aFts5UnicodeBlock[iCode>>int32(16)])
	iHi = libc.Int32FromUint16(_aFts5UnicodeBlock[uint32(1)+iCode>>libc.Int32FromInt32(16)])
	iKey = uint16(iCode & libc.Uint32FromInt32(0xFFFF))
	for iHi > iLo {
		iTest = (iHi + iLo) / int32(2)
		if libc.Int32FromUint16(iKey) >= libc.Int32FromUint16(_aFts5UnicodeMap[iTest]) {
			iRes = iTest
			iLo = iTest + int32(1)
		} else {
			iHi = iTest
		}
	}
	if iRes < 0 {
		return 0
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint16(iKey) >= libc.Int32FromUint16(_aFts5UnicodeMap[iRes])+libc.Int32FromUint16(_aFts5UnicodeData[iRes])>>int32(5) {
		return 0
	}
	ret = libc.Int32FromUint16(_aFts5UnicodeData[iRes]) & int32(0x1F)
	if ret != int32(30) {
		return ret
	}
	if (libc.Int32FromUint16(iKey)-libc.Int32FromUint16(_aFts5UnicodeMap[iRes]))&int32(0x01) != 0 {
		v1 = int32(5)
	} else {
		v1 = int32(9)
	}
	return v1
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true if the argument interpreted as a unicode codepoint
//	** is a diacritical modifier character.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsdiacritic(tls *libc.TLS, c int32) (r int32) {
	var mask0, mask1, v1 uint32
	_, _, _ = mask0, mask1, v1
	mask0 = uint32(0x08029FDF)
	mask1 = uint32(0x000361F8)
	if c < int32(768) || c > int32(817) {
		return 0
	}
	if c < libc.Int32FromInt32(768)+libc.Int32FromInt32(32) {
		v1 = mask0 & (libc.Uint32FromInt32(1) << (c - int32(768)))
	} else {
		v1 = mask1 & (libc.Uint32FromInt32(1) << (c - int32(768) - int32(32)))
	}
	return libc.Int32FromUint32(v1)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
//	*/
func _sqlite3GetBoolean(tls *libc.TLS, z uintptr, dflt Tu8) (r Tu8) {
	return libc.BoolUint8(libc.Int32FromUint8(_getSafetyLevel(tls, z, int32(1), dflt)) != 0)
}

/* The sqlite3GetBoolean() function is used by other modules but the
** remainder of this file is specific to PRAGMA processing.  So omit
** the rest of the file if PRAGMAs are omitted from the build.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the length (in bytes) of the token that begins at z[0].
//	** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
//	*/
func _sqlite3GetToken(tls *libc.TLS, z uintptr, tokenType uintptr) (r Ti64) {
	var c, delim, v3 int32
	var i, n Ti64
	var v6 bool
	_, _, _, _, _, _ = c, delim, i, n, v3, v6
	switch libc.Int32FromUint8(_aiClass[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))]) { /* Switch on the character-class of the first byte
	 ** of the token. See the comment on the CC_ defines
	 ** above. */
	case int32(CC_SPACE):
		i = int64(1)
		for {
			if !(libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))])&int32(0x01) != 0) {
				break
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_SPACE)
		return i
	case int32(CC_MINUS):
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + 1))) == int32('-') {
			i = int64(2)
			for {
				v3 = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i))))
				c = v3
				if !(v3 != 0 && c != int32('\n')) {
					break
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				i = i + 1
			}
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_COMMENT)
			return i
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + 1))) == int32('>') {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_PTR)
				return int64(int32(2) + libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + 2))) == int32('>')))
			}
		}
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_MINUS)
		return int64(1)
	case int32(CC_LP):
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_LP)
		return int64(1)
	case int32(CC_RP):
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_RP)
		return int64(1)
	case int32(CC_SEMI):
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_SEMI)
		return int64(1)
	case int32(CC_PLUS):
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_PLUS)
		return int64(1)
	case int32(CC_STAR):
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_STAR)
		return int64(1)
	case int32(CC_SLASH):
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + 1))) != int32('*') || libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + 2))) == 0 {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_SLASH)
			return int64(1)
		}
		i = int64(3)
		c = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + 2)))
		for {
			if v6 = c != int32('*') || libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))) != int32('/'); v6 {
				v3 = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i))))
				c = v3
			}
			if !(v6 && v3 != 0) {
				break
			}
			goto _4
		_4:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		if c != 0 {
			i = i + 1
		}
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_COMMENT)
		return i
	case int32(CC_PERCENT):
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_REM)
		return int64(1)
	case int32(CC_EQ):
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_EQ)
		return int64(int32(1) + libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + 1))) == int32('=')))
	case int32(CC_LT):
		v3 = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + 1)))
		c = v3
		if v3 == int32('=') {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_LE)
			return int64(2)
		} else {
			if c == int32('>') {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_NE)
				return int64(2)
			} else {
				if c == int32('<') {
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_LSHIFT)
					return int64(2)
				} else {
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_LT)
					return int64(1)
				}
			}
		}
		fallthrough
	case int32(CC_GT):
		v3 = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + 1)))
		c = v3
		if v3 == int32('=') {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_GE)
			return int64(2)
		} else {
			if c == int32('>') {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_RSHIFT)
				return int64(2)
			} else {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_GT)
				return int64(1)
			}
		}
		fallthrough
	case int32(CC_BANG):
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + 1))) != int32('=') {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_ILLEGAL)
			return int64(1)
		} else {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_NE)
			return int64(2)
		}
		fallthrough
	case int32(CC_PIPE):
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + 1))) != int32('|') {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_BITOR)
			return int64(1)
		} else {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_CONCAT)
			return int64(2)
		}
		fallthrough
	case int32(CC_COMMA):
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_COMMA)
		return int64(1)
	case int32(CC_AND):
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_BITAND)
		return int64(1)
	case int32(CC_TILDA):
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_BITNOT)
		return int64(1)
	case int32(CC_QUOTE):
		delim = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z)))
		i = int64(1)
		for {
			v3 = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i))))
			c = v3
			if !(v3 != 0) {
				break
			}
			if c == delim {
				if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i+int64(1))))) == delim {
					i = i + 1
				} else {
					break
				}
			}
			goto _9
		_9:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		if c == int32('\'') {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_STRING)
			return i + int64(1)
		} else {
			if c != 0 {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_ID)
				return i + int64(1)
			} else {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_ILLEGAL)
				return i
			}
		}
		fallthrough
	case int32(CC_DOT):
		if !(libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + 1))])&libc.Int32FromInt32(0x04) != 0) {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_DOT)
			return int64(1)
		}
		/* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point
		 ** number that begins with ".".  Fall thru into the next case */
		fallthrough
	case int32(CC_DIGIT):
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_INTEGER)
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z))) == int32('0') && (libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + 1))) == int32('x') || libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + 1))) == int32('X')) && libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + 2))])&int32(0x08) != 0 {
			i = int64(3)
			for {
				if !(int32(1) != 0) {
					break
				}
				if libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))])&int32(0x08) == 0 {
					if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))) == int32('_') {
						**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_QNUMBER)
					} else {
						break
					}
				}
				goto _11
			_11:
				;
				i = i + 1
			}
		} else {
			i = 0
			for {
				if !(int32(1) != 0) {
					break
				}
				if libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))])&int32(0x04) == 0 {
					if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))) == int32('_') {
						**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_QNUMBER)
					} else {
						break
					}
				}
				goto _12
			_12:
				;
				i = i + 1
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))) == int32('.') {
				if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) == int32(TK_INTEGER) {
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_FLOAT)
				}
				i = i + 1
				for {
					if !(int32(1) != 0) {
						break
					}
					if libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))])&int32(0x04) == 0 {
						if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))) == int32('_') {
							**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_QNUMBER)
						} else {
							break
						}
					}
					goto _13
				_13:
					;
					i = i + 1
				}
			}
			if (libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))) == int32('e') || libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))) == int32('E')) && (libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i+int64(1))))])&int32(0x04) != 0 || (libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i+int64(1))))) == int32('+') || libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i+int64(1))))) == int32('-')) && libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i+int64(2))))])&int32(0x04) != 0) {
				if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) == int32(TK_INTEGER) {
					**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_FLOAT)
				}
				i = i + int64(2)
				for {
					if !(int32(1) != 0) {
						break
					}
					if libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))])&int32(0x04) == 0 {
						if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))) == int32('_') {
							**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_QNUMBER)
						} else {
							break
						}
					}
					goto _14
				_14:
					;
					i = i + 1
				}
			}
		}
		for libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))])&int32(0x46) != 0 {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_ILLEGAL)
			i = i + 1
		}
		return i
	case int32(CC_QUOTE2):
		i = int64(1)
		c = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z)))
		for {
			if v6 = c != int32(']'); v6 {
				v3 = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i))))
				c = v3
			}
			if !(v6 && v3 != 0) {
				break
			}
			goto _15
		_15:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		if c == int32(']') {
			v3 = int32(TK_ID)
		} else {
			v3 = int32(TK_ILLEGAL)
		}
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = v3
		return i
	case int32(CC_VARNUM):
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_VARIABLE)
		i = int64(1)
		for {
			if !(libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))])&int32(0x04) != 0) {
				break
			}
			goto _19
		_19:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		return i
	case int32(CC_DOLLAR):
		fallthrough
	case int32(CC_VARALPHA):
		n = 0
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_VARIABLE)
		i = int64(1)
		for {
			v3 = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i))))
			c = v3
			if !(v3 != 0) {
				break
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[libc.Uint8FromInt32(c)])&int32(0x46) != 0 {
				n = n + 1
			} else {
				if c == int32('(') && n > 0 {
					for {
						i = i + 1
						goto _23
					_23:
						;
						v3 = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i))))
						c = v3
						if !(v3 != 0 && !(libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[libc.Uint8FromInt32(c)])&libc.Int32FromInt32(0x01) != 0) && c != int32(')')) {
							break
						}
					}
					if c == int32(')') {
						i = i + 1
					} else {
						**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_ILLEGAL)
					}
					break
				} else {
					if c == int32(':') && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i+int64(1))))) == int32(':') {
						i = i + 1
					} else {
						break
					}
				}
			}
			goto _20
		_20:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		if n == 0 {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_ILLEGAL)
		}
		return i
	case int32(CC_KYWD0):
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(_aiClass[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + 1))]) > int32(CC_KYWD) {
			i = int64(1)
			break
		}
		i = int64(2)
		for {
			if !(libc.Int32FromUint8(_aiClass[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))]) <= int32(CC_KYWD)) {
				break
			}
			goto _24
		_24:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))])&int32(0x46) != 0 {
			/* This token started out using characters that can appear in keywords,
			 ** but z[i] is a character not allowed within keywords, so this must
			 ** be an identifier instead */
			i = i + 1
			break
		}
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_ID)
		return _keywordCode(tls, z, i, tokenType)
	case CC_X:
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + 1))) == int32('\'') {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_BLOB)
			i = int64(2)
			for {
				if !(libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))])&int32(0x08) != 0) {
					break
				}
				goto _25
			_25:
				;
				i = i + 1
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))) != int32('\'') || i%int64(2) != 0 {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_ILLEGAL)
				for **(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i))) != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))) != int32('\'') {
					i = i + 1
				}
			}
			if **(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i))) != 0 {
				i = i + 1
			}
			return i
		}
		/* If it is not a BLOB literal, then it must be an ID, since no
		 ** SQL keywords start with the letter 'x'.  Fall through */
		fallthrough
	case int32(CC_KYWD):
		fallthrough
	case int32(CC_ID):
		i = int64(1)
	case int32(CC_BOM):
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + 1))) == int32(0xbb) && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + 2))) == int32(0xbf) {
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_SPACE)
			return int64(3)
		}
		i = int64(1)
	case int32(CC_NUL):
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_ILLEGAL)
		return 0
	default:
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_ILLEGAL)
		return int64(1)
	}
	for libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))])&int32(0x46) != 0 {
		i = i + 1
	}
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(tokenType)) = int32(TK_ID)
	return i
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
//	** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
//	*/
func _sqlite3GetVarint(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, v uintptr) (r Tu8) {
	var a, b, s Tu32
	_, _, _ = a, b, s
	if int32(**(**int8)(__ccgo_up(p))) >= 0 {
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(v)) = uint64(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p)))
		return uint8(1)
	}
	if int32(**(**int8)(__ccgo_up(p + 1))) >= 0 {
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(v)) = uint64(libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p)))&libc.Int32FromInt32(0x7f))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(7) | uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p + 1))))
		return uint8(2)
	}
	/* Verify that constants are precomputed correctly */
	a = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p))) << int32(14)
	b = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p + 1)))
	p = p + uintptr(2)
	a = a | uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p)))
	/* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
	if !(a&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x80) != 0) {
		a = a & uint32(SLOT_2_0)
		b = b & uint32(0x7f)
		b = b << int32(7)
		a = a | b
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(v)) = uint64(a)
		return uint8(3)
	}
	/* CSE1 from below */
	a = a & uint32(SLOT_2_0)
	p = p + 1
	b = b << int32(14)
	b = b | uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p)))
	/* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
	if !(b&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x80) != 0) {
		b = b & uint32(SLOT_2_0)
		/* moved CSE1 up */
		/* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
		a = a << int32(7)
		a = a | b
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(v)) = uint64(a)
		return uint8(4)
	}
	/* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
	/* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
	/* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
	/* moved CSE1 up */
	/* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
	b = b & uint32(SLOT_2_0)
	s = a
	/* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
	p = p + 1
	a = a << int32(14)
	a = a | uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p)))
	/* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
	if !(a&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x80) != 0) {
		/* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above
		 ** while calculating s */
		/* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
		/* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
		b = b << int32(7)
		a = a | b
		s = s >> int32(18)
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(v)) = uint64(s)<<int32(32) | uint64(a)
		return uint8(5)
	}
	/* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
	s = s << int32(7)
	s = s | b
	/* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
	p = p + 1
	b = b << int32(14)
	b = b | uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p)))
	/* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */
	if !(b&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x80) != 0) {
		/* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
		/* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
		a = a & uint32(SLOT_2_0)
		a = a << int32(7)
		a = a | b
		s = s >> int32(18)
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(v)) = uint64(s)<<int32(32) | uint64(a)
		return uint8(6)
	}
	p = p + 1
	a = a << int32(14)
	a = a | uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p)))
	/* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */
	if !(a&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x80) != 0) {
		a = a & uint32(SLOT_4_2_0)
		b = b & uint32(SLOT_2_0)
		b = b << int32(7)
		a = a | b
		s = s >> int32(11)
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(v)) = uint64(s)<<int32(32) | uint64(a)
		return uint8(7)
	}
	/* CSE2 from below */
	a = a & uint32(SLOT_2_0)
	p = p + 1
	b = b << int32(14)
	b = b | uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p)))
	/* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */
	if !(b&libc.Uint32FromInt32(0x80) != 0) {
		b = b & uint32(SLOT_4_2_0)
		/* moved CSE2 up */
		/* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
		a = a << int32(7)
		a = a | b
		s = s >> int32(4)
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(v)) = uint64(s)<<int32(32) | uint64(a)
		return uint8(8)
	}
	p = p + 1
	a = a << int32(15)
	a = a | uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p)))
	/* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */
	/* moved CSE2 up */
	/* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */
	b = b & uint32(SLOT_2_0)
	b = b << int32(8)
	a = a | b
	s = s << int32(4)
	b = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p + uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(4)))))
	b = b & uint32(0x7f)
	b = b >> int32(3)
	s = s | b
	**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(v)) = uint64(s)<<int32(32) | uint64(a)
	return uint8(9)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
//	** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
//	**
//	** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned
//	** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff.
//	**
//	** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the
//	** single-byte case.  All code should use the MACRO version as
//	** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled.
//	*/
func _sqlite3GetVarint32(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, v uintptr) (r Tu8) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var n Tu8
	var _ /* v64 at bp+0 */ Tu64
	_ = n
	/* Assume that the single-byte case has already been handled by
	 ** the getVarint32() macro */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p + 1)))&int32(0x80) == 0 {
		/* This is the two-byte case */
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(v)) = libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p)))&int32(0x7f)<<int32(7) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p + 1))))
		return uint8(2)
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p + 2)))&int32(0x80) == 0 {
		/* This is the three-byte case */
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(v)) = libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p)))&int32(0x7f)<<int32(14) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p + 1)))&int32(0x7f)<<int32(7) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(p + 2))))
		return uint8(3)
	}
	/* four or more bytes */
	n = _sqlite3GetVarint(tls, p, bp)
	if **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp))&(libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32)-libc.Uint64FromInt32(1)) != **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) {
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(v)) = uint32(0xffffffff)
	} else {
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(v)) = uint32(**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	}
	return n
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
//	** This routine only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal
//	** character:  0..9a..fA..F
//	*/
func _sqlite3HexToInt(tls *libc.TLS, h int32) (r Tu8) {
	h = h + int32(9)*(int32(1)&(h>>int32(6)))
	return libc.Uint8FromInt32(h & libc.Int32FromInt32(0xf))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Make the IdChar function accessible from ctime.c and alter.c */
func _sqlite3IsIdChar(tls *libc.TLS, c Tu8) (r int32) {
	return libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3CtypeMap[c])&int32(0x46) != 0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text
//	** encoding identified by the string zName.
//	**
//	** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available
//	** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to
//	** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence,
//	** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is
//	** returned instead.
//	**
//	** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or
//	** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into
//	** pParse.
//	**
//	** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq().  This routine
//	** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found
//	** and generates an error message.
//	**
//	** See also: sqlite3FindCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq()
//	*/
func _sqlite3LocateCollSeq(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, zName uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var db, pColl uintptr
	var enc, initbusy Tu8
	_, _, _, _ = db, enc, initbusy, pColl
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	enc = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fenc
	initbusy = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Finit1.Fbusy
	pColl = _sqlite3FindCollSeq(tls, db, enc, zName, libc.Int32FromUint8(initbusy))
	if !(initbusy != 0) && (!(pColl != 0) || !((*TCollSeq)(unsafe.Pointer(pColl)).FxCmp != 0)) {
		pColl = _sqlite3GetCollSeq(tls, pParse, enc, pColl, zName)
	}
	return pColl
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Find (an approximate) sum of two LogEst values.  This computation is
//	** not a simple "+" operator because LogEst is stored as a logarithmic
//	** value.
//	**
//	*/
func _sqlite3LogEstAdd(tls *libc.TLS, a TLogEst, b TLogEst) (r TLogEst) {
	if int32(a) >= int32(b) {
		if int32(a) > int32(b)+int32(49) {
			return a
		}
		if int32(a) > int32(b)+int32(31) {
			return int16(int32(a) + int32(1))
		}
		return int16(int32(a) + libc.Int32FromUint8(_x[int32(a)-int32(b)]))
	} else {
		if int32(b) > int32(a)+int32(49) {
			return b
		}
		if int32(b) > int32(a)+int32(31) {
			return int16(int32(b) + int32(1))
		}
		return int16(int32(b) + libc.Int32FromUint8(_x[int32(b)-int32(a)]))
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Convert a LogEst into an integer.
//	*/
func _sqlite3LogEstToInt(tls *libc.TLS, x TLogEst) (r Tu64) {
	var n Tu64
	var v1 uint64
	_, _ = n, v1
	n = libc.Uint64FromInt32(int32(x) % int32(10))
	x = int16(int32(x) / libc.Int32FromInt32(10))
	if n >= uint64(5) {
		n = n - uint64(2)
	} else {
		if n >= uint64(1) {
			n = n - uint64(1)
		}
	}
	if int32(x) > int32(60) {
		return libc.Uint64FromInt64(libc.Int64FromUint32(0xffffffff) | libc.Int64FromInt32(0x7fffffff)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32))
	}
	if int32(x) >= int32(3) {
		v1 = (n + uint64(8)) << (int32(x) - int32(3))
	} else {
		v1 = (n + uint64(8)) >> (int32(3) - int32(x))
	}
	return v1
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Count the number of slots of lookaside memory that are outstanding
//	*/
func _sqlite3LookasideUsed(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, pHighwater uintptr) (r int32) {
	var nFree, nInit Tu32
	_, _ = nFree, nInit
	nInit = _countLookasideSlots(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpInit)
	nFree = _countLookasideSlots(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpFree)
	nInit = nInit + _countLookasideSlots(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpSmallInit)
	nFree = nFree + _countLookasideSlots(tls, (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FpSmallFree)
	if pHighwater != 0 {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pHighwater)) = libc.Int32FromUint32((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FnSlot - nInit)
	}
	return libc.Int32FromUint32((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FnSlot - (nInit + nFree))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Allocate memory.  This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it
//	** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Malloc(tls *libc.TLS, n Tu64) (r uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var _ /* p at bp+0 */ uintptr
	if n == uint64(0) || n > uint64(SQLITE_MAX_ALLOCATION_SIZE) {
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0)
	} else {
		if _sqlite3Config.FbMemstat != 0 {
			Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, _mem0.Fmutex)
			_mallocWithAlarm(tls, libc.Int32FromUint64(n), bp)
			Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, _mem0.Fmutex)
		} else {
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, int32) uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_sqlite3Config.Fm.FxMalloc})))(tls, libc.Int32FromUint64(n))
		}
	}
	/* IMP: R-11148-40995 */
	return **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
//	** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
//	** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
//	** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
//	** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
//	**
//	** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function.
//	*/
func _sqlite3MemCompare(tls *libc.TLS, pMem1 uintptr, pMem2 uintptr, pColl uintptr) (r int32) {
	var combined_flags, f1, f2 int32
	_, _, _ = combined_flags, f1, f2
	f1 = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem1)).Fflags)
	f2 = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem2)).Fflags)
	combined_flags = f1 | f2
	/* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
	 ** are NULL, return 0.
	 */
	if combined_flags&int32(MEM_Null) != 0 {
		return f2&int32(MEM_Null) - f1&int32(MEM_Null)
	}
	/* At least one of the two values is a number
	 */
	if combined_flags&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Int)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Real)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_IntReal)) != 0 {
		if f1&f2&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Int)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_IntReal)) != 0 {
			if *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem1)) < *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem2)) {
				return -int32(1)
			}
			if *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem1)) > *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem2)) {
				return +libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
			}
			return 0
		}
		if f1&f2&int32(MEM_Real) != 0 {
			if *(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem1)) < *(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem2)) {
				return -int32(1)
			}
			if *(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem1)) > *(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem2)) {
				return +libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
			}
			return 0
		}
		if f1&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Int)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_IntReal)) != 0 {
			if f2&int32(MEM_Real) != 0 {
				return _sqlite3IntFloatCompare(tls, *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem1)), *(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem2)))
			} else {
				if f2&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Int)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_IntReal)) != 0 {
					if *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem1)) < *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem2)) {
						return -int32(1)
					}
					if *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem1)) > *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem2)) {
						return +libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
					}
					return 0
				} else {
					return -int32(1)
				}
			}
		}
		if f1&int32(MEM_Real) != 0 {
			if f2&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Int)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_IntReal)) != 0 {
				return -_sqlite3IntFloatCompare(tls, *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem2)), *(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem1)))
			} else {
				return -int32(1)
			}
		}
		return +libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
	}
	/* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less.
	 ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions.
	 */
	if combined_flags&int32(MEM_Str) != 0 {
		if f1&int32(MEM_Str) == 0 {
			return int32(1)
		}
		if f2&int32(MEM_Str) == 0 {
			return -int32(1)
		}
		/* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if
		 ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is
		 ** compiled (this was not always the case).
		 */
		if pColl != 0 {
			return _vdbeCompareMemString(tls, pMem1, pMem2, pColl, uintptr(0))
		}
		/* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
		 ** to the blob case and use memcmp().  */
	}
	/* Both values must be blobs.  Compare using memcmp().  */
	return _sqlite3BlobCompare(tls, pMem1, pMem2)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Invoke sqlite3AtoF() on the text value of pMem.  Write the
//	** translation of the text input into *pValue.
//	**
//	** The caller must ensure that pMem->db!=0 and that pMem is in
//	** mode MEM_Str or MEM_Blob.
//	**
//	** Result code invariants:
//	**
//	**    rc==0         =>   ERROR: Input string not well-formed, or OOM
//	**    rc<0          =>   Some prefix of the input is well-formed
//	**    rc>0          =>   All of the input is well-formed
//	**    (rc&2)==0     =>   The number is expressed as an integer, with no
//	**                       decimal point or eNNN suffix.
//	*/
func _sqlite3MemRealValueRC(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr, pValue uintptr) (r int32) {
	if (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fz == uintptr(0) {
		**(**float64)(__ccgo_up(pValue)) = float64(0)
		return 0
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fenc) == int32(SQLITE_UTF8) && (libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Term) != 0 || _sqlite3VdbeMemZeroTerminateIfAble(tls, pMem) != 0) {
			return _sqlite3AtoF(tls, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fz, pValue)
		} else {
			if (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fn == 0 {
				**(**float64)(__ccgo_up(pValue)) = float64(0)
				return 0
			} else {
				return _sqlite3MemRealValueRCSlowPath(tls, pMem, pValue)
			}
		}
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code that will
//	**
//	**   (1) acquire a lock for table pTab then
//	**   (2) open pTab as cursor iCur.
//	**
//	** If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then it is the PRIMARY KEY index
//	** for that table that is actually opened.
//	*/
func _sqlite3OpenTable(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, iCur int32, iDb int32, pTab uintptr, opcode int32) {
	var pPk, v uintptr
	var v1 int32
	_, _, _ = pPk, v, v1
	v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
	if !((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb)).FnoSharedCache != 0) {
		if opcode == int32(OP_OpenWrite) {
			v1 = int32(1)
		} else {
			v1 = 0
		}
		_sqlite3TableLock(tls, pParse, iDb, (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).Ftnum, libc.Uint8FromInt32(v1), (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FzName)
	}
	if (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FtabFlags&uint32(TF_WithoutRowid) == uint32(0) {
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(tls, v, opcode, iCur, libc.Int32FromUint32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).Ftnum), iDb, int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FnNVCol))
	} else {
		pPk = _sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(tls, pTab)
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, opcode, iCur, libc.Int32FromUint32((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pPk)).Ftnum), iDb)
		_sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(tls, pParse, pPk)
	}
}

func _sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(tls *libc.TLS, pVfs uintptr, zFile uintptr, ppFile uintptr, flags int32, pOutFlags uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pFile uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _ = pFile, rc
	pFile = _sqlite3MallocZero(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt32((*Tsqlite3_vfs)(unsafe.Pointer(pVfs)).FszOsFile))
	if pFile != 0 {
		rc = _sqlite3OsOpen(tls, pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags)
		if rc != SQLITE_OK {
			Xsqlite3_free(tls, pFile)
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppFile)) = uintptr(0)
		} else {
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppFile)) = pFile
		}
	} else {
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppFile)) = uintptr(0)
		rc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Create a TK_IS or TK_ISNOT operator, perhaps optimized to
//	  ** TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL or TK_TRUEFALSE. */
func _sqlite3PExprIs(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, op int32, pLeft uintptr, pRight uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var v1 int32
	_ = v1
	if pRight != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pRight)).Fop) == int32(TK_NULL) {
		_sqlite3ExprDeferredDelete(tls, pParse, pRight)
		if op == int32(TK_IS) {
			v1 = int32(TK_ISNULL)
		} else {
			v1 = int32(TK_NOTNULL)
		}
		return _sqlite3PExprIsNull(tls, pParse, v1, pLeft)
	}
	return _sqlite3PExpr(tls, pParse, op, pLeft, pRight)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Create a TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL expression, perhaps optimized to
//	  ** to TK_TRUEFALSE, if possible */
func _sqlite3PExprIsNull(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, op int32, pLeft uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var p uintptr
	_ = p
	p = pLeft
	for libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_UPLUS) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_UMINUS) {
		p = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft
	}
	switch libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) {
	case int32(TK_INTEGER):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_STRING):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_FLOAT):
		fallthrough
	case int32(TK_BLOB):
		_sqlite3ExprDeferredDelete(tls, pParse, pLeft)
		return _sqlite3ExprInt32(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, libc.BoolInt32(op == int32(TK_NOTNULL)))
	default:
		break
	}
	return _sqlite3PExpr(tls, pParse, op, pLeft, uintptr(0))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
//	** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
//	**
//	** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
//	** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
//	** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
//	** functions need be called.
//	**
//	** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
//	** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
//	** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
//	** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
//	** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
//	** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
//	** or using a temporary file otherwise.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerBegin(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, exFlag int32, subjInMemory int32) (r int32) {
	var rc int32
	_ = rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FerrCode != 0 {
		return (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FerrCode
	}
	(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsubjInMemory = libc.Uint8FromInt32(subjInMemory)
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState) == int32(PAGER_READER) {
		if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal != uintptr(0) {
			/* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
			 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
			 */
			if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FexclusiveMode != 0 && _sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal, -int32(1)) != 0 {
				rc = _pagerLockDb(tls, pPager, int32(EXCLUSIVE_LOCK))
				if rc != SQLITE_OK {
					return rc
				}
				_sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal, int32(1))
			}
			/* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
			 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
			 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
			 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
			 */
			rc = _sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal)
		} else {
			/* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
			 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
			 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
			 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
			 */
			rc = _pagerLockDb(tls, pPager, int32(RESERVED_LOCK))
			if rc == SQLITE_OK && exFlag != 0 {
				rc = _pager_wait_on_lock(tls, pPager, int32(EXCLUSIVE_LOCK))
			}
		}
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			/* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
			 **
			 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
			 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
			 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
			 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
			 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
			 ** WAL mode.
			 */
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState = uint8(PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED)
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbHintSize = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbSize
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbFileSize = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbSize
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbOrigSize = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbSize
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff = 0
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerClearCache(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FtempFile) == 0 {
		_pager_reset(tls, pPager)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
//	**
//	** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
//	** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
//	** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
//	** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
//	** result in a coredump.
//	**
//	** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
//	** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
//	** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
//	** to the caller.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerClose(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, db uintptr) (r int32) {
	var a, pTmp uintptr
	_, _ = a, pTmp
	pTmp = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpTmpSpace
	_sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(tls)
	_pagerFreeMapHdrs(tls, pPager)
	/* pPager->errCode = 0; */
	(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FexclusiveMode = uint8(0)
	a = uintptr(0)
	if db != 0 && uint64(0) == (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fflags&uint64(SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) && SQLITE_OK == _databaseIsUnmoved(tls, pPager) {
		a = pTmp
	}
	_sqlite3WalClose(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal, db, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FwalSyncFlags), int32((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpageSize), a)
	(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal = uintptr(0)
	_pager_reset(tls, pPager)
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FmemDb != 0 {
		_pager_unlock(tls, pPager)
	} else {
		/* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
		 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
		 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
		 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
		 **
		 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
		 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
		 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
		 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
		 ** rollback before accessing the database file.
		 */
		if (*Tsqlite3_file)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd)).FpMethods != uintptr(0) {
			_pager_error(tls, pPager, _pagerSyncHotJournal(tls, pPager))
		}
		_pagerUnlockAndRollback(tls, pPager)
	}
	_sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(tls)
	_sqlite3OsClose(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd)
	_sqlite3OsClose(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Ffd)
	_sqlite3PageFree(tls, pTmp)
	_sqlite3PcacheClose(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpPCache)
	Xsqlite3_free(tls, pPager)
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
//	** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
//	**
//	** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
//	** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
//	** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
//	** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerCloseWal(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, db uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var rc int32
	var _ /* logexists at bp+0 */ int32
	_ = rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	/* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
	 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
	 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
	 */
	if !((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal != 0) {
		**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
		rc = _pagerLockDb(tls, pPager, int32(SHARED_LOCK))
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			rc = _sqlite3OsAccess(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpVfs, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FzWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, bp)
		}
		if rc == SQLITE_OK && **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
			rc = _pagerOpenWal(tls, pPager)
		}
	}
	/* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
	 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
	 */
	if rc == SQLITE_OK && (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal != 0 {
		rc = _pagerExclusiveLock(tls, pPager)
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			rc = _sqlite3WalClose(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal, db, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FwalSyncFlags), int32((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpageSize), (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpTmpSpace)
			(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal = uintptr(0)
			_pagerFixMaplimit(tls, pPager)
			if rc != 0 && !((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FexclusiveMode != 0) {
				_pagerUnlockDb(tls, pPager, int32(SHARED_LOCK))
			}
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zSuper points to the name
//	** of a super-journal file that should be written into the individual
//	** journal file. zSuper may be NULL, which is interpreted as no
//	** super-journal (a single database transaction).
//	**
//	** This routine ensures that:
//	**
//	**   * The database file change-counter is updated,
//	**   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
//	**   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
//	**   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
//	**   * the database file synced.
//	**
//	** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
//	** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
//	** delete the super-journal file if specified).
//	**
//	** Note that if zSuper==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
//	** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
//	**
//	** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
//	** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
//	** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
//	** journal file in this case.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, zSuper uintptr, noSync int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var nNew TPgno
	var pList uintptr
	var rc int32
	var _ /* pPageOne at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _ = nNew, pList, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK /* Return code */
	/* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FerrCode != 0 {
		return (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FerrCode
	}
	/* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
	if _sqlite3FaultSim(tls, int32(400)) != 0 {
		return int32(SQLITE_IOERR)
	}
	/* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState) < int32(PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) {
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	if 0 == _pagerFlushOnCommit(tls, pPager, int32(1)) {
		/* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
		 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
		 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
		_sqlite3BackupRestart(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpBackup)
	} else {
		if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal != uintptr(0) {
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uintptr(0)
			pList = _sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpPCache)
			if pList == uintptr(0) {
				/* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
				 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
				rc = _sqlite3PagerGet(tls, pPager, uint32(1), bp, 0)
				pList = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))
				(*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pList)).FpDirty = uintptr(0)
			}
			if pList != 0 {
				rc = _pagerWalFrames(tls, pPager, pList, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbSize, int32(1))
			}
			_sqlite3PagerUnref(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
			if rc == SQLITE_OK {
				_sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpPCache)
			}
		} else {
			/* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
			 ** should be used.  No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
			 ** is enabled.
			 */
			rc = _pager_incr_changecounter(tls, pPager, 0)
			if rc != SQLITE_OK {
				goto commit_phase_one_exit
			}
			/* Write the super-journal name into the journal file. If a
			 ** super-journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
			 ** or if zSuper is NULL (no super-journal), then this call is a no-op.
			 */
			rc = _writeSuperJournal(tls, pPager, zSuper)
			if rc != SQLITE_OK {
				goto commit_phase_one_exit
			}
			/* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
			 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
			 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
			 **
			 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
			 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
			 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
			 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
			 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
			 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
			 */
			rc = _syncJournal(tls, pPager, 0)
			if rc != SQLITE_OK {
				goto commit_phase_one_exit
			}
			pList = _sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpPCache)
			if true {
				rc = _pager_write_pagelist(tls, pPager, pList)
			}
			if rc != SQLITE_OK {
				goto commit_phase_one_exit
			}
			_sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpPCache)
			/* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
			 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
			 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
			 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
			 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
			 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
			if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbSize > (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbFileSize {
				nNew = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbSize - libc.BoolUint32((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbSize == (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FlckPgno)
				rc = _pager_truncate(tls, pPager, nNew)
				if rc != SQLITE_OK {
					goto commit_phase_one_exit
				}
			}
			/* Finally, sync the database file. */
			if !(noSync != 0) {
				rc = _sqlite3PagerSync(tls, pPager, zSuper)
			}
		}
	}
	goto commit_phase_one_exit
commit_phase_one_exit:
	;
	if rc == SQLITE_OK && !((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal != libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)) {
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState = uint8(PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
//	** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
//	** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
//	** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
//	** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
//	**
//	** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
//	** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
//	** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
//	** irrevocably committed.
//	**
//	** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
//	** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr) (r int32) {
	var rc int32
	_ = rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK /* Return code */
	/* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
	 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
	 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FerrCode != 0 {
		return (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FerrCode
	}
	(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FiDataVersion = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FiDataVersion + 1
	/* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
	 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
	 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
	 **
	 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
	 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
	 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
	 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
	 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
	 ** to drop any locks either.
	 */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState) == int32(PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED) && (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FexclusiveMode != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalMode) == int32(PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST) {
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState = uint8(PAGER_READER)
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	rc = _pager_end_transaction(tls, pPager, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsetSuper), int32(1))
	return _pager_error(tls, pPager, rc)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the current journal mode.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalMode)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
//	** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
//	** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
//	** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
//	**
//	** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
//	** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
//	** locking-mode.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerLockingMode(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, eMode int32) (r int32) {
	if eMode >= 0 && !((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FtempFile != 0) && !(_sqlite3WalHeapMemory(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal) != 0) {
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FexclusiveMode = libc.Uint8FromInt32(eMode)
	}
	return libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FexclusiveMode)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
//	** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
//	** is unmodified.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr) (r int32) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState) >= int32(PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) {
		return 0
	}
	if (*Tsqlite3_file)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd)).FpMethods != uintptr(0) && (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff > 0 {
		return 0
	}
	return int32(1)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
//	** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
//	**
//	** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
//	** this is considered a 1 page file.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerPagecount(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, pnPage uintptr) {
	**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pnPage)) = libc.Int32FromUint32((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbSize)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
//	** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
//	** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
//	** state if an error occurs.
//	**
//	** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
//	** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
//	**
//	** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
//	**
//	**   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
//	**      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
//	**      was opened, and
//	**
//	**   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
//	**      rollback at any point in the future.
//	**
//	** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
//	** rollback is successful.
//	**
//	** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
//	** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
//	** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
//	** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerRollback(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr) (r int32) {
	var eState, rc, rc2 int32
	_, _, _ = eState, rc, rc2
	rc = SQLITE_OK /* Return code */
	/* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
	 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
	 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
	 */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState) == int32(PAGER_ERROR) {
		return (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FerrCode
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState) <= int32(PAGER_READER) {
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpWal != uintptr(0) {
		rc = _sqlite3PagerSavepoint(tls, pPager, int32(SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK), -int32(1))
		rc2 = _pager_end_transaction(tls, pPager, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsetSuper), 0)
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			rc = rc2
		}
	} else {
		if !((*Tsqlite3_file)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd)).FpMethods != libc.UintptrFromInt32(0)) || libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState) == int32(PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED) {
			eState = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState)
			rc = _pager_end_transaction(tls, pPager, 0, 0)
			if !((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FmemDb != 0) && eState > int32(PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED) {
				/* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
				 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
				 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
				 */
				(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FerrCode = int32(SQLITE_ABORT)
				(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState = uint8(PAGER_ERROR)
				_setGetterMethod(tls, pPager)
				return rc
			}
		} else {
			rc = _pager_playback(tls, pPager, 0)
		}
	}
	/* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
	 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
	 */
	return _pager_error(tls, pPager, rc)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
//	**
//	**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
//	**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
//	**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
//	**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
//	**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
//	**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
//	**
//	** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
//	** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
//	**
//	**   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
//	**      or _MEMORY.
//	**
//	**   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
//	**
//	** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, eMode int32) (r int32) {
	var eOld Tu8
	var rc, state int32
	_, _, _ = eOld, rc, state
	eOld = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalMode /* Prior journalmode */
	/* The eMode parameter is always valid */
	/* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
	 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
	 ** to WAL mode.
	 */
	/* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
	 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
	 */
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FmemDb != 0 {
		if eMode != int32(PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) && eMode != int32(PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF) {
			eMode = libc.Int32FromUint8(eOld)
		}
	}
	if eMode != libc.Int32FromUint8(eOld) {
		/* Change the journal mode. */
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalMode = libc.Uint8FromInt32(eMode)
		/* When transitioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
		 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
		 ** delete the journal file.
		 */
		if !((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FexclusiveMode != 0) && libc.Int32FromUint8(eOld)&int32(5) == int32(1) && eMode&int32(1) == 0 {
			/* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
			 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
			 ** here is an optimization only.
			 **
			 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
			 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
			 ** while it is in use by some other client.
			 */
			_sqlite3OsClose(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd)
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeLock) >= int32(RESERVED_LOCK) {
				_sqlite3OsDelete(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpVfs, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FzJournal, 0)
			} else {
				rc = SQLITE_OK
				state = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState)
				if state == PAGER_OPEN {
					rc = _sqlite3PagerSharedLock(tls, pPager)
				}
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FeState) == int32(PAGER_READER) {
					rc = _pagerLockDb(tls, pPager, int32(RESERVED_LOCK))
				}
				if rc == SQLITE_OK {
					_sqlite3OsDelete(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpVfs, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FzJournal, 0)
				}
				if rc == SQLITE_OK && state == int32(PAGER_READER) {
					_pagerUnlockDb(tls, pPager, int32(SHARED_LOCK))
				} else {
					if state == PAGER_OPEN {
						_pager_unlock(tls, pPager)
					}
				}
			}
		} else {
			if eMode == int32(PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF) || eMode == int32(PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) {
				_sqlite3OsClose(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd)
			}
		}
	}
	/* Return the new journal mode */
	return libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalMode)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
//	** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
//	**
//	** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
//	** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerSync(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, zSuper uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pArg uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _ = pArg, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	pArg = zSuper
	rc = _sqlite3OsFileControl(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Ffd, int32(SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC), pArg)
	if rc == int32(SQLITE_NOTFOUND) {
		rc = SQLITE_OK
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK && !((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnoSync != 0) {
		rc = _sqlite3OsSync(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Ffd, libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsyncFlags))
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Release a page reference.
//	**
//	** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be used
//	** if we know that the page being released is not the last reference to page1.
//	** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first
//	** two routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1.
//	** The assert() at tag-20230419-2 proves that this constraint is always
//	** honored.
//	**
//	** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1.  This latter routine
//	** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of
//	** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(tls *libc.TLS, pPg uintptr) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TDbPage)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fflags)&int32(PGHDR_MMAP) != 0 {
		/* Page1 is never memory mapped */
		_pagerReleaseMapPage(tls, pPg)
	} else {
		_sqlite3PcacheRelease(tls, pPg)
	}
	/* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */
	/* tag-20230419-2 */
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
//	** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
//	** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
//	** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
//	**
//	** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
//	** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
//	** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
//	** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
//	**
//	** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
//	** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PagerWrite(tls *libc.TLS, pPg uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pPager uintptr
	_ = pPager
	pPager = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).FpPager
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fflags)&int32(PGHDR_WRITEABLE) != 0 && (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FdbSize >= (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fpgno {
		if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnSavepoint != 0 {
			return _subjournalPageIfRequired(tls, pPg)
		}
		return SQLITE_OK
	} else {
		if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FerrCode != 0 {
			return (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FerrCode
		} else {
			if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsectorSize > libc.Uint32FromInt64((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpageSize) {
				return _pagerWriteLargeSector(tls, pPg)
			} else {
				return _pager_write(tls, pPg)
			}
		}
	}
	return r
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
** to change the content of the page.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Free all memory allocations in the pParse object
//	*/
func _sqlite3ParseObjectReset(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr) {
	var db, pCleanup uintptr
	var v1 int32
	_, _, _ = db, pCleanup, v1
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaTableLock != 0 {
		_sqlite3DbNNFreeNN(tls, db, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaTableLock)
	}
	for (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpCleanup != 0 {
		pCleanup = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpCleanup
		(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpCleanup = (*TParseCleanup)(unsafe.Pointer(pCleanup)).FpNext
		(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*TParseCleanup)(unsafe.Pointer(pCleanup)).FxCleanup})))(tls, db, (*TParseCleanup)(unsafe.Pointer(pCleanup)).FpPtr)
		_sqlite3DbNNFreeNN(tls, db, pCleanup)
	}
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaLabel != 0 {
		_sqlite3DbNNFreeNN(tls, db, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaLabel)
	}
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpConstExpr != 0 {
		_sqlite3ExprListDelete(tls, db, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpConstExpr)
	}
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FbDisable -= uint32((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FdisableLookaside)
	if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FbDisable != 0 {
		v1 = 0
	} else {
		v1 = libc.Int32FromUint16((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.FszTrue)
	}
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Flookaside.Fsz = libc.Uint16FromInt32(v1)
	(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpParse = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpOuterParse
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the fallback token corresponding to canonical token iToken, or
//	** 0 if iToken has no fallback.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ParserFallback(tls *libc.TLS, iToken int32) (r int32) {
	return libc.Int32FromUint16(_yyFallback[iToken])
}

/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/
/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** An tokenizer for SQL
**
** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
** parser for analysis.
 */
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/* #include <stdlib.h> */

/* Character classes for tokenizing
**
** In the sqlite3GetToken() function, a switch() on aiClass[c] is implemented
** using a lookup table, whereas a switch() directly on c uses a binary search.
** The lookup table is much faster.  To maximize speed, and to ensure that
** a lookup table is used, all of the classes need to be small integers and
** all of them need to be used within the switch.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the
//	** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the
//	** page pointed to by p is invalid.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PcacheDrop(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&int32(PGHDR_DIRTY) != 0 {
		_pcacheManageDirtyList(tls, p, uint8(PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE))
	}
	(*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpCache)).FnRefSum = (*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpCache)).FnRefSum - 1
	(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr, int32))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_sqlite3Config.Fpcache2.FxUnpin})))(tls, (*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpCache)).FpCache, (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpPage, int32(1))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Try to obtain a page from the cache.
//	**
//	** This routine returns a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_page object if
//	** such an object is already in cache, or if a new one is created.
//	** This routine returns a NULL pointer if the object was not in cache
//	** and could not be created.
//	**
//	** The createFlags should be 0 to check for existing pages and should
//	** be 3 (not 1, but 3) to try to create a new page.
//	**
//	** If the createFlag is 0, then NULL is always returned if the page
//	** is not already in the cache.  If createFlag is 1, then a new page
//	** is created only if that can be done without spilling dirty pages
//	** and without exceeding the cache size limit.
//	**
//	** The caller needs to invoke sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish() to properly
//	** initialize the sqlite3_pcache_page object and convert it into a
//	** PgHdr object.  The sqlite3PcacheFetch() and sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish()
//	** routines are split this way for performance reasons. When separated
//	** they can both (usually) operate without having to push values to
//	** the stack on entry and pop them back off on exit, which saves a
//	** lot of pushing and popping.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PcacheFetch(tls *libc.TLS, pCache uintptr, pgno TPgno, createFlag int32) (r uintptr) {
	var eCreate int32
	var pRes uintptr
	_, _ = eCreate, pRes
	/* eCreate defines what to do if the page does not exist.
	 **    0     Do not allocate a new page.  (createFlag==0)
	 **    1     Allocate a new page if doing so is inexpensive.
	 **          (createFlag==1 AND bPurgeable AND pDirty)
	 **    2     Allocate a new page even it doing so is difficult.
	 **          (createFlag==1 AND !(bPurgeable AND pDirty)
	 */
	eCreate = createFlag & libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FeCreate)
	pRes = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uint32, int32) uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_sqlite3Config.Fpcache2.FxFetch})))(tls, (*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpCache, pgno, eCreate)
	return pRes
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If the sqlite3PcacheFetch() routine is unable to allocate a new
//	** page because no clean pages are available for reuse and the cache
//	** size limit has been reached, then this routine can be invoked to
//	** try harder to allocate a page.  This routine might invoke the stress
//	** callback to spill dirty pages to the journal.  It will then try to
//	** allocate the new page and will only fail to allocate a new page on
//	** an OOM error.
//	**
//	** This routine should be invoked only after sqlite3PcacheFetch() fails.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(tls *libc.TLS, pCache uintptr, pgno TPgno, ppPage uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pPg uintptr
	var rc, v3 int32
	_, _, _ = pPg, rc, v3
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FeCreate) == int32(2) {
		return 0
	}
	if _sqlite3PcachePagecount(tls, pCache) > (*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FszSpill {
		/* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a
		 ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
		 ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other
		 ** unreferenced dirty page.
		 **
		 ** If the LRU page in the dirty list that has a clear PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
		 ** flag is currently referenced, then the following may leave pSynced
		 ** set incorrectly (pointing to other than the LRU page with NEED_SYNC
		 ** cleared). This is Ok, as pSynced is just an optimization.  */
		pPg = (*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpSynced
		for {
			if !(pPg != 0 && ((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).FnRef != 0 || libc.Int32FromUint16((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fflags)&int32(PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) != 0)) {
				break
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			pPg = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).FpDirtyPrev
		}
		(*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpSynced = pPg
		if !(pPg != 0) {
			pPg = (*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpDirtyTail
			for {
				if !(pPg != 0 && (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).FnRef != 0) {
					break
				}
				goto _2
			_2:
				;
				pPg = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).FpDirtyPrev
			}
		}
		if pPg != 0 {
			rc = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FxStress})))(tls, (*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpStress, pPg)
			if rc != SQLITE_OK && rc != int32(SQLITE_BUSY) {
				return rc
			}
		}
	}
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppPage)) = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uint32, int32) uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_sqlite3Config.Fpcache2.FxFetch})))(tls, (*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpCache, pgno, int32(2))
	if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppPage)) == uintptr(0) {
		v3 = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
	} else {
		v3 = SQLITE_OK
	}
	return v3
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Change the page number of page p to newPgno.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PcacheMove(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, newPgno TPgno) {
	var pCache, pOther, pXPage uintptr
	_, _, _ = pCache, pOther, pXPage
	pCache = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpCache
	pOther = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uint32, int32) uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_sqlite3Config.Fpcache2.FxFetch})))(tls, (*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpCache, newPgno, 0)
	if pOther != 0 {
		pXPage = (*Tsqlite3_pcache_page)(unsafe.Pointer(pOther)).FpExtra
		(*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pXPage)).FnRef = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pXPage)).FnRef + 1
		(*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnRefSum = (*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FnRefSum + 1
		_sqlite3PcacheDrop(tls, pXPage)
	}
	(*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr, uint32, uint32))(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_sqlite3Config.Fpcache2.FxRekey})))(tls, (*TPCache)(unsafe.Pointer(pCache)).FpCache, (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpPage, (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fpgno, newPgno)
	(*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fpgno = newPgno
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&int32(PGHDR_DIRTY) != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint16((*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&int32(PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) != 0 {
		_pcacheManageDirtyList(tls, p, uint8(PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT))
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory
//	** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated
//	** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed.
//	**
//	** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
//	** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number
//	** of bytes of memory released.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(tls *libc.TLS, nReq int32) (r int32) {
	var nFree int32
	var p, v1 uintptr
	var v2 bool
	_, _, _, _ = nFree, p, v1, v2
	nFree = 0
	if _sqlite3Config.FpPage == uintptr(0) {
		Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_pcache1_g)))).Fmutex)
		for {
			if v2 = nReq < 0 || nFree < nReq; v2 {
				v1 = _pcache1_g.Fgrp.Flru.FpLruPrev
				p = v1
			}
			if !(v2 && v1 != uintptr(0) && libc.Int32FromUint16((*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FisAnchor) == 0) {
				break
			}
			nFree = nFree + _pcache1MemSize(tls, (*TPgHdr1)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fpage.FpBuf)
			_pcache1PinPage(tls, p)
			_pcache1RemoveFromHash(tls, p, int32(1))
		}
		Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*TPGroup)(unsafe.Pointer(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_pcache1_g)))).Fmutex)
	}
	return nFree
}

/************** End of pcache1.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file rowset.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2008 December 3
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This module implements an object we call a "RowSet".
**
** The RowSet object is a collection of rowids.  Rowids
** are inserted into the RowSet in an arbitrary order.  Inserts
** can be intermixed with tests to see if a given rowid has been
** previously inserted into the RowSet.
**
** After all inserts are finished, it is possible to extract the
** elements of the RowSet in sorted order.  Once this extraction
** process has started, no new elements may be inserted.
**
** Hence, the primitive operations for a RowSet are:
**
**    CREATE
**    INSERT
**    TEST
**    SMALLEST
**    DESTROY
**
** The CREATE and DESTROY primitives are the constructor and destructor,
** obviously.  The INSERT primitive adds a new element to the RowSet.
** TEST checks to see if an element is already in the RowSet.  SMALLEST
** extracts the least value from the RowSet.
**
** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory.  Memory is
** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation.  There is an
** upper bound on the size of allocated memory.  No memory is freed
** until DESTROY.
**
** The TEST primitive includes a "batch" number.  The TEST primitive
** will only see elements that were inserted before the last change
** in the batch number.  In other words, if an INSERT occurs between
** two TESTs where the TESTs have the same batch number, then the
** value added by the INSERT will not be visible to the second TEST.
** The initial batch number is zero, so if the very first TEST contains
** a non-zero batch number, it will see all prior INSERTs.
**
** No INSERTs may occurs after a SMALLEST.  An assertion will fail if
** that is attempted.
**
** The cost of an INSERT is roughly constant.  (Sometimes new memory
** has to be allocated on an INSERT.)  The cost of a TEST with a new
** batch number is O(NlogN) where N is the number of elements in the RowSet.
** The cost of a TEST using the same batch number is O(logN).  The cost
** of the first SMALLEST is O(NlogN).  Second and subsequent SMALLEST
** primitives are constant time.  The cost of DESTROY is O(N).
**
** TEST and SMALLEST may not be used by the same RowSet.  This used to
** be possible, but the feature was not used, so it was removed in order
** to simplify the code.
 */
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */

/*
** Target size for allocation chunks.
 */

/*
** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Check to see if zTabName is really the name of a pragma.  If it is,
//	** then register an eponymous virtual table for that pragma and return
//	** a pointer to the Module object for the new virtual table.
//	*/
func _sqlite3PragmaVtabRegister(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, zName uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var pName uintptr
	_ = pName
	pName = _pragmaLocate(tls, zName+uintptr(7))
	if pName == uintptr(0) {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPragmaName)(unsafe.Pointer(pName)).FmPragFlg)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(PragFlg_Result0)|libc.Int32FromInt32(PragFlg_Result1)) == 0 {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	return _sqlite3VtabCreateModule(tls, db, zName, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_pragmaVtabModule)), pName, uintptr(0))
}

/************** End of pragma.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file prepare.c *****************************************/
/*
** 2005 May 25
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare()
** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema
** from disk.
 */
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
//	*/
func _sqlite3Realloc(tls *libc.TLS, pOld uintptr, nBytes Tu64) (r uintptr) {
	var nDiff, nNew, nOld int32
	var nUsed, v1 Tsqlite3_int64
	var pNew uintptr
	var v2 bool
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = nDiff, nNew, nOld, nUsed, pNew, v1, v2
	if pOld == uintptr(0) {
		return _sqlite3Malloc(tls, nBytes) /* IMP: R-04300-56712 */
	}
	if nBytes == uint64(0) {
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, pOld) /* IMP: R-26507-47431 */
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	if nBytes > uint64(SQLITE_MAX_ALLOCATION_SIZE) {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	nOld = _sqlite3MallocSize(tls, pOld)
	/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46199-30249 SQLite guarantees that the second
	 ** argument to xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to
	 ** xRoundup. */
	nNew = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, int32) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_sqlite3Config.Fm.FxRoundup})))(tls, libc.Int32FromUint64(nBytes))
	if nOld == nNew {
		pNew = pOld
	} else {
		if _sqlite3Config.FbMemstat != 0 {
			Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, _mem0.Fmutex)
			_sqlite3StatusHighwater(tls, int32(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE), libc.Int32FromUint64(nBytes))
			nDiff = nNew - nOld
			if v2 = nDiff > 0; v2 {
				v1 = _sqlite3StatusValue(tls, SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED)
				nUsed = v1
			}
			if v2 && v1 >= _mem0.FalarmThreshold-int64(nDiff) {
				_sqlite3MallocAlarm(tls, nDiff)
				if _mem0.FhardLimit > 0 && nUsed >= _mem0.FhardLimit-int64(nDiff) {
					Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, _mem0.Fmutex)
					return uintptr(0)
				}
			}
			pNew = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, int32) uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_sqlite3Config.Fm.FxRealloc})))(tls, pOld, nNew)
			if pNew == uintptr(0) && _mem0.FalarmThreshold > 0 {
				_sqlite3MallocAlarm(tls, libc.Int32FromUint64(nBytes))
				pNew = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, int32) uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_sqlite3Config.Fm.FxRealloc})))(tls, pOld, nNew)
			}
			if pNew != 0 {
				nNew = _sqlite3MallocSize(tls, pNew)
				_sqlite3StatusUp(tls, SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld)
			}
			Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, _mem0.Fmutex)
		} else {
			pNew = (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, int32) uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_sqlite3Config.Fm.FxRealloc})))(tls, pOld, nNew)
		}
	}
	/* IMP: R-11148-40995 */
	return pNew
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Initialize a SelectDest structure.
//	*/
func _sqlite3SelectDestInit(tls *libc.TLS, pDest uintptr, eDest int32, iParm int32) {
	(*TSelectDest)(unsafe.Pointer(pDest)).FeDest = libc.Uint8FromInt32(eDest)
	(*TSelectDest)(unsafe.Pointer(pDest)).FiSDParm = iParm
	(*TSelectDest)(unsafe.Pointer(pDest)).FiSDParm2 = 0
	(*TSelectDest)(unsafe.Pointer(pDest)).FzAffSdst = uintptr(0)
	(*TSelectDest)(unsafe.Pointer(pDest)).FiSdst = 0
	(*TSelectDest)(unsafe.Pointer(pDest)).FnSdst = 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Extract the iCol-th column from the nRec-byte record in pRec.  Write
//	** the column value into *ppVal.  If *ppVal is initially NULL then a new
//	** sqlite3_value object is allocated.
//	**
//	** If *ppVal is initially NULL then the caller is responsible for
//	** ensuring that the value written into *ppVal is eventually freed.
//	**
//	** If the buffer does not contain a well-formed record, this routine may
//	** read several bytes past the end of the buffer. Callers must therefore
//	** ensure that any buffer which may contain a corrupt record is padded
//	** with at least 8 bytes of addressable memory.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Stat4Column(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, pRec uintptr, nRec int32, iCol int32, ppVal uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var a, pMem, v4 uintptr
	var i, v1 int32
	var iField Ti64
	var iHdr, szField Tu32
	var _ /* nHdr at bp+4 */ Tu32
	var _ /* t at bp+0 */ Tu32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = a, i, iField, iHdr, pMem, szField, v1, v4
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint32(0)  /* Next unread data byte */
	szField = uint32(0)                    /* Column index */
	a = pRec                               /* Typecast byte array */
	pMem = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppVal)) /* Write result into this Mem object */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(a))) < libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80)) {
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(a)))
		v1 = libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
	} else {
		v1 = libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3GetVarint32(tls, a, bp+4))
	}
	iHdr = uint32(libc.Uint8FromInt32(v1))
	if **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) > libc.Uint32FromInt32(nRec) || iHdr >= **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) {
		return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(87782))
	}
	iField = libc.Int64FromUint32(**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)))
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i <= iCol) {
			break
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(a + uintptr(iHdr)))) < libc.Int32FromUint8(libc.Uint8FromInt32(0x80)) {
			**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(a + uintptr(iHdr))))
			v1 = libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
		} else {
			v1 = libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3GetVarint32(tls, a+uintptr(iHdr), bp))
		}
		iHdr = iHdr + uint32(libc.Uint8FromInt32(v1))
		if iHdr > **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp + 4)) {
			return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(87788))
		}
		szField = _sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(tls, **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
		iField = iField + libc.Int64FromUint32(szField)
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	if iField > int64(nRec) {
		return _sqlite3CorruptError(tls, int32(87794))
	}
	if pMem == uintptr(0) {
		v4 = _sqlite3ValueNew(tls, db)
		**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(ppVal)) = v4
		pMem = v4
		if pMem == uintptr(0) {
			return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		}
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(tls, a+uintptr(iField-libc.Int64FromUint32(szField)), **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)), pMem)
	(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fenc = (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fenc
	return SQLITE_OK
}

func _sqlite3StrAccumEnlargeIfNeeded(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, N Ti64) (r int32) {
	if N+libc.Int64FromUint32((*TStrAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnChar) >= libc.Int64FromUint32((*TStrAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnAlloc) {
		_sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(tls, p, N)
	}
	return libc.Int32FromUint8((*TStrAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaccError)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Initialize a string accumulator.
//	**
//	** p:     The accumulator to be initialized.
//	** db:    Pointer to a database connection.  May be NULL.  Lookaside
//	**        memory is used if not NULL. db->mallocFailed is set appropriately
//	**        when not NULL.
//	** zBase: An initial buffer.  May be NULL in which case the initial buffer
//	**        is malloced.
//	** n:     Size of zBase in bytes.  If total space requirements never exceed
//	**        n then no memory allocations ever occur.
//	** mx:    Maximum number of bytes to accumulate.  If mx==0 then no memory
//	**        allocations will ever occur.
//	*/
func _sqlite3StrAccumInit(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, db uintptr, zBase uintptr, n int32, mx int32) {
	(*TStrAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzText = zBase
	(*TStrAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb = db
	(*TStrAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnAlloc = libc.Uint32FromInt32(n)
	(*TStrAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FmxAlloc = libc.Uint32FromInt32(mx)
	(*TStrAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnChar = uint32(0)
	(*TStrAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaccError = uint8(0)
	(*TStrAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FprintfFlags = uint8(0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set the StrAccum object to an error mode.
//	*/
func _sqlite3StrAccumSetError(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, eError Tu8) {
	(*TStrAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaccError = eError
	if (*TStrAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FmxAlloc != 0 {
		Xsqlite3_str_reset(tls, p)
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(eError) == int32(SQLITE_TOOBIG) {
		_sqlite3ErrorToParser(tls, (*TStrAccum)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, libc.Int32FromUint8(eError))
	}
}

func _sqlite3StrICmp(tls *libc.TLS, zLeft uintptr, zRight uintptr) (r int32) {
	var a, b uintptr
	var c, x int32
	_, _, _, _ = a, b, c, x
	a = zLeft
	b = zRight
	for {
		c = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(a)))
		x = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(b)))
		if c == x {
			if c == 0 {
				break
			}
		} else {
			c = libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3UpperToLower[c]) - libc.Int32FromUint8(_sqlite3UpperToLower[x])
			if c != 0 {
				break
			}
		}
		a = a + 1
		b = b + 1
		goto _1
	_1:
	}
	return c
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Backwards Compatibility Hack:
//	**
//	** Historical versions of SQLite accepted strings as column names in
//	** indexes and PRIMARY KEY constraints and in UNIQUE constraints.  Example:
//	**
//	**     CREATE TABLE xyz(a,b,c,d,e,PRIMARY KEY('a'),UNIQUE('b','c' COLLATE trim)
//	**     CREATE INDEX abc ON xyz('c','d' DESC,'e' COLLATE nocase DESC);
//	**
//	** This is goofy.  But to preserve backwards compatibility we continue to
//	** accept it.  This routine does the necessary conversion.  It converts
//	** the expression given in its argument from a TK_STRING into a TK_ID
//	** if the expression is just a TK_STRING with an optional COLLATE clause.
//	** If the expression is anything other than TK_STRING, the expression is
//	** unchanged.
//	*/
func _sqlite3StringToId(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_STRING) {
		(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop = uint8(TK_ID)
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLLATE) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft)).Fop) == int32(TK_STRING) {
			(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLeft)).Fop = uint8(TK_ID)
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Convert an table column number into a index column number.  That is,
//	** for the column iCol in the table (as defined by the CREATE TABLE statement)
//	** find the (first) offset of that column in index pIdx.  Or return -1
//	** if column iCol is not used in index pIdx.
//	*/
func _sqlite3TableColumnToIndex(tls *libc.TLS, pIdx uintptr, iCol int32) (r int32) {
	var i int32
	var iCol16 Ti16
	_, _ = i, iCol16
	iCol16 = int16(iCol)
	i = 0
	for {
		if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint16((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FnColumn)) {
			break
		}
		if int32(iCol16) == int32(**(**Ti16)(__ccgo_up((*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer(pIdx)).FaiColumn + uintptr(i)*2))) {
			return i
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		i = i + 1
	}
	return -int32(1)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of
//	** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals.
//	** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime
//	** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The
//	** following table describes the relationship between these two values
//	** and this functions return value.
//	**
//	**   SQLITE_TEMP_STORE     db->temp_store     Location of temporary database
//	**   -----------------     --------------     ------------------------------
//	**   0                     any                file      (return 0)
//	**   1                     1                  file      (return 0)
//	**   1                     2                  memory    (return 1)
//	**   1                     0                  file      (return 0)
//	**   2                     1                  file      (return 0)
//	**   2                     2                  memory    (return 1)
//	**   2                     0                  memory    (return 1)
//	**   3                     any                memory    (return 1)
//	*/
func _sqlite3TempInMemory(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Ftemp_store) == int32(2))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate a Token object from a string
//	*/
func _sqlite3TokenInit(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, z uintptr) {
	(*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fz = z
	(*TToken)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fn = libc.Uint32FromInt32(_sqlite3Strlen30(tls, z))
}

/* Convenient short-hand */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return
//	** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
//	** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
//	*/
func _sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTabList uintptr, pWhere uintptr, zStart uintptr, zEnd uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var db, pTriggerStep uintptr
	_, _ = db, pTriggerStep
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	pTriggerStep = _triggerStepAllocate(tls, pParse, uint8(TK_DELETE), pTabList, zStart, zEnd)
	if pTriggerStep != 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FeParseMode) >= int32(PARSE_MODE_RENAME) {
			(*TTriggerStep)(unsafe.Pointer(pTriggerStep)).FpWhere = pWhere
			pWhere = uintptr(0)
		} else {
			(*TTriggerStep)(unsafe.Pointer(pTriggerStep)).FpWhere = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, db, pWhere, int32(EXPRDUP_REDUCE))
		}
		(*TTriggerStep)(unsafe.Pointer(pTriggerStep)).Forconf = uint8(OE_Default)
	}
	_sqlite3ExprDelete(tls, db, pWhere)
	return pTriggerStep
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement.  Return a pointer
//	** to the new trigger step.
//	**
//	** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the
//	** body of a trigger.
//	*/
func _sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTabList uintptr, pColumn uintptr, pSelect uintptr, orconf Tu8, pUpsert uintptr, zStart uintptr, zEnd uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var db, pTriggerStep uintptr
	_, _ = db, pTriggerStep
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	pTriggerStep = _triggerStepAllocate(tls, pParse, uint8(TK_INSERT), pTabList, zStart, zEnd)
	if pTriggerStep != 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FeParseMode) >= int32(PARSE_MODE_RENAME) {
			(*TTriggerStep)(unsafe.Pointer(pTriggerStep)).FpSelect = pSelect
			pSelect = uintptr(0)
		} else {
			(*TTriggerStep)(unsafe.Pointer(pTriggerStep)).FpSelect = _sqlite3SelectDup(tls, db, pSelect, int32(EXPRDUP_REDUCE))
		}
		(*TTriggerStep)(unsafe.Pointer(pTriggerStep)).FpIdList = pColumn
		(*TTriggerStep)(unsafe.Pointer(pTriggerStep)).FpUpsert = pUpsert
		(*TTriggerStep)(unsafe.Pointer(pTriggerStep)).Forconf = orconf
		if pUpsert != 0 {
			_sqlite3HasExplicitNulls(tls, pParse, (*TUpsert)(unsafe.Pointer(pUpsert)).FpUpsertTarget)
		}
	} else {
		_sqlite3IdListDelete(tls, db, pColumn)
		_sqlite3UpsertDelete(tls, db, pUpsert)
	}
	_sqlite3SelectDelete(tls, db, pSelect)
	return pTriggerStep
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return
//	** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
//	** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
//	*/
func _sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTabList uintptr, pFrom uintptr, pEList uintptr, pWhere uintptr, orconf Tu8, zStart uintptr, zEnd uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var db, pFromDup, pSub, pTriggerStep uintptr
	var _ /* as at bp+0 */ TToken
	_, _, _, _ = db, pFromDup, pSub, pTriggerStep
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	pTriggerStep = _triggerStepAllocate(tls, pParse, uint8(TK_UPDATE), pTabList, zStart, zEnd)
	if pTriggerStep != 0 {
		pFromDup = uintptr(0)
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FeParseMode) >= int32(PARSE_MODE_RENAME) {
			(*TTriggerStep)(unsafe.Pointer(pTriggerStep)).FpExprList = pEList
			(*TTriggerStep)(unsafe.Pointer(pTriggerStep)).FpWhere = pWhere
			pFromDup = pFrom
			pEList = uintptr(0)
			pWhere = uintptr(0)
			pFrom = uintptr(0)
		} else {
			(*TTriggerStep)(unsafe.Pointer(pTriggerStep)).FpExprList = _sqlite3ExprListDup(tls, db, pEList, int32(EXPRDUP_REDUCE))
			(*TTriggerStep)(unsafe.Pointer(pTriggerStep)).FpWhere = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, db, pWhere, int32(EXPRDUP_REDUCE))
			pFromDup = _sqlite3SrcListDup(tls, db, pFrom, int32(EXPRDUP_REDUCE))
		}
		(*TTriggerStep)(unsafe.Pointer(pTriggerStep)).Forconf = orconf
		if pFromDup != 0 && !(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FeParseMode) >= libc.Int32FromInt32(PARSE_MODE_RENAME)) {
			**(**TToken)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = TToken{}
			pSub = _sqlite3SelectNew(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), pFromDup, uintptr(0), uintptr(0), uintptr(0), uintptr(0), uint32(SF_NestedFrom), uintptr(0))
			pFromDup = _sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(tls, pParse, uintptr(0), uintptr(0), uintptr(0), bp, pSub, uintptr(0))
		}
		if pFromDup != 0 && (*TTriggerStep)(unsafe.Pointer(pTriggerStep)).FpSrc != 0 {
			(*TTriggerStep)(unsafe.Pointer(pTriggerStep)).FpSrc = _sqlite3SrcListAppendList(tls, pParse, (*TTriggerStep)(unsafe.Pointer(pTriggerStep)).FpSrc, pFromDup)
		} else {
			_sqlite3SrcListDelete(tls, db, pFromDup)
		}
	}
	_sqlite3ExprListDelete(tls, db, pEList)
	_sqlite3ExprDelete(tls, db, pWhere)
	_sqlite3SrcListDelete(tls, db, pFrom)
	return pTriggerStep
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero,
//	** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including)
//	** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the
//	** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to
//	** the first 0x00, whichever comes first).
//	*/
func _sqlite3Utf8CharLen(tls *libc.TLS, zIn uintptr, nByte int32) (r1 int32) {
	var r int32
	var z, zTerm, v1 uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = r, z, zTerm, v1
	r = 0
	z = zIn
	if nByte >= 0 {
		zTerm = z + uintptr(nByte)
	} else {
		zTerm = uintptr(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))
	}
	for libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(z))) != 0 && z < zTerm {
		v1 = z
		z = z + 1
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1))) >= int32(0xc0) {
			for libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(z)))&int32(0xc0) == int32(0x80) {
				z = z + 1
			}
		}
		r = r + 1
	}
	return r
}

/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite.
** Hence it is only available in debug builds.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Translate a single UTF-8 character.  Return the unicode value.
//	**
//	** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points
//	** is a 0x00.
//	**
//	** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext.
//	**
//	** Notes On Invalid UTF-8:
//	**
//	**  *  This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to
//	**     be encoded as a multi-byte character.  Any multi-byte character that
//	**     attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd.
//	**
//	**  *  This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded.
//	**     If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between
//	**     0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd.
//	**
//	**  *  Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first
//	**     byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters
//	**     and rendered as themselves even though they are technically
//	**     invalid characters.
//	**
//	**  *  This routine accepts over-length UTF8 encodings
//	**     for unicode values 0x80 and greater.  It does not change over-length
//	**     encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Utf8Read(tls *libc.TLS, pz uintptr) (r Tu32) {
	var c uint32
	var v1, v2 uintptr
	_, _, _ = c, v1, v2
	/* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter.
	 ** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated.
	 */
	v2 = pz
	v1 = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
	c = uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1)))
	if c >= uint32(0xc0) {
		c = uint32(_sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-uint32(0xc0)])
		for libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(pz)))))&int32(0xc0) == int32(0x80) {
			v2 = pz
			v1 = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(v2))
			*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(v2)) + 1
			c = c<<int32(6) + libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(0x3f)&libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(v1))))
		}
		if c < uint32(0x80) || c&uint32(0xFFFFF800) == uint32(0xD800) || c&uint32(0xFFFFFFFE) == uint32(0xFFFE) {
			c = uint32(0xFFFD)
		}
	}
	return c
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Read a single UTF8 character out of buffer z[], but reading no
//	** more than n characters from the buffer.  z[] is not zero-terminated.
//	**
//	** Return the number of bytes used to construct the character.
//	**
//	** Invalid UTF8 might generate a strange result.  No effort is made
//	** to detect invalid UTF8.
//	**
//	** At most 4 bytes will be read out of z[].  The return value will always
//	** be between 1 and 4.
//	*/
func _sqlite3Utf8ReadLimited(tls *libc.TLS, z uintptr, n int32, piOut uintptr) (r int32) {
	var c Tu32
	var i int32
	_, _ = c, i
	i = int32(1)
	c = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(z)))
	if c >= uint32(0xc0) {
		c = uint32(_sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-uint32(0xc0)])
		if n > int32(4) {
			n = int32(4)
		}
		for i < n && libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i))))&int32(0xc0) == int32(0x80) {
			c = c<<libc.Int32FromInt32(6) + libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(0x3f)&libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(z + uintptr(i)))))
			i = i + 1
		}
	}
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(piOut)) = c
	return i
}

/*
** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
 */
/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */

func _sqlite3ValueBytes(tls *libc.TLS, pVal uintptr, enc Tu8) (r int32) {
	var p uintptr
	_ = p
	p = pVal
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Str) != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fenc) == libc.Int32FromUint8(enc) {
		return (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fn
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Str) != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8(enc) != int32(SQLITE_UTF8) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fenc) != int32(SQLITE_UTF8) {
		return (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fn
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Blob) != 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Zero) != 0 {
			return (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fn + *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fu))
		} else {
			return (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fn
		}
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Null) != 0 {
		return 0
	}
	return _valueBytes(tls, pVal, enc)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Return true if sqlit3_value object pVal is a string or blob value
//	** that uses the destructor specified in the second argument.
//	**
//	** TODO:  Maybe someday promote this interface into a published API so
//	** that third-party extensions can get access to it?
//	*/
func _sqlite3ValueIsOfClass(tls *libc.TLS, pVal uintptr, __ccgo_fp_xFree uintptr) (r int32) {
	if pVal != uintptr(0) && libc.Int32FromUint16((*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Str)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Blob)) != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint16((*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Dyn) != 0 && (*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).FxDel == __ccgo_fp_xFree {
		return int32(1)
	} else {
		return 0
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
//	** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(),
//	** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
//	** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or
//	** SQLITE_UTF8.
//	**
//	** (2006-02-16:)  The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED.
//	** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte
//	** boundary.
//	*/
func _sqlite3ValueText(tls *libc.TLS, pVal uintptr, enc Tu8) (r uintptr) {
	if !(pVal != 0) {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Str)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Term)) == libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Str)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Term) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fenc) == libc.Int32FromUint8(enc) {
		return (*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fz
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*Tsqlite3_value)(unsafe.Pointer(pVal)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Null) != 0 {
		return uintptr(0)
	}
	return _valueToText(tls, pVal, enc)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return 1 if pMem represents true, and return 0 if pMem represents false.
//	** Return the value ifNull if pMem is NULL.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr, ifNull int32) (r int32) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Int)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_IntReal)) != 0 {
		return libc.BoolInt32(*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)) != 0)
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Null) != 0 {
		return ifNull
	}
	return libc.BoolInt32(_sqlite3VdbeRealValue(tls, pMem) != float64(0))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
//	** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is
//	** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE.
//	**
//	** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string
//	** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this
//	** routine is a no-op.
//	**
//	** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required).
//	** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion
//	** between formats.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr, desiredEnc int32) (r int32) {
	var rc int32
	_ = rc
	if !(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Str) != 0) {
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fenc = libc.Uint8FromInt32(desiredEnc)
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fenc) == desiredEnc {
		return SQLITE_OK
	}
	/* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned,
	 ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed.
	 */
	rc = _sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(tls, pMem, libc.Uint8FromInt32(desiredEnc))
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Free all memory associated with the Vdbe passed as the second argument,
//	** except for object itself, which is preserved.
//	**
//	** The difference between this function and sqlite3VdbeDelete() is that
//	** VdbeDelete() also unlinks the Vdbe from the list of VMs associated with
//	** the database connection and frees the object itself.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeClearObject(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, p uintptr) {
	var pNext, pSub uintptr
	_, _ = pNext, pSub
	if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaColName != 0 {
		_releaseMemArray(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaColName, libc.Int32FromUint16((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnResAlloc)*int32(COLNAME_N))
		_sqlite3DbNNFreeNN(tls, db, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaColName)
	}
	pSub = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpProgram
	for {
		if !(pSub != 0) {
			break
		}
		pNext = (*TSubProgram)(unsafe.Pointer(pSub)).FpNext
		_vdbeFreeOpArray(tls, db, (*TSubProgram)(unsafe.Pointer(pSub)).FaOp, (*TSubProgram)(unsafe.Pointer(pSub)).FnOp)
		_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, pSub)
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		pSub = pNext
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeVdbeState) != VDBE_INIT_STATE {
		_releaseMemArray(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaVar, int32((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnVar))
		if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpVList != 0 {
			_sqlite3DbNNFreeNN(tls, db, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpVList)
		}
		if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpFree != 0 {
			_sqlite3DbNNFreeNN(tls, db, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpFree)
		}
	}
	_vdbeFreeOpArray(tls, db, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaOp, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOp)
	if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzSql != 0 {
		_sqlite3DbNNFreeNN(tls, db, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzSql)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Add a new OP_Explain opcode.
//	**
//	** If the bPush flag is true, then make this opcode the parent for
//	** subsequent Explains until sqlite3VdbeExplainPop() is called.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeExplain(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, bPush Tu8, zFmt uintptr, va uintptr) (r int32) {
	var addr, iThis int32
	var ap Tva_list
	var v, zMsg uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = addr, ap, iThis, v, zMsg
	addr = 0
	/* Always include the OP_Explain opcodes if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
	 ** But omit them (for performance) during production builds */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fexplain) == int32(2) || libc.Bool(0 != 0) {
		ap = va
		zMsg = _sqlite3VMPrintf(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, zFmt, ap)
		_ = ap
		v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
		iThis = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(v)).FnOp
		addr = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(tls, v, int32(OP_Explain), iThis, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaddrExplain, 0, zMsg, -int32(7))
		if bPush != 0 {
			(*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaddrExplain = iThis
		}
	}
	return addr
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution.  Return an integer which is
//	** the result code.  Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeFinalize(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	var rc int32
	_ = rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeVdbeState) >= int32(VDBE_READY_STATE) {
		rc = _sqlite3VdbeReset(tls, p)
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeDelete(tls, p)
	return rc
}

func _sqlite3VdbeIntValue(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr) (r Ti64) {
	var flags int32
	_ = flags
	flags = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)
	if flags&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Int)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_IntReal)) != 0 {
		return *(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem))
	} else {
		if flags&int32(MEM_Real) != 0 {
			return _sqlite3RealToI64(tls, *(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)))
		} else {
			if flags&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Str)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Blob)) != 0 && (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fz != uintptr(0) {
				return _memIntValue(tls, pMem)
			} else {
				return 0
			}
		}
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real or MEM_IntReal. Try to
//	** make it a MEM_Int if we can.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr) {
	var ix Ti64
	_ = ix
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_IntReal) != 0 {
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags) & ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_TypeMask)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Zero)) | int32(MEM_Int))
	} else {
		ix = _sqlite3RealToI64(tls, *(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)))
		/* Only mark the value as an integer if
		 **
		 **    (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and
		 **    (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest
		 **        possible integer (ticket #3922)
		 **
		 ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces
		 ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes
		 ** values to wrap around.
		 */
		if *(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)) == float64(ix) && ix > int64(-libc.Int32FromInt32(1))-(libc.Int64FromUint32(0xffffffff)|libc.Int64FromInt32(0x7fffffff)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32)) && ix < libc.Int64FromUint32(0xffffffff)|libc.Int64FromInt32(0x7fffffff)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32) {
			*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)) = ix
			(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags) & ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_TypeMask)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Zero)) | int32(MEM_Int))
		}
	}
}

func _sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtreeZeroOffset(tls *libc.TLS, pCur uintptr, amt Tu32, pMem uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var rc int32
	var _ /* available at bp+0 */ Tu32
	_ = rc
	**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint32(0) /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */
	rc = SQLITE_OK                        /* Return code */
	/* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert()
	 ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */
	(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fz = _sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(tls, pCur, bp)
	if amt <= **(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) {
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Blob) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Ephem))
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fn = libc.Int32FromUint32(amt)
	} else {
		rc = _sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(tls, pCur, uint32(0), amt, pMem)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Convert pMem to type integer.  Invalidate any prior representations.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr) (r int32) {
	*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)) = _sqlite3VdbeIntValue(tls, pMem)
	(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags) & ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_TypeMask)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Zero)) | int32(MEM_Int))
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr) (r int32) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Term)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Str)) != int32(MEM_Str) {
		return SQLITE_OK /* Nothing to do */
	} else {
		return _vdbeMemAddTerminator(tls, pMem)
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.
//	** Invalidate any prior representations.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr) (r int32) {
	*(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)) = _sqlite3VdbeRealValue(tls, pMem)
	(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags) & ^(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_TypeMask)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Zero)) | int32(MEM_Real))
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Release any memory resources held by the Mem.  Both the memory that is
//	** free by Mem.xDel and the Mem.zMalloc allocation are freed.
//	**
//	** Use this routine prior to clean up prior to abandoning a Mem, or to
//	** reset a Mem back to its minimum memory utilization.
//	**
//	** Use sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull() to release just the Mem.xDel space
//	** prior to inserting new content into the Mem.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Agg)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Dyn)) != 0 || (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FszMalloc != 0 {
		_vdbeMemClear(tls, p)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
//	** manifest type INTEGER.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr, val Ti64) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Agg)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Dyn)) != 0 {
		_vdbeReleaseAndSetInt64(tls, pMem, val)
	} else {
		*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)) = val
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = uint16(MEM_Int)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
//	**
//	** This routine calls the Mem.xDel destructor to dispose of values that
//	** require the destructor.  But it preserves the Mem.zMalloc memory allocation.
//	** To free all resources, use sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(), which both calls this
//	** routine to invoke the destructor and deallocates Mem.zMalloc.
//	**
//	** Use this routine to reset the Mem prior to insert a new value.
//	**
//	** Use sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() to complete erase the Mem prior to abandoning it.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Agg)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Dyn)) != 0 {
		_vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(tls, pMem)
	} else {
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = uint16(MEM_Null)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an
//	** empty boolean index.
//	**
//	** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation
//	** error occurs.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr) (r int32) {
	var db, p uintptr
	_, _ = db, p
	db = (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fdb
	_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(tls, pMem)
	p = _sqlite3RowSetInit(tls, db)
	if p == uintptr(0) {
		return int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
	}
	(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fz = p
	(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Blob) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Dyn))
	(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).FxDel = __ccgo_fp(_sqlite3RowSetDelete)
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length
//	** n containing all zeros.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr, n int32) {
	_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(tls, pMem)
	(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Blob) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Zero))
	(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fn = 0
	if n < 0 {
		n = 0
	}
	*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fu)) = n
	(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fenc = uint8(SQLITE_UTF8)
	(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fz = uintptr(0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a
//	** double.  If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its
//	** value.  If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
//	** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeRealValue(tls *libc.TLS, pMem uintptr) (r float64) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&int32(MEM_Real) != 0 {
		return *(*float64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem))
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Int)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_IntReal)) != 0 {
			return float64(*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)))
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Str)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Blob)) != 0 {
				return _sqlite3MemRealValueNoRC(tls, pMem)
			} else {
				/* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
				return libc.Float64FromInt32(0)
			}
		}
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
//	** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg.  Return the result code.
//	**
//	** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
//	** again.
//	**
//	** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the
//	** virtual machine from VDBE_RUN_STATE or VDBE_HALT_STATE back to
//	** VDBE_READY_STATE.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeReset(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	var db uintptr
	_ = db
	db = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb
	/* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an
	 ** error, then it might not have been halted properly.  So halt
	 ** it now.
	 */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeVdbeState) == int32(VDBE_RUN_STATE) {
		_sqlite3VdbeHalt(tls, p)
	}
	/* If the VDBE has been run even partially, then transfer the error code
	 ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure.  But
	 ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any
	 ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged.
	 */
	if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fpc >= 0 {
		if (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FpErr != 0 || (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzErrMsg != 0 {
			_sqlite3VdbeTransferError(tls, p)
		} else {
			(*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FerrCode = (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc
		}
	}
	/* Reset register contents and reclaim error message memory.
	 */
	if (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzErrMsg != 0 {
		_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzErrMsg)
		(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzErrMsg = uintptr(0)
	}
	(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpResultRow = uintptr(0)
	/* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
	 */
	return (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Frc & (*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).FerrMask
}

func _sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(tls *libc.TLS, buf uintptr, serial_type Tu32, pMem uintptr) {
	switch serial_type {
	case uint32(10): /* Internal use only: NULL with virtual table
		 ** UPDATE no-change flag set */
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Null) | libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Zero))
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fn = 0
		*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fu)) = 0
		return
	case uint32(11): /* Reserved for future use */
		fallthrough
	case uint32(0): /* Null */
		/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-24078-09375 Value is a NULL. */
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = uint16(MEM_Null)
		return
	case uint32(1):
		/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-44885-25196 Value is an 8-bit twos-complement
		 ** integer. */
		*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)) = int64(libc.Int8FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(buf))))
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = uint16(MEM_Int)
		return
	case uint32(2): /* 2-byte signed integer */
		/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-49794-35026 Value is a big-endian 16-bit
		 ** twos-complement integer. */
		*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)) = int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(256)*int32(libc.Int8FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(buf)))) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(buf + 1))))
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = uint16(MEM_Int)
		return
	case uint32(3): /* 3-byte signed integer */
		/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37839-54301 Value is a big-endian 24-bit
		 ** twos-complement integer. */
		*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)) = int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(65536)*int32(libc.Int8FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(buf)))) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(buf + 1)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(buf + 2))))
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = uint16(MEM_Int)
		return
	case uint32(4): /* 4-byte signed integer */
		/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-01849-26079 Value is a big-endian 32-bit
		 ** twos-complement integer. */
		*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)) = int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(16777216)*int32(libc.Int8FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(buf)))) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(buf + 1)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(buf + 2)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(buf + 3))))
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = uint16(MEM_Int)
		return
	case uint32(5): /* 6-byte signed integer */
		/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-50385-09674 Value is a big-endian 48-bit
		 ** twos-complement integer. */
		*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)) = libc.Int64FromUint32(uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(buf + libc.UintptrFromInt32(2))))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(24)|libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(buf + libc.UintptrFromInt32(2) + 1)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16))|libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(buf + libc.UintptrFromInt32(2) + 2)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8))|uint32(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(buf + libc.UintptrFromInt32(2) + 3)))) + libc.Int64FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32)*int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(256)*int32(libc.Int8FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(buf))))|libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(buf + 1))))
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = uint16(MEM_Int)
		return
	case uint32(6): /* 8-byte signed integer */
		fallthrough
	case uint32(7): /* IEEE floating point */
		/* These use local variables, so do them in a separate routine
		 ** to avoid having to move the frame pointer in the common case */
		_serialGet(tls, buf, serial_type, pMem)
		return
	case uint32(8): /* Integer 0 */
		fallthrough
	case uint32(9): /* Integer 1 */
		/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-12976-22893 Value is the integer 0. */
		/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-18143-12121 Value is the integer 1. */
		*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)) = libc.Int64FromUint32(serial_type - uint32(8))
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = uint16(MEM_Int)
		return
	default:
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fz = buf
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fn = libc.Int32FromUint32((serial_type - uint32(12)) / uint32(2))
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem)).Fflags = _aFlag[serial_type&uint32(1)]
		return
	}
	return
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeSetSql(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, z uintptr, n int32, prepFlags Tu8) {
	if p == uintptr(0) {
		return
	}
	(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FprepFlags = prepFlags
	if libc.Int32FromUint8(prepFlags)&int32(SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL) == 0 {
		(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fexpmask = uint32(0)
	}
	(*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzSql = _sqlite3DbStrNDup(tls, (*TVdbe)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, z, libc.Uint64FromInt32(n))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If the previous opcode is an OP_Column that delivers results
//	** into register iDest, then add the OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG flag to that
//	** opcode.
//	*/
func _sqlite3VdbeTypeofColumn(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, iDest int32) {
	var pOp, v1 uintptr
	_, _ = pOp, v1
	pOp = _sqlite3VdbeGetLastOp(tls, p)
	if (*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fp3 == iDest && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeOp)(unsafe.Pointer(pOp)).Fopcode) == int32(OP_Column) {
		v1 = pOp + 2
		*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Tu16(int32(*(*Tu16)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) | libc.Int32FromInt32(OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG))
	}
}

func _sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTable uintptr) (r int32) {
	if !(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FeTabType) == libc.Int32FromInt32(TABTYP_VTAB)) && int32((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTable)).FnCol) > 0 {
		return 0
	}
	return _viewGetColumnNames(tls, pParse, pTable)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the
//	** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since
//	** sqlite3WalCallback() was called.  If no commits have occurred since
//	** the last call, then return 0.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WalCallback(tls *libc.TLS, pWal uintptr) (r int32) {
	var ret Tu32
	_ = ret
	ret = uint32(0)
	if pWal != 0 {
		ret = (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FiCallback
		(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FiCallback = uint32(0)
	}
	return libc.Int32FromUint32(ret)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Close a connection to a log file.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WalClose(tls *libc.TLS, pWal uintptr, db uintptr, sync_flags int32, nBuf int32, zBuf uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var isDelete, rc, v1 int32
	var v2 bool
	var _ /* bPersist at bp+0 */ int32
	_, _, _, _ = isDelete, rc, v1, v2
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	if pWal != 0 {
		isDelete = 0 /* True to unlink wal and wal-index files */
		/* If an EXCLUSIVE lock can be obtained on the database file (using the
		 ** ordinary, rollback-mode locking methods, this guarantees that the
		 ** connection associated with this log file is the only connection to
		 ** the database. In this case checkpoint the database and unlink both
		 ** the wal and wal-index files.
		 **
		 ** The EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
		 */
		if v2 = zBuf != uintptr(0); v2 {
			v1 = _sqlite3OsLock(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpDbFd, int32(SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE))
			rc = v1
		}
		if v2 && SQLITE_OK == v1 {
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FexclusiveMode) == WAL_NORMAL_MODE {
				(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FexclusiveMode = uint8(WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE)
			}
			rc = _sqlite3WalCheckpoint(tls, pWal, db, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, uintptr(0), uintptr(0), sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, uintptr(0), uintptr(0))
			if rc == SQLITE_OK {
				**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = -int32(1)
				_sqlite3OsFileControlHint(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpDbFd, int32(SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL), bp)
				if **(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != int32(1) {
					/* Try to delete the WAL file if the checkpoint completed and
					 ** fsynced (rc==SQLITE_OK) and if we are not in persistent-wal
					 ** mode (!bPersist) */
					isDelete = int32(1)
				} else {
					if (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FmxWalSize >= 0 {
						/* Try to truncate the WAL file to zero bytes if the checkpoint
						 ** completed and fsynced (rc==SQLITE_OK) and we are in persistent
						 ** WAL mode (bPersist) and if the PRAGMA journal_size_limit is a
						 ** non-negative value (pWal->mxWalSize>=0).  Note that we truncate
						 ** to zero bytes as truncating to the journal_size_limit might
						 ** leave a corrupt WAL file on disk. */
						_walLimitSize(tls, pWal, 0)
					}
				}
			}
		}
		_walIndexClose(tls, pWal, isDelete)
		_sqlite3OsClose(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpWalFd)
		if isDelete != 0 {
			_sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(tls)
			_sqlite3OsDelete(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpVfs, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FzWalName, 0)
			_sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(tls)
		}
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FapWiData)
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, pWal)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is called to change the WAL subsystem into or out
//	** of locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.
//	**
//	** If op is zero, then attempt to change from locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE
//	** into locking_mode=NORMAL.  This means that we must acquire a lock
//	** on the pWal->readLock byte.  If the WAL is already in locking_mode=NORMAL
//	** or if the acquisition of the lock fails, then return 0.  If the
//	** transition out of exclusive-mode is successful, return 1.  This
//	** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive
//	** lock on the main database file.
//	**
//	** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into
//	** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  This means that the pWal->readLock must
//	** be released.  Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the
//	** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this
//	** routine is a no-op.  The pager must already hold the exclusive lock
//	** on the main database file before invoking this operation.
//	**
//	** If op is negative, then do a dry-run of the op==1 case but do
//	** not actually change anything. The pager uses this to see if it
//	** should acquire the database exclusive lock prior to invoking
//	** the op==1 case.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(tls *libc.TLS, pWal uintptr, op int32) (r int32) {
	var rc int32
	_ = rc
	/* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a
	 ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot
	 ** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock
	 ** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to
	 ** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error.
	 */
	if op == 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FexclusiveMode) != WAL_NORMAL_MODE {
			(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FexclusiveMode = uint8(WAL_NORMAL_MODE)
			if _walLockShared(tls, pWal, int32(3)+int32((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FreadLock)) != SQLITE_OK {
				(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FexclusiveMode = uint8(WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE)
			}
			rc = libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FexclusiveMode) == WAL_NORMAL_MODE)
		} else {
			/* Already in locking_mode=NORMAL */
			rc = 0
		}
	} else {
		if op > 0 {
			_walUnlockShared(tls, pWal, int32(3)+int32((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FreadLock))
			(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FexclusiveMode = uint8(WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE)
			rc = int32(1)
		} else {
			rc = libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FexclusiveMode) == WAL_NORMAL_MODE)
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
//	** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
//	** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WalHeapMemory(tls *libc.TLS, pWal uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.BoolInt32(pWal != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FexclusiveMode) == int32(WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Read the contents of frame iRead from the wal file into buffer pOut
//	** (which is nOut bytes in size). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an
//	** error code otherwise.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WalReadFrame(tls *libc.TLS, pWal uintptr, iRead Tu32, nOut int32, pOut uintptr) (r int32) {
	var iOffset Ti64
	var sz, v1 int32
	_, _, _ = iOffset, sz, v1
	sz = libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).Fhdr.FszPage)
	sz = sz&int32(0xfe00) + sz&int32(0x0001)<<int32(16)
	iOffset = int64(WAL_HDRSIZE) + libc.Int64FromUint32(iRead-libc.Uint32FromInt32(1))*int64(sz+libc.Int32FromInt32(WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE)) + int64(WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE)
	/* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */
	if nOut > sz {
		v1 = sz
	} else {
		v1 = nOut
	}
	return _sqlite3OsRead(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpWalFd, pOut, v1, iOffset)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Attempt to reduce the value of the WalCkptInfo.nBackfillAttempted
//	** variable so that older snapshots can be accessed. To do this, loop
//	** through all wal frames from nBackfillAttempted to (nBackfill+1),
//	** comparing their content to the corresponding page with the database
//	** file, if any. Set nBackfillAttempted to the frame number of the
//	** first frame for which the wal file content matches the db file.
//	**
//	** This is only really safe if the file-system is such that any page
//	** writes made by earlier checkpointers were atomic operations, which
//	** is not always true. It is also possible that nBackfillAttempted
//	** may be left set to a value larger than expected, if a wal frame
//	** contains content that duplicate of an earlier version of the same
//	** page.
//	**
//	** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code if an
//	** error occurs. It is not an error if nBackfillAttempted cannot be
//	** decreased at all.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(tls *libc.TLS, pWal uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pBuf1, pBuf2 uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _, _ = pBuf1, pBuf2, rc
	rc = _walLockExclusive(tls, pWal, int32(WAL_CKPT_LOCK), int32(1))
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		pBuf1 = Xsqlite3_malloc(tls, libc.Int32FromUint32((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FszPage))
		pBuf2 = Xsqlite3_malloc(tls, libc.Int32FromUint32((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FszPage))
		if pBuf1 == uintptr(0) || pBuf2 == uintptr(0) {
			rc = int32(SQLITE_NOMEM)
		} else {
			(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FckptLock = uint8(1)
			rc = _walSnapshotRecover(tls, pWal, pBuf1, pBuf2)
			(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FckptLock = uint8(0)
		}
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, pBuf1)
		Xsqlite3_free(tls, pBuf2)
		_walUnlockExclusive(tls, pWal, int32(WAL_CKPT_LOCK), int32(1))
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Walk all expressions associated with SELECT statement p.  Do
//	** not invoke the SELECT callback on p, but do (of course) invoke
//	** any expr callbacks and SELECT callbacks that come from subqueries.
//	** Return WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, p uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pParse, v1 uintptr
	var rc int32
	var v2 bool
	_, _, _, _ = pParse, rc, v1, v2
	if _sqlite3WalkExprList(tls, pWalker, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpEList) != 0 {
		return int32(WRC_Abort)
	}
	if _sqlite3WalkExpr(tls, pWalker, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpWhere) != 0 {
		return int32(WRC_Abort)
	}
	if _sqlite3WalkExprList(tls, pWalker, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpGroupBy) != 0 {
		return int32(WRC_Abort)
	}
	if _sqlite3WalkExpr(tls, pWalker, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpHaving) != 0 {
		return int32(WRC_Abort)
	}
	if _sqlite3WalkExprList(tls, pWalker, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpOrderBy) != 0 {
		return int32(WRC_Abort)
	}
	if _sqlite3WalkExpr(tls, pWalker, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpLimit) != 0 {
		return int32(WRC_Abort)
	}
	if (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpWinDefn != 0 {
		if v2 = (*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FxSelectCallback2 == __ccgo_fp(_sqlite3WalkWinDefnDummyCallback); !v2 {
			v1 = (*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FpParse
			pParse = v1
		}
		if v2 || v1 != uintptr(0) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FeParseMode) >= int32(PARSE_MODE_RENAME) || (*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FxSelectCallback2 == __ccgo_fp(_sqlite3SelectPopWith) {
			/* The following may return WRC_Abort if there are unresolvable
			 ** symbols (e.g. a table that does not exist) in a window definition. */
			rc = _walkWindowList(tls, pWalker, (*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpWinDefn, 0)
			return rc
		}
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
//	** command, or if stmt_scanstatus_v2() stats are enabled, or if SQLITE_DEBUG
//	** was defined at compile-time. If it is not a no-op, a single OP_Explain
//	** opcode is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in pLevel.
//	**
//	** If an OP_Explain opcode is added to the VM, its address is returned.
//	** Otherwise, if no OP_Explain is coded, zero is returned.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTabList uintptr, pLevel uintptr, wctrlFlags Tu16) (r int32) {
	var addr, ret int32
	var v, v1 uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = addr, ret, v, v1
	ret = 0
	if (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpToplevel != 0 {
		v1 = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpToplevel
	} else {
		v1 = pParse
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)).Fexplain) == int32(2) || libc.Bool(0 != 0) {
		if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FpWLoop)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_MULTI_OR) == uint32(0) && libc.Int32FromUint16(wctrlFlags)&int32(WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE) == 0 {
			v = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FpVdbe
			addr = _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)
			ret = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Explain), addr, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FaddrExplain, int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereLevel)(unsafe.Pointer(pLevel)).FpWLoop)).FrRun))
			_sqlite3WhereAddExplainText(tls, pParse, addr, pTabList, pLevel, wctrlFlags)
		}
	}
	return ret
}

func _sqlite3WhereExprUsageNN(tls *libc.TLS, pMaskSet uintptr, p uintptr) (r TBitmask) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) && !((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_FixedCol)) != libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) {
		return _sqlite3WhereGetMask(tls, pMaskSet, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiTable)
	} else {
		if (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_TokenOnly)|libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Leaf)) != uint32(0) {
			return uint64(0)
		}
	}
	return _sqlite3WhereExprUsageFull(tls, pMaskSet, p)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return one of the WHERE_DISTINCT_xxxxx values to indicate how this
//	** WHERE clause returns outputs for DISTINCT processing.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(tls *libc.TLS, pWInfo uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FeDistinct)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where
//	** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other
//	** operator specified in the op parameter.  The WhereClause structure
//	** is filled with pointers to subexpressions.  For example:
//	**
//	**    WHERE  a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22)
//	**           \________/     \_______________/     \________________/
//	**            slot[0]            slot[1]               slot[2]
//	**
//	** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered.  All this routine
//	** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr.
//	**
//	** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to
//	** the WhereClause.a[] array.  The slot[] array grows as needed to contain
//	** all terms of the WHERE clause.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WhereSplit(tls *libc.TLS, pWC uintptr, pExpr uintptr, op Tu8) {
	var pE2 uintptr
	_ = pE2
	pE2 = _sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(tls, pExpr)
	(*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).Fop = op
	if pE2 == uintptr(0) {
		return
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pE2)).Fop) != libc.Int32FromUint8(op) {
		_whereClauseInsert(tls, pWC, pExpr, uint16(0))
	} else {
		_sqlite3WhereSplit(tls, pWC, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pE2)).FpLeft, op)
		_sqlite3WhereSplit(tls, pWC, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pE2)).FpRight, op)
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return 0 if the two window objects are identical, 1 if they are
//	** different, or 2 if it cannot be determined if the objects are identical
//	** or not. Identical window objects can be processed in a single scan.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WindowCompare(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, p1 uintptr, p2 uintptr, bFilter int32) (r int32) {
	var res, v1 int32
	_, _ = res, v1
	if p1 == uintptr(0) || p2 == uintptr(0) {
		return int32(1)
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).FeFrmType) != libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(p2)).FeFrmType) {
		return int32(1)
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).FeStart) != libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(p2)).FeStart) {
		return int32(1)
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).FeEnd) != libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(p2)).FeEnd) {
		return int32(1)
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).FeExclude) != libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(p2)).FeExclude) {
		return int32(1)
	}
	if _sqlite3ExprCompare(tls, pParse, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).FpStart, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(p2)).FpStart, -int32(1)) != 0 {
		return int32(1)
	}
	if _sqlite3ExprCompare(tls, pParse, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).FpEnd, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(p2)).FpEnd, -int32(1)) != 0 {
		return int32(1)
	}
	v1 = _sqlite3ExprListCompare(tls, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).FpPartition, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(p2)).FpPartition, -int32(1))
	res = v1
	if v1 != 0 {
		return res
	}
	v1 = _sqlite3ExprListCompare(tls, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).FpOrderBy, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(p2)).FpOrderBy, -int32(1))
	res = v1
	if v1 != 0 {
		return res
	}
	if bFilter != 0 {
		v1 = _sqlite3ExprCompare(tls, pParse, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(p1)).FpFilter, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(p2)).FpFilter, -int32(1))
		res = v1
		if v1 != 0 {
			return res
		}
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** When rewriting a query, if the new subquery in the FROM clause
//	** contains TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes that refer to an outer query,
//	** then we have to increase the Expr->op2 values of those nodes
//	** due to the extra subquery layer that was added.
//	**
//	** See also the incrAggDepth() routine in resolve.c
//	*/
func _sqlite3WindowExtraAggFuncDepth(tls *libc.TLS, pWalker uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r int32) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop) == int32(TK_AGG_FUNCTION) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop2) >= (*TWalker)(unsafe.Pointer(pWalker)).FwalkerDepth {
		(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop2 = (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pExpr)).Fop2 + 1
	}
	return WRC_Continue
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The argument expression is an PRECEDING or FOLLOWING offset.  The
//	** value should be a non-negative integer.  If the value is not a
//	** constant, change it to NULL.  The fact that it is then a non-negative
//	** integer will be caught later.  But it is important not to leave
//	** variable values in the expression tree.
//	*/
func _sqlite3WindowOffsetExpr(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pExpr uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	if 0 == _sqlite3ExprIsConstant(tls, uintptr(0), pExpr) {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).FeParseMode) >= int32(PARSE_MODE_RENAME) {
			_sqlite3RenameExprUnmap(tls, pParse, pExpr)
		}
		_sqlite3ExprDelete(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, pExpr)
		pExpr = _sqlite3ExprAlloc(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, int32(TK_NULL), uintptr(0), 0)
	}
	return pExpr
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** True if PRAGMA writable_schema is ON
//	*/
func _sqlite3WritableSchema(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.BoolInt32((*Tsqlite3)(unsafe.Pointer(db)).Fflags&libc.Uint64FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_WriteSchema)|libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_Defensive)) == uint64(SQLITE_WriteSchema))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something
//	** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions.  Specifically, it is
//	** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY
//	** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into
//	** SQLITE_IOERR
//	**
//	** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks,
//	** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately.
//	*/
func _sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tls *libc.TLS, posixError int32, sqliteIOErr int32) (r int32) {
	switch posixError {
	case int32(EACCES):
		fallthrough
	case int32(EAGAIN):
		fallthrough
	case int32(ETIMEDOUT):
		fallthrough
	case int32(EBUSY):
		fallthrough
	case int32(EINTR):
		fallthrough
	case int32(ENOLCK):
		/* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support
		 * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
		return int32(SQLITE_BUSY)
	case int32(EPERM):
		return int32(SQLITE_PERM)
	default:
		return sqliteIOErr
	}
	return r
}

func _statEof(tls *libc.TLS, pCursor uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pCsr uintptr
	_ = pCsr
	pCsr = pCursor
	return libc.Int32FromUint8((*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FisEof)
}

func _statRowid(tls *libc.TLS, pCursor uintptr, pRowid uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pCsr uintptr
	_ = pCsr
	pCsr = pCursor
	**(**Tsqlite_int64)(__ccgo_up(pRowid)) = libc.Int64FromUint32((*TStatCursor)(unsafe.Pointer(pCsr)).FiPageno)
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Set the pFile->lastErrno.  Do this in a subroutine as that provides
//	** a convenient place to set a breakpoint.
//	*/
func _storeLastErrno(tls *libc.TLS, pFile uintptr, error1 int32) {
	(*TunixFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pFile)).FlastErrno = error1
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Buffer zStr contains nStr bytes of utf-8 encoded text. Return 1 if zStr
//	** contains character ch, or 0 if it does not.
//	*/
func _strContainsChar(tls *libc.TLS, zStr uintptr, nStr int32, ch Tu32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var tst Tu32
	var zEnd, v2 uintptr
	var v1 uint32
	var _ /* z at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _ = tst, zEnd, v1, v2
	zEnd = zStr + uintptr(nStr)
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = zStr
	for **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) < zEnd {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))))) < int32(0x80) {
			v2 = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp))
			**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) + 1
			v1 = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v2)))
		} else {
			v1 = _sqlite3Utf8Read(tls, bp)
		}
		tst = v1
		if tst == ch {
			return int32(1)
		}
	}
	return 0
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
//	**
//	** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
//	** for all open savepoints before returning.
//	**
//	** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
//	** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
//	** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
//	** bitvec.
//	*/
func _subjournalPage(tls *libc.TLS, pPg uintptr) (r int32) {
	var offset Ti64
	var pData, pData2, pPager uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _, _, _, _ = offset, pData, pData2, pPager, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	pPager = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).FpPager
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalMode) != int32(PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF) {
		/* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
		rc = _openSubJournal(tls, pPager)
		/* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
		 ** write the journal record into the file.  */
		if rc == SQLITE_OK {
			pData = (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).FpData
			offset = libc.Int64FromUint32((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnSubRec) * (int64(4) + (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpageSize)
			pData2 = pData
			rc = _write32bits(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fsjfd, offset, (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fpgno)
			if rc == SQLITE_OK {
				rc = _sqlite3OsWrite(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fsjfd, pData2, int32((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FpageSize), offset+int64(4))
			}
		}
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		(*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnSubRec = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnSubRec + 1
		rc = _addToSavepointBitvecs(tls, pPager, (*TPgHdr)(unsafe.Pointer(pPg)).Fpgno)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* subtype(X)
//	**
//	** Return the subtype of X
//	*/
func _subtypeFunc(tls *libc.TLS, context uintptr, argc int32, argv uintptr) {
	_ = argc
	Xsqlite3_result_int(tls, context, libc.Int32FromUint32(Xsqlite3_value_subtype(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)))))
}

func _tabIsReadOnly(tls *libc.TLS, pParse uintptr, pTab uintptr) (r int32) {
	var db uintptr
	_ = db
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FeTabType) == int32(TABTYP_VTAB) {
		return _vtabIsReadOnly(tls, pParse, pTab)
	}
	if (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FtabFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(TF_Readonly)|libc.Int32FromInt32(TF_Shadow)) == uint32(0) {
		return 0
	}
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb
	if (*TTable)(unsafe.Pointer(pTab)).FtabFlags&uint32(TF_Readonly) != uint32(0) {
		return libc.BoolInt32(_sqlite3WritableSchema(tls, db) == 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fnested) == 0)
	}
	return _sqlite3ReadOnlyShadowTables(tls, db)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The unicode() function.  Return the integer unicode code-point value
//	** for the first character of the input string.
//	*/
func _unicodeFunc(tls *libc.TLS, context uintptr, argc int32, argv uintptr) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var _ /* z at bp+0 */ uintptr
	**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = Xsqlite3_value_text(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)))
	_ = argc
	if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 && **(**uint8)(__ccgo_up(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)))) != 0 {
		Xsqlite3_result_int(tls, context, libc.Int32FromUint32(_sqlite3Utf8Read(tls, bp)))
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
//	** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo objects used by
//	** this file, all of which may be shared by multiple threads.
//	**
//	** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex
//	** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert()
//	** statements. e.g.
//	**
//	**   unixEnterMutex()
//	**     assert( unixMutexHeld() );
//	**   unixEnterLeave()
//	**
//	** To prevent deadlock, the global unixBigLock must must be acquired
//	** before the unixInodeInfo.pLockMutex mutex, if both are held.  It is
//	** OK to get the pLockMutex without holding unixBigLock first, but if
//	** that happens, the unixBigLock mutex must not be acquired until after
//	** pLockMutex is released.
//	**
//	**      OK:     enter(unixBigLock),  enter(pLockInfo)
//	**      OK:     enter(unixBigLock)
//	**      OK:     enter(pLockInfo)
//	**   ERROR:     enter(pLockInfo), enter(unixBigLock)
//	*/
var _unixBigLock = uintptr(0)

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Close a file.
//	*/
func _unixClose(tls *libc.TLS, id uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pFile, pInode uintptr
	var rc int32
	_, _, _ = pFile, pInode, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK
	pFile = id
	pInode = (*TunixFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pFile)).FpInode
	_verifyDbFile(tls, pFile)
	_unixUnlock(tls, id, NO_LOCK)
	_unixEnterMutex(tls)
	/* unixFile.pInode is always valid here. Otherwise, a different close
	 ** routine (e.g. nolockClose()) would be called instead.
	 */
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, (*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FpLockMutex)
	if (*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FnLock != 0 {
		/* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
		 ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
		 ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list.  It will be automatically closed
		 ** when the last lock is cleared.
		 */
		_setPendingFd(tls, pFile)
	}
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, (*TunixInodeInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pInode)).FpLockMutex)
	_releaseInodeInfo(tls, pFile)
	rc = _closeUnixFile(tls, id)
	_unixLeaveMutex(tls)
	return rc
}

/************** End of the posix advisory lock implementation *****************
******************************************************************************/

/******************************************************************************
****************************** No-op Locking **********************************
**
** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the
** simplest:  locking is ignored.  No attempt is made to lock the database
** file for reading or writing.
**
** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases
** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.)  It can
** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to
** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more
** database connections.  But there is a serious risk of database
** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple
** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same
** time and one or more of those connections are writing.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
//	** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
//	** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
//	*/
func _unixCurrentTime(tls *libc.TLS, NotUsed uintptr, prNow uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var rc int32
	var _ /* i at bp+0 */ Tsqlite3_int64
	_ = rc
	**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = 0
	_ = NotUsed
	rc = _unixCurrentTimeInt64(tls, uintptr(0), bp)
	**(**float64)(__ccgo_up(prNow)) = float64(**(**Tsqlite3_int64)(__ccgo_up(bp))) / float64(8.64e+07)
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the device characteristics for the file.
//	**
//	** This VFS is set up to return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE by default.
//	** However, that choice is controversial since technically the underlying
//	** file system does not always provide powersafe overwrites.  (In other
//	** words, after a power-loss event, parts of the file that were never
//	** written might end up being altered.)  However, non-PSOW behavior is very,
//	** very rare.  And asserting PSOW makes a large reduction in the amount
//	** of required I/O for journaling, since a lot of padding is eliminated.
//	**  Hence, while POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is on by default, there is a file-control
//	** available to turn it off and URI query parameter available to turn it off.
//	*/
func _unixDeviceCharacteristics(tls *libc.TLS, id uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pFd uintptr
	_ = pFd
	pFd = id
	_setDeviceCharacteristics(tls, pFd)
	return (*TunixFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pFd)).FdeviceCharacteristics
}

func _unixDlClose(tls *libc.TLS, NotUsed uintptr, pHandle uintptr) {
	_ = NotUsed
	libc.Xdlclose(tls, pHandle)
}

func _unixDlOpen(tls *libc.TLS, NotUsed uintptr, zFilename uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	_ = NotUsed
	return libc.Xdlopen(tls, zFilename, libc.Int32FromInt32(RTLD_NOW)|libc.Int32FromInt32(RTLD_GLOBAL))
}

func _unixDlSym(tls *libc.TLS, NotUsed uintptr, p uintptr, zSym uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	var x uintptr
	_ = x
	_ = NotUsed
	x = __ccgo_fp(libc.Xdlsym)
	return (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, uintptr) uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{x})))(tls, p, zSym)
}

func _unixEnterMutex(tls *libc.TLS) {
	/* Not a recursive mutex */
	Xsqlite3_mutex_enter(tls, _unixBigLock)
}

var _unixEpoch = libc.Int64FromInt32(24405875) * libc.Int64FromInt32(8640000)

func _unixLeaveMutex(tls *libc.TLS) {
	Xsqlite3_mutex_leave(tls, _unixBigLock)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
//	** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
//	** larger for some devices.
//	**
//	** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
//	** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
//	** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
//	** same for both.
//	*/
func _unixSectorSize(tls *libc.TLS, id uintptr) (r int32) {
	var pFd uintptr
	_ = pFd
	pFd = id
	_setDeviceCharacteristics(tls, pFd)
	return (*TunixFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pFd)).FsectorSize
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the minimum number of 32KB shm regions that should be mapped at
//	** a time, assuming that each mapping must be an integer multiple of the
//	** current system page-size.
//	**
//	** Usually, this is 1. The exception seems to be systems that are configured
//	** to use 64KB pages - in this case each mapping must cover at least two
//	** shm regions.
//	*/
func _unixShmRegionPerMap(tls *libc.TLS) (r int32) {
	var pgsz, shmsz int32
	_, _ = pgsz, shmsz
	shmsz = libc.Int32FromInt32(32) * libc.Int32FromInt32(1024)                                                 /* SHM region size */
	pgsz = (*(*func(*libc.TLS) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{_aSyscall[int32(25)].FpCurrent})))(tls) /* System page size */
	/* Page size must be a power of 2 */
	if pgsz < shmsz {
		return int32(1)
	}
	return pgsz / shmsz
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock.  eFileLock
//	** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
//	**
//	** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
//	** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
//	*/
func _unixUnlock(tls *libc.TLS, id uintptr, eFileLock int32) (r int32) {
	return _posixUnlock(tls, id, eFileLock, 0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
//	** or some other error code on failure.
//	*/
func _unixWrite(tls *libc.TLS, id uintptr, pBuf uintptr, amt int32, offset Tsqlite3_int64) (r int32) {
	var pFile uintptr
	var wrote, v1 int32
	_, _, _ = pFile, wrote, v1
	pFile = id
	wrote = 0
	/* If this is a database file (not a journal, super-journal or temp
	 ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
	for {
		v1 = _seekAndWrite(tls, pFile, offset, pBuf, amt)
		wrote = v1
		if !(v1 < amt && wrote > 0) {
			break
		}
		amt = amt - wrote
		offset = offset + int64(wrote)
		pBuf = pBuf + uintptr(wrote)
	}
	if amt > wrote {
		if wrote < 0 && (*TunixFile)(unsafe.Pointer(pFile)).FlastErrno != int32(ENOSPC) {
			/* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */
			return libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_IOERR) | libc.Int32FromInt32(3)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)
		} else {
			_storeLastErrno(tls, pFile, 0) /* not a system error */
			return int32(SQLITE_FULL)
		}
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

/*
** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync().  Some do.
** Others do no.  To be safe, we will stick with the (slightly slower)
** fsync(). If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly,
** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync or -DHAVE_FDATASYNC
 */

/*
** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined.  F_FULLFSYNC is currently
** only available on Mac OS X.  But that could change.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
//	** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
//	** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which
//	** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
//	**
//	** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
//	*/
func _unlockBtreeIfUnused(tls *libc.TLS, pBt uintptr) {
	var pPage1 uintptr
	_ = pPage1
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FinTransaction) == TRANS_NONE && (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPage1 != uintptr(0) {
		pPage1 = (*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPage1
		(*TBtShared)(unsafe.Pointer(pBt)).FpPage1 = uintptr(0)
		_releasePageOne(tls, pPage1)
	}
}

func _vdbeCompareMemString(tls *libc.TLS, pMem1 uintptr, pMem2 uintptr, pColl uintptr, prcErr uintptr) (r int32) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem1)).Fenc) == libc.Int32FromUint8((*TCollSeq)(unsafe.Pointer(pColl)).Fenc) {
		/* The strings are already in the correct encoding.  Call the
		 ** comparison function directly */
		return (*(*func(*libc.TLS, uintptr, int32, uintptr, int32, uintptr) int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&struct{ uintptr }{(*TCollSeq)(unsafe.Pointer(pColl)).FxCmp})))(tls, (*TCollSeq)(unsafe.Pointer(pColl)).FpUser, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem1)).Fn, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem1)).Fz, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem2)).Fn, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(pMem2)).Fz)
	} else {
		return _vdbeCompareMemStringWithEncodingChange(tls, pMem1, pMem2, pColl, prcErr)
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Release memory held by the Mem p, both external memory cleared
//	** by p->xDel and memory in p->zMalloc.
//	**
//	** This is a helper routine invoked by sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() in
//	** the unusual case where there really is memory in p that needs
//	** to be freed.
//	*/
func _vdbeMemClear(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Agg)|libc.Int32FromInt32(MEM_Dyn)) != 0 {
		_vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(tls, p)
	}
	if (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FszMalloc != 0 {
		_sqlite3DbFreeNN(tls, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fdb, (*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FzMalloc)
		(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FszMalloc = 0
	}
	(*TMem)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fz = uintptr(0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Read a varint from the stream of data accessed by p. Set *pnOut to
//	** the value read.
//	*/
func _vdbePmaReadVarint(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pnOut uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(32)
	defer tls.Free(32)
	var i, iBuf, rc, v1 int32
	var _ /* a at bp+16 */ uintptr
	var _ /* aVarint at bp+0 */ [16]Tu8
	_, _, _, _ = i, iBuf, rc, v1
	if (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaMap != 0 {
		**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(p)) += libc.Int64FromUint8(_sqlite3GetVarint(tls, (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaMap+uintptr((*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiReadOff), pnOut))
	} else {
		iBuf = int32((*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiReadOff % int64((*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnBuffer))
		if iBuf != 0 && (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnBuffer-iBuf >= int32(9) {
			**(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(p)) += libc.Int64FromUint8(_sqlite3GetVarint(tls, (*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FaBuffer+uintptr(iBuf), pnOut))
		} else {
			i = 0
			for cond := true; cond; cond = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16)))))&int32(0x80) != 0 {
				rc = _vdbePmaReadBlob(tls, p, int32(1), bp+16)
				if rc != 0 {
					return rc
				}
				v1 = i
				i = i + 1
				(**(**[16]Tu8)(__ccgo_up(bp)))[v1&int32(0xf)] = **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(**(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp + 16))))
			}
			_sqlite3GetVarint(tls, bp, pnOut)
		}
	}
	return SQLITE_OK
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Initialize PmaReader pReadr to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile
//	** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function
//	** leaves the PmaReader pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the
//	** PMA is empty).
//	**
//	** If the pnByte parameter is NULL, then it is assumed that the file
//	** contains a single PMA, and that that PMA omits the initial length varint.
//	*/
func _vdbePmaReaderInit(tls *libc.TLS, pTask uintptr, pFile uintptr, iStart Ti64, pReadr uintptr, pnByte uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var rc int32
	var v1 uintptr
	var _ /* nByte at bp+0 */ Tu64
	_, _ = rc, v1
	rc = _vdbePmaReaderSeek(tls, pTask, pReadr, pFile, iStart)
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint64(0) /* Size of PMA in bytes */
		rc = _vdbePmaReadVarint(tls, pReadr, bp)
		(*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FiEof = libc.Int64FromUint64(libc.Uint64FromInt64((*TPmaReader)(unsafe.Pointer(pReadr)).FiReadOff) + **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
		v1 = pnByte
		*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v1)) = Ti64(uint64(*(*Ti64)(unsafe.Pointer(v1))) + **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	}
	if rc == SQLITE_OK {
		rc = _vdbePmaReaderNext(tls, pReadr)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The first argument passed to this function is a serial-type that
//	** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive
//	** except 7. The second points to a buffer containing an integer value
//	** serialized according to serial_type. This function deserializes
//	** and returns the value.
//	*/
func _vdbeRecordDecodeInt(tls *libc.TLS, serial_type Tu32, aKey uintptr) (r Ti64) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var _ /* x at bp+8 */ Tu64
	var _ /* y at bp+0 */ Tu32
	switch serial_type {
	case uint32(0):
		fallthrough
	case uint32(1):
		return int64(libc.Int8FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey))))
	case uint32(2):
		return int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(256)*int32(libc.Int8FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey)))) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 1))))
	case uint32(3):
		return int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(65536)*int32(libc.Int8FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey)))) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 1)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8) | libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 2))))
	case uint32(4):
		**(**Tu32)(__ccgo_up(bp)) = uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(24) | libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 1)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16)) | libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 2)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)) | uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 3)))
		return int64(**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(bp)))
	case uint32(5):
		return libc.Int64FromUint32(uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + libc.UintptrFromInt32(2))))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(24)|libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + libc.UintptrFromInt32(2) + 1)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16))|libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + libc.UintptrFromInt32(2) + 2)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8))|uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + libc.UintptrFromInt32(2) + 3)))) + libc.Int64FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32)*int64(libc.Int32FromInt32(256)*int32(libc.Int8FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey))))|libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 1))))
	case uint32(6):
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = uint64(uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(24) | libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 1)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16)) | libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 2)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)) | uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + 3))))
		**(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8)) = **(**Tu64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(32) | uint64(uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + libc.UintptrFromInt32(4))))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(24)|libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + libc.UintptrFromInt32(4) + 1)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(16))|libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + libc.UintptrFromInt32(4) + 2)))<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8))|uint32(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(aKey + libc.UintptrFromInt32(4) + 3))))
		return **(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(bp + 8))
	}
	return libc.Int64FromUint32(serial_type - libc.Uint32FromInt32(8))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** A specially optimized version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that
//	** the first field of each key is an INTEGER value.
//	*/
func _vdbeSorterCompareInt(tls *libc.TLS, pTask uintptr, pbKey2Cached uintptr, pKey1 uintptr, nKey1 int32, pKey2 uintptr, nKey2 int32) (r int32) {
	var i, res, s1, s2, v21, v3 int32
	var n Tu8
	var p1, p2, v1, v2 uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = i, n, p1, p2, res, s1, s2, v1, v2, v21, v3
	p1 = pKey1
	p2 = pKey2
	s1 = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(p1 + 1))) /* Left hand serial type */
	s2 = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(p2 + 1))) /* Right hand serial type */
	v1 = p1 + uintptr(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(p1)))            /* Pointer to value 1 */
	v2 = p2 + uintptr(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(p2)))            /* Return value */
	if s1 == s2 {
		n = _aLen[s1]
		res = 0
		i = 0
		for {
			if !(i < libc.Int32FromUint8(n)) {
				break
			}
			v21 = libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1 + uintptr(i)))) - libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v2 + uintptr(i))))
			res = v21
			if v21 != 0 {
				if (libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1)))^libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v2))))&int32(0x80) != 0 {
					if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1)))&int32(0x80) != 0 {
						v3 = -int32(1)
					} else {
						v3 = +libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
					}
					res = v3
				}
				break
			}
			goto _1
		_1:
			;
			i = i + 1
		}
	} else {
		if s1 > int32(7) && s2 > int32(7) {
			res = s1 - s2
		} else {
			if s2 > int32(7) {
				res = +libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
			} else {
				if s1 > int32(7) {
					res = -int32(1)
				} else {
					res = s1 - s2
				}
			}
			if res > 0 {
				if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v1)))&int32(0x80) != 0 {
					res = -int32(1)
				}
			} else {
				if libc.Int32FromUint8(**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(v2)))&int32(0x80) != 0 {
					res = +libc.Int32FromInt32(1)
				}
			}
		}
	}
	if res == 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).FpSorter)).FpKeyInfo)).FnKeyField) > int32(1) {
			res = _vdbeSorterCompareTail(tls, pTask, pbKey2Cached, pKey1, nKey1, pKey2, nKey2)
		}
	} else {
		if **(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up((*TKeyInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSortSubtask)(unsafe.Pointer(pTask)).FpSorter)).FpKeyInfo)).FaSortFlags)) != 0 {
			res = res * -int32(1)
		}
	}
	return res
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the SorterCompare function to compare values collected by the
//	** sorter object passed as the only argument.
//	*/
func _vdbeSorterGetCompare(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r TSorterCompare) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FtypeMask) == int32(SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER) {
		return __ccgo_fp(_vdbeSorterCompareInt)
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TVdbeSorter)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FtypeMask) == int32(SORTER_TYPE_TEXT) {
			return __ccgo_fp(_vdbeSorterCompareText)
		}
	}
	return __ccgo_fp(_vdbeSorterCompare)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Compute a hash on a page number.  The resulting hash value must land
//	** between 0 and (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1).  The walNextHash() function advances
//	** the hash to the next value in the event of a collision.
//	*/
func _walHash(tls *libc.TLS, iPage Tu32) (r int32) {
	return libc.Int32FromUint32(iPage * uint32(HASHTABLE_HASH_1) & libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(HASHTABLE_NPAGE)*libc.Int32FromInt32(2)-libc.Int32FromInt32(1)))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr.
//	** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the
//	** wal-index from the WAL before returning.
//	**
//	** Set *pChanged to 1 if the wal-index header value in pWal->hdr is
//	** changed by this operation.  If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged
//	** to 0.
//	**
//	** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK.
//	** Otherwise an SQLite error code.
//	*/
func _walIndexReadHdr(tls *libc.TLS, pWal uintptr, pChanged uintptr) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var bWriteLock, badHdr, rc, v1 int32
	var v4 bool
	var _ /* page0 at bp+0 */ uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = bWriteLock, badHdr, rc, v1, v4 /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */
	/* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the
	 ** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here.
	 */
	rc = _walIndexPage(tls, pWal, 0, bp)
	if rc != SQLITE_OK {
		/* READONLY changed to OK in walIndexPage */
		if rc == libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_READONLY)|libc.Int32FromInt32(5)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8) {
			/* The SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT return means that the shared-memory
			 ** was openable but is not writable, and this thread is unable to
			 ** confirm that another write-capable connection has the shared-memory
			 ** open, and hence the content of the shared-memory is unreliable,
			 ** since the shared-memory might be inconsistent with the WAL file
			 ** and there is no writer on hand to fix it. */
			(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FbShmUnreliable = uint8(1)
			(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FexclusiveMode = uint8(WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE)
			**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pChanged)) = int32(1)
		} else {
			return rc /* Any other non-OK return is just an error */
		}
	} else {
		/* page0 can be NULL if the SHM is zero bytes in size and pWal->writeLock
		 ** is zero, which prevents the SHM from growing */
	}
	/* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the
	 ** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually
	 ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently
	 ** being modified by another thread or process.
	 */
	if **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(bp)) != 0 {
		v1 = _walIndexTryHdr(tls, pWal, pChanged)
	} else {
		v1 = int32(1)
	}
	badHdr = v1
	/* If the first attempt failed, it might have been due to a race
	 ** with a writer.  So get a WRITE lock and try again.
	 */
	if badHdr != 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FbShmUnreliable) == 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FreadOnly)&int32(WAL_SHM_RDONLY) != 0 {
			v1 = _walLockShared(tls, pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)
			rc = v1
			if SQLITE_OK == v1 {
				_walUnlockShared(tls, pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)
				rc = libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_READONLY) | libc.Int32FromInt32(1)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8)
			}
		} else {
			bWriteLock = libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FwriteLock)
			if v4 = bWriteLock != 0; !v4 {
				v1 = _walLockExclusive(tls, pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, int32(1))
				rc = v1
			}
			if v4 || SQLITE_OK == v1 {
				/* If the write-lock was just obtained, set writeLock to 2 instead of
				 ** the usual 1. This causes walIndexPage() to behave as if the
				 ** write-lock were held (so that it allocates new pages as required),
				 ** and walHandleException() to unlock the write-lock if a SEH exception
				 ** is thrown.  */
				if !(bWriteLock != 0) {
					(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FwriteLock = uint8(2)
				}
				v1 = _walIndexPage(tls, pWal, 0, bp)
				rc = v1
				if SQLITE_OK == v1 {
					badHdr = _walIndexTryHdr(tls, pWal, pChanged)
					if badHdr != 0 {
						/* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding
						 ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and
						 ** needs to be reconstructed.  So run recovery to do exactly that.
						 ** Disable blocking locks first.  */
						rc = _walIndexRecover(tls, pWal)
						**(**int32)(__ccgo_up(pChanged)) = int32(1)
					}
				}
				if bWriteLock == 0 {
					(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FwriteLock = uint8(0)
					_walUnlockExclusive(tls, pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, int32(1))
				}
			}
		}
	}
	/* If the header is read successfully, check the version number to make
	 ** sure the wal-index was not constructed with some future format that
	 ** this version of SQLite cannot understand.
	 */
	if badHdr == 0 && (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).Fhdr.FiVersion != uint32(WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION) {
		rc = _sqlite3CantopenError(tls, int32(70266))
	}
	if (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FbShmUnreliable != 0 {
		if rc != SQLITE_OK {
			_walIndexClose(tls, pWal, 0)
			(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FbShmUnreliable = uint8(0)
			/* walIndexRecover() might have returned SHORT_READ if a concurrent
			 ** writer truncated the WAL out from under it.  If that happens, it
			 ** indicates that a writer has fixed the SHM file for us, so retry */
			if rc == libc.Int32FromInt32(SQLITE_IOERR)|libc.Int32FromInt32(2)<<libc.Int32FromInt32(8) {
				rc = -int32(1)
			}
		}
		(*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FexclusiveMode = uint8(WAL_NORMAL_MODE)
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The cache of the wal-index header must be valid to call this function.
//	** Return the page-size in bytes used by the database.
//	*/
func _walPagesize(tls *libc.TLS, pWal uintptr) (r int32) {
	return libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).Fhdr.FszPage)&int32(0xfe00) + libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).Fhdr.FszPage)&int32(0x0001)<<int32(16)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If there is the possibility of concurrent access to the SHM file
//	** from multiple threads and/or processes, then do a memory barrier.
//	*/
func _walShmBarrier(tls *libc.TLS, pWal uintptr) {
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FexclusiveMode) != int32(WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE) {
		_sqlite3OsShmBarrier(tls, (*TWal)(unsafe.Pointer(pWal)).FpDbFd)
	}
}

/*
** Add the SQLITE_NO_TSAN as part of the return-type of a function
** definition as a hint that the function contains constructs that
** might give false-positive TSAN warnings.
**
** See tag-20200519-1.
 */

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Subterms pOne and pTwo are contained within WHERE clause pWC.  The
//	** two subterms are in disjunction - they are OR-ed together.
//	**
//	** If these two terms are both of the form:  "A op B" with the same
//	** A and B values but different operators and if the operators are
//	** compatible (if one is = and the other is <, for example) then
//	** add a new virtual AND term to pWC that is the combination of the
//	** two.
//	**
//	** Some examples:
//	**
//	**    x<y OR x=y    -->     x<=y
//	**    x=y OR x=y    -->     x=y
//	**    x<=y OR x<y   -->     x<=y
//	**
//	** The following is NOT generated:
//	**
//	**    x<y OR x>y    -->     x!=y
//	*/
func _whereCombineDisjuncts(tls *libc.TLS, pSrc uintptr, pWC uintptr, pOne uintptr, pTwo uintptr) {
	var db, pA, pB, pNew uintptr
	var eOp Tu16
	var idxNew, op int32
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _ = db, eOp, idxNew, op, pA, pB, pNew
	eOp = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pOne)).FeOperator) | libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTwo)).FeOperator)) /* Expressions associated with pOne and pTwo */
	if (libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pOne)).FwtFlags)|libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTwo)).FwtFlags))&int32(TERM_VNULL) != 0 {
		return
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pOne)).FeOperator)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_LT)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ))|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_LE)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ))|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_GT)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ))|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_GE)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ))) == 0 {
		return
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTwo)).FeOperator)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_LT)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ))|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_LE)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ))|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_GT)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ))|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_GE)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ))) == 0 {
		return
	}
	if libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_LT)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ))|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_LE)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ))) != libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp) && libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_GT)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ))|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_GE)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ))) != libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp) {
		return
	}
	pA = (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pOne)).FpExpr
	pB = (*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTwo)).FpExpr
	if _sqlite3ExprCompare(tls, uintptr(0), (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).FpLeft, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).FpLeft, -int32(1)) != 0 {
		return
	}
	if _sqlite3ExprCompare(tls, uintptr(0), (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).FpRight, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).FpRight, -int32(1)) != 0 {
		return
	}
	if libc.BoolInt32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pA)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Commuted)) != uint32(0)) != libc.BoolInt32((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pB)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_Commuted)) != uint32(0)) {
		return
	}
	/* If we reach this point, it means the two subterms can be combined */
	if libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp)&(libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp)-int32(1)) != 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp)&(libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_LT)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ))|libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ)<<(libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_LE)-libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ))) != 0 {
			eOp = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ) << (libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_LE) - libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ)))
		} else {
			eOp = libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(WO_EQ) << (libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_GE) - libc.Int32FromInt32(TK_EQ)))
		}
	}
	db = (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereClause)(unsafe.Pointer(pWC)).FpWInfo)).FpParse)).Fdb
	pNew = _sqlite3ExprDup(tls, db, pA, 0)
	if pNew == uintptr(0) {
		return
	}
	op = int32(TK_EQ)
	for {
		if !(libc.Int32FromUint16(eOp) != int32(WO_EQ)<<(op-int32(TK_EQ))) {
			break
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		op = op + 1
	}
	(*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(pNew)).Fop = libc.Uint8FromInt32(op)
	idxNew = _whereClauseInsert(tls, pWC, pNew, libc.Uint16FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(TERM_VIRTUAL)|libc.Int32FromInt32(TERM_DYNAMIC)))
	_exprAnalyze(tls, pSrc, pWC, idxNew)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Try to adjust the cost and number of output rows of WhereLoop pTemplate
//	** upwards or downwards so that:
//	**
//	**   (1) pTemplate costs less than any other WhereLoops that are a proper
//	**       subset of pTemplate
//	**
//	**   (2) pTemplate costs more than any other WhereLoops for which pTemplate
//	**       is a proper subset.
//	**
//	** To say "WhereLoop X is a proper subset of Y" means that X uses fewer
//	** WHERE clause terms than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is
//	** also used by Y.
//	*/
func _whereLoopAdjustCost(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, pTemplate uintptr) {
	var v2 int32
	_ = v2
	if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_INDEXED) == uint32(0) {
		return
	}
	for {
		if !(p != 0) {
			break
		}
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FiTab) != libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FiTab) {
			goto _1
		}
		if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_INDEXED) == uint32(0) {
			goto _1
		}
		if _whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(tls, p, pTemplate) != 0 {
			/* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its
			 ** subset p. */
			if int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FrRun) < int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FrRun) {
				v2 = int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FrRun)
			} else {
				v2 = int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FrRun)
			}
			(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FrRun = int16(v2)
			if int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOut)-int32(1) < int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FnOut) {
				v2 = int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOut) - int32(1)
			} else {
				v2 = int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FnOut)
			}
			(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FnOut = int16(v2)
		} else {
			if _whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(tls, pTemplate, p) != 0 {
				/* Adjust pTemplate cost upward so that it is costlier than p since
				 ** pTemplate is a proper subset of p */
				if int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FrRun) > int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FrRun) {
					v2 = int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FrRun)
				} else {
					v2 = int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FrRun)
				}
				(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FrRun = int16(v2)
				if int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOut)+int32(1) > int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FnOut) {
					v2 = int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FnOut) + int32(1)
				} else {
					v2 = int32((*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FnOut)
				}
				(*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(pTemplate)).FnOut = int16(v2)
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		p = (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpNextLoop
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Clear the WhereLoop.u union.  Leave WhereLoop.pLTerm intact.
//	*/
func _whereLoopClearUnion(tls *libc.TLS, db uintptr, p uintptr) {
	if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FwsFlags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)|libc.Int32FromInt32(WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)) != 0 {
		if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE) != uint32(0) && int32(Tu32(*(*uint8)(unsafe.Pointer(p + 24 + 4))&0x1>>0)) != 0 {
			Xsqlite3_free(tls, (*(*struct {
				FidxNum    int32
				F__ccgo4   uint8
				FisOrdered Ti8
				FomitMask  Tu16
				FidxStr    uintptr
				FmHandleIn Tu32
			})(unsafe.Pointer(p + 24))).FidxStr)
			libc.SetBitFieldPtr8Uint32(p+24+4, libc.Uint32FromInt32(0), 0, 0x1)
			(*(*struct {
				FidxNum    int32
				F__ccgo4   uint8
				FisOrdered Ti8
				FomitMask  Tu16
				FidxStr    uintptr
				FmHandleIn Tu32
			})(unsafe.Pointer(p + 24))).FidxStr = uintptr(0)
		} else {
			if (*TWhereLoop)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FwsFlags&uint32(WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) != uint32(0) && (*(*struct {
				FnEq          Tu16
				FnBtm         Tu16
				FnTop         Tu16
				FnDistinctCol Tu16
				FpIndex       uintptr
				FpOrderBy     uintptr
			})(unsafe.Pointer(p + 24))).FpIndex != uintptr(0) {
				_sqlite3DbFree(tls, db, (*TIndex)(unsafe.Pointer((*(*struct {
					FnEq          Tu16
					FnBtm         Tu16
					FnTop         Tu16
					FnDistinctCol Tu16
					FpIndex       uintptr
					FpOrderBy     uintptr
				})(unsafe.Pointer(p + 24))).FpIndex)).FzColAff)
				_sqlite3DbFreeNN(tls, db, (*(*struct {
					FnEq          Tu16
					FnBtm         Tu16
					FnTop         Tu16
					FnDistinctCol Tu16
					FpIndex       uintptr
					FpOrderBy     uintptr
				})(unsafe.Pointer(p + 24))).FpIndex)
				(*(*struct {
					FnEq          Tu16
					FnBtm         Tu16
					FnTop         Tu16
					FnDistinctCol Tu16
					FpIndex       uintptr
					FpOrderBy     uintptr
				})(unsafe.Pointer(p + 24))).FpIndex = uintptr(0)
			}
		}
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If it is not NULL, pTerm is a term that provides an upper or lower
//	** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated
//	** that the scan will visit nNew rows. This function returns the number
//	** estimated to be visited after taking pTerm into account.
//	**
//	** If the user explicitly specified a likelihood() value for this term,
//	** then the return value is the likelihood multiplied by the number of
//	** input rows. Otherwise, this function assumes that an "IS NOT NULL" term
//	** has a likelihood of 0.50, and any other term a likelihood of 0.25.
//	*/
func _whereRangeAdjust(tls *libc.TLS, pTerm uintptr, nNew TLogEst) (r TLogEst) {
	var nRet TLogEst
	_ = nRet
	nRet = nNew
	if pTerm != 0 {
		if int32((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FtruthProb) <= 0 {
			nRet = int16(int32(nRet) + int32((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FtruthProb))
		} else {
			if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereTerm)(unsafe.Pointer(pTerm)).FwtFlags)&int32(TERM_VNULL) == 0 {
				nRet = int16(int32(nRet) - libc.Int32FromInt32(20))
			}
		}
	}
	return nRet
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** If the right-hand branch of the expression is a TK_COLUMN, then return
//	** a pointer to the right-hand branch.  Otherwise, return NULL.
//	*/
func _whereRightSubexprIsColumn(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) (r uintptr) {
	p = _sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(tls, (*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpRight)
	if p != uintptr(0) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fop) == int32(TK_COLUMN) && !((*TExpr)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fflags&libc.Uint32FromInt32(libc.Int32FromInt32(EP_FixedCol)) != libc.Uint32FromInt32(0)) {
		return p
	}
	return uintptr(0)
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Return the cost of sorting nRow rows, assuming that the keys have
//	** nOrderby columns and that the first nSorted columns are already in
//	** order.
//	*/
func _whereSortingCost(tls *libc.TLS, pWInfo uintptr, nRow TLogEst, nOrderBy int32, nSorted int32) (r TLogEst) {
	var nCol, rSortCost TLogEst
	_, _ = nCol, rSortCost
	/* TUNING: sorting cost proportional to the number of output columns: */
	nCol = _sqlite3LogEst(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt32(((*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer((*TSelect)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FpSelect)).FpEList)).FnExpr+int32(59))/int32(30)))
	rSortCost = int16(int32(nRow) + int32(nCol))
	if nSorted > 0 {
		/* Scale the result by (Y/X) */
		rSortCost = int16(int32(rSortCost) + (int32(_sqlite3LogEst(tls, libc.Uint64FromInt32((nOrderBy-nSorted)*int32(100)/nOrderBy))) - libc.Int32FromInt32(66)))
	}
	/* Multiple by log(M) where M is the number of output rows.
	 ** Use the LIMIT for M if it is smaller.  Or if this sort is for
	 ** a DISTINCT operator, M will be the number of distinct output
	 ** rows, so fudge it downwards a bit.
	 */
	if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FwctrlFlags)&int32(WHERE_USE_LIMIT) != 0 {
		rSortCost = int16(int32(rSortCost) + libc.Int32FromInt32(10)) /* TUNING: Extra 2.0x if using LIMIT */
		if nSorted != 0 {
			rSortCost = int16(int32(rSortCost) + libc.Int32FromInt32(6)) /* TUNING: Extra 1.5x if also using partial sort */
		}
		if int32((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FiLimit) < int32(nRow) {
			nRow = (*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FiLimit
		}
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint16((*TWhereInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(pWInfo)).FwctrlFlags)&int32(WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT) != 0 {
			/* TUNING: In the sort for a DISTINCT operator, assume that the DISTINCT
			 ** reduces the number of output rows by a factor of 2 */
			if int32(nRow) > int32(10) {
				nRow = int16(int32(nRow) - libc.Int32FromInt32(10))
			}
		}
	}
	rSortCost = int16(int32(rSortCost) + int32(_estLog(tls, nRow)))
	return rSortCost
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate VM code to invoke either xValue() (bFin==0) or xFinalize()
//	** (bFin==1) for each window function in the linked list starting at
//	** pMWin. Or, for built-in window-functions that do not use the standard
//	** API, generate the equivalent VM code.
//	*/
func _windowAggFinal(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, bFin int32) {
	var nArg int32
	var pMWin, pParse, pWin, v uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _ = nArg, pMWin, pParse, pWin, v
	pParse = (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpParse
	pMWin = (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpMWin
	v = _sqlite3GetVdbe(tls, pParse)
	pWin = pMWin
	for {
		if !(pWin != 0) {
			break
		}
		if (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FregStartRowid == 0 && (*TFuncDef)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FpWFunc)).FfuncFlags&uint32(SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX) != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FeStart) != int32(TK_UNBOUNDED) {
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Null), 0, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FregResult)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_Last), (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FcsrApp)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Column), (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FcsrApp, 0, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FregResult)
			_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)-int32(2))
		} else {
			if (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FregApp != 0 {
			} else {
				nArg = _windowArgCount(tls, pWin)
				if bFin != 0 {
					_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_AggFinal), (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FregAccum, nArg)
					_sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(tls, v, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FpWFunc, -int32(8))
					_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Copy), (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FregAccum, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FregResult)
					_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Null), 0, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FregAccum)
				} else {
					_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_AggValue), (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FregAccum, nArg, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FregResult)
					_sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(tls, v, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FpWFunc, -int32(8))
				}
			}
		}
		goto _1
	_1:
		;
		pWin = (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FpNextWin
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Helper function for sqlite3WindowCodeStep(). Each call to this function
//	** generates VM code for a single RETURN_ROW, AGGSTEP or AGGINVERSE
//	** operation. Refer to the header comment for sqlite3WindowCodeStep() for
//	** details.
//	*/
func _windowCodeOp(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, op int32, regCountdown int32, jumpOnEof int32) (r int32) {
	var addrContinue, addrNextRange, bPeer, csr, lblDone, nReg, reg, regRowid1, regRowid2, regTmp, ret, v1, v2 int32
	var pMWin, pParse, v uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = addrContinue, addrNextRange, bPeer, csr, lblDone, nReg, pMWin, pParse, reg, regRowid1, regRowid2, regTmp, ret, v, v1, v2
	pParse = (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpParse
	pMWin = (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpMWin
	ret = 0
	v = (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpVdbe
	addrContinue = 0
	bPeer = libc.BoolInt32(libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FeFrmType) != int32(TK_ROWS))
	lblDone = _sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(tls, pParse)
	addrNextRange = 0
	/* Special case - WINDOW_AGGINVERSE is always a no-op if the frame
	 ** starts with UNBOUNDED PRECEDING. */
	if op == int32(WINDOW_AGGINVERSE) && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FeStart) == int32(TK_UNBOUNDED) {
		return 0
	}
	if regCountdown > 0 {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FeFrmType) == int32(TK_RANGE) {
			addrNextRange = _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)
			if op == int32(WINDOW_AGGINVERSE) {
				if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FeStart) == int32(TK_FOLLOWING) {
					_windowCodeRangeTest(tls, p, int32(OP_Le), (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.Fcsr, regCountdown, (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fstart.Fcsr, lblDone)
				} else {
					_windowCodeRangeTest(tls, p, int32(OP_Ge), (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fstart.Fcsr, regCountdown, (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.Fcsr, lblDone)
				}
			} else {
				_windowCodeRangeTest(tls, p, int32(OP_Gt), (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fend.Fcsr, regCountdown, (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.Fcsr, lblDone)
			}
		} else {
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_IfPos), regCountdown, lblDone, int32(1))
		}
	}
	if op == int32(WINDOW_RETURN_ROW) && (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FregStartRowid == 0 {
		_windowAggFinal(tls, p, 0)
	}
	addrContinue = _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)
	/* If this is a (RANGE BETWEEN a FOLLOWING AND b FOLLOWING) or
	 ** (RANGE BETWEEN b PRECEDING AND a PRECEDING) frame, ensure the
	 ** start cursor does not advance past the end cursor within the
	 ** temporary table. It otherwise might, if (a>b). Also ensure that,
	 ** if the input cursor is still finding new rows, that the end
	 ** cursor does not go past it to EOF. */
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FeStart) == libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FeEnd) && regCountdown != 0 && libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FeFrmType) == int32(TK_RANGE) {
		regRowid1 = _sqlite3GetTempReg(tls, pParse)
		regRowid2 = _sqlite3GetTempReg(tls, pParse)
		if op == int32(WINDOW_AGGINVERSE) {
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Rowid), (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fstart.Fcsr, regRowid1)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Rowid), (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fend.Fcsr, regRowid2)
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Ge), regRowid2, lblDone, regRowid1)
		} else {
			if (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FregRowid != 0 {
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Rowid), (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fend.Fcsr, regRowid1)
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Ge), (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FregRowid, lblDone, regRowid1)
			}
		}
		_sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(tls, pParse, regRowid1)
		_sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(tls, pParse, regRowid2)
	}
	switch op {
	case int32(WINDOW_RETURN_ROW):
		csr = (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.Fcsr
		reg = (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fcurrent.Freg
		_windowReturnOneRow(tls, p)
	case int32(WINDOW_AGGINVERSE):
		csr = (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fstart.Fcsr
		reg = (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fstart.Freg
		if (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FregStartRowid != 0 {
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_AddImm), (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FregStartRowid, int32(1))
		} else {
			_windowAggStep(tls, p, pMWin, csr, int32(1), (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FregArg)
		}
	default:
		csr = (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fend.Fcsr
		reg = (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).Fend.Freg
		if (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FregStartRowid != 0 {
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_AddImm), (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FregEndRowid, int32(1))
		} else {
			_windowAggStep(tls, p, pMWin, csr, 0, (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FregArg)
		}
		break
	}
	if op == (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FeDelete {
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(tls, v, int32(OP_Delete), csr)
		_sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(tls, v, uint16(OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION))
	}
	if jumpOnEof != 0 {
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Next), csr, _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)+int32(2))
		ret = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(tls, v, int32(OP_Goto))
	} else {
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Next), csr, _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)+int32(1)+bPeer)
		if bPeer != 0 {
			_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Goto), 0, lblDone)
		}
	}
	if bPeer != 0 {
		if (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FpOrderBy != 0 {
			v1 = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FpOrderBy)).FnExpr
		} else {
			v1 = 0
		}
		nReg = v1
		if nReg != 0 {
			v2 = _sqlite3GetTempRange(tls, pParse, nReg)
		} else {
			v2 = 0
		}
		regTmp = v2
		_windowReadPeerValues(tls, p, csr, regTmp)
		_windowIfNewPeer(tls, pParse, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FpOrderBy, regTmp, reg, addrContinue)
		_sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(tls, pParse, regTmp, nReg)
	}
	if addrNextRange != 0 {
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Goto), 0, addrNextRange)
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(tls, v, lblDone)
	return ret
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Generate code to calculate the current values of all window functions in the
//	** p->pMWin list by doing a full scan of the current window frame. Store the
//	** results in the Window.regResult registers, ready to return the upper
//	** layer.
//	*/
func _windowFullScan(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr) {
	var addr, addrEq, addrNext, csr, lblBrk, lblNext, nPeer, regCPeer, regCRowid, regPeer, regRowid, v1 int32
	var pKeyInfo, pMWin, pParse, pWin, v uintptr
	_, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _, _ = addr, addrEq, addrNext, csr, lblBrk, lblNext, nPeer, pKeyInfo, pMWin, pParse, pWin, regCPeer, regCRowid, regPeer, regRowid, v, v1
	pParse = (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpParse
	pMWin = (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpMWin
	v = (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FpVdbe
	regCRowid = 0 /* Current rowid value */
	regCPeer = 0  /* Current peer values */
	regRowid = 0  /* AggStep rowid value */
	regPeer = 0
	csr = (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FcsrApp
	if (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FpOrderBy != 0 {
		v1 = (*TExprList)(unsafe.Pointer((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FpOrderBy)).FnExpr
	} else {
		v1 = 0
	}
	nPeer = v1
	lblNext = _sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(tls, pParse)
	lblBrk = _sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(tls, pParse)
	regCRowid = _sqlite3GetTempReg(tls, pParse)
	regRowid = _sqlite3GetTempReg(tls, pParse)
	if nPeer != 0 {
		regCPeer = _sqlite3GetTempRange(tls, pParse, nPeer)
		regPeer = _sqlite3GetTempRange(tls, pParse, nPeer)
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Rowid), (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FiEphCsr, regCRowid)
	_windowReadPeerValues(tls, p, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FiEphCsr, regCPeer)
	pWin = pMWin
	for {
		if !(pWin != 0) {
			break
		}
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Null), 0, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FregAccum)
		goto _2
	_2:
		;
		pWin = (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pWin)).FpNextWin
	}
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_SeekGE), csr, lblBrk, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FregStartRowid)
	addrNext = _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v)
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Rowid), csr, regRowid)
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Gt), (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FregEndRowid, lblBrk, regRowid)
	if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FeExclude) == int32(TK_CURRENT) {
		_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Eq), regCRowid, lblNext, regRowid)
	} else {
		if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FeExclude) != int32(TK_NO) {
			addrEq = 0
			pKeyInfo = uintptr(0)
			if (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FpOrderBy != 0 {
				pKeyInfo = _sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(tls, pParse, (*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FpOrderBy, 0, 0)
			}
			if libc.Int32FromUint8((*TWindow)(unsafe.Pointer(pMWin)).FeExclude) == int32(TK_TIES) {
				addrEq = _sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Eq), regCRowid, 0, regRowid)
			}
			if pKeyInfo != 0 {
				_windowReadPeerValues(tls, p, csr, regPeer)
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Compare), regPeer, regCPeer, nPeer)
				_sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(tls, v, pKeyInfo, -int32(9))
				addr = _sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(tls, v) + int32(1)
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(tls, v, int32(OP_Jump), addr, lblNext, addr)
			} else {
				_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Goto), 0, lblNext)
			}
			if addrEq != 0 {
				_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, addrEq)
			}
		}
	}
	_windowAggStep(tls, p, pMWin, csr, 0, (*TWindowCodeArg)(unsafe.Pointer(p)).FregArg)
	_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(tls, v, lblNext)
	_sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(tls, v, int32(OP_Next), csr, addrNext)
	_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, addrNext-int32(1))
	_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(tls, v, addrNext+int32(1))
	_sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(tls, pParse, regRowid)
	_sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(tls, pParse, regCRowid)
	if nPeer != 0 {
		_sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(tls, pParse, regPeer, nPeer)
		_sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(tls, pParse, regCPeer, nPeer)
	}
	_windowAggFinal(tls, p, int32(1))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Functions to serialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and
//	** 64 bit integer. The value returned is the number of bytes written
//	** to the argument buffer (always 2, 4 and 8 respectively).
//	*/
func _writeInt16(tls *libc.TLS, p uintptr, i int32) {
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(p)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(i >> int32(8) & int32(0xFF))
	**(**Tu8)(__ccgo_up(p + 1)) = libc.Uint8FromInt32(i >> 0 & int32(0xFF))
}

// C documentation
//
//	/* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value
//	** associated with a symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal
//	** or nonterminal. "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is
//	** a pointer to the value to be deleted.  The code used to do the
//	** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor
//	** directives of the input grammar.
//	*/
func _yy_destructor(tls *libc.TLS, yypParser uintptr, yymajor uint16, yypminor uintptr) {
	var pParse uintptr
	_ = pParse
	pParse = (*TyyParser)(unsafe.Pointer(yypParser)).FpParse
	switch libc.Int32FromUint16(yymajor) {
	/* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
	 ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
	 ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
	 ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is
	 ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
	 **
	 ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
	 ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are *not* used
	 ** inside the C code.
	 */
	/********* Begin destructor definitions ***************************************/
	case int32(206): /* select */
		fallthrough
	case int32(241): /* selectnowith */
		fallthrough
	case int32(242): /* oneselect */
		fallthrough
	case int32(254): /* values */
		fallthrough
	case int32(256): /* mvalues */
		_sqlite3SelectDelete(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(yypminor)))
	case int32(218): /* term */
		fallthrough
	case int32(219): /* expr */
		fallthrough
	case int32(248): /* where_opt */
		fallthrough
	case int32(250): /* having_opt */
		fallthrough
	case int32(270): /* where_opt_ret */
		fallthrough
	case int32(281): /* case_operand */
		fallthrough
	case int32(283): /* case_else */
		fallthrough
	case int32(286): /* vinto */
		fallthrough
	case int32(293): /* when_clause */
		fallthrough
	case int32(297): /* key_opt */
		fallthrough
	case int32(314): /* filter_clause */
		_sqlite3ExprDelete(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(yypminor)))
	case int32(223): /* eidlist_opt */
		fallthrough
	case int32(233): /* sortlist */
		fallthrough
	case int32(234): /* eidlist */
		fallthrough
	case int32(246): /* selcollist */
		fallthrough
	case int32(249): /* groupby_opt */
		fallthrough
	case int32(251): /* orderby_opt */
		fallthrough
	case int32(255): /* nexprlist */
		fallthrough
	case int32(257): /* sclp */
		fallthrough
	case int32(264): /* exprlist */
		fallthrough
	case int32(271): /* setlist */
		fallthrough
	case int32(280): /* paren_exprlist */
		fallthrough
	case int32(282): /* case_exprlist */
		fallthrough
	case int32(313): /* part_opt */
		_sqlite3ExprListDelete(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(yypminor)))
	case int32(240): /* fullname */
		fallthrough
	case int32(247): /* from */
		fallthrough
	case int32(259): /* seltablist */
		fallthrough
	case int32(260): /* stl_prefix */
		fallthrough
	case int32(265): /* xfullname */
		_sqlite3SrcListDelete(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(yypminor)))
	case int32(243): /* wqlist */
		_sqlite3WithDelete(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(yypminor)))
	case int32(253): /* window_clause */
		fallthrough
	case int32(309): /* windowdefn_list */
		_sqlite3WindowListDelete(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(yypminor)))
	case int32(266): /* idlist */
		fallthrough
	case int32(273): /* idlist_opt */
		_sqlite3IdListDelete(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(yypminor)))
	case int32(276): /* filter_over */
		fallthrough
	case int32(310): /* windowdefn */
		fallthrough
	case int32(311): /* window */
		fallthrough
	case int32(312): /* frame_opt */
		fallthrough
	case int32(315): /* over_clause */
		_sqlite3WindowDelete(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(yypminor)))
	case int32(289): /* trigger_cmd_list */
		fallthrough
	case int32(294): /* trigger_cmd */
		_sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(yypminor)))
	case int32(291): /* trigger_event */
		_sqlite3IdListDelete(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, (*(*TTrigEvent)(unsafe.Pointer(yypminor))).Fb)
	case int32(317): /* frame_bound */
		fallthrough
	case int32(318): /* frame_bound_s */
		fallthrough
	case int32(319): /* frame_bound_e */
		_sqlite3ExprDelete(tls, (*TParse)(unsafe.Pointer(pParse)).Fdb, (*(*TFrameBound)(unsafe.Pointer(yypminor))).FpExpr)
		break
		/********* End destructor definitions *****************************************/
		fallthrough
	default:
		break /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
	}
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
//	** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
//	*/
func _yy_find_reduce_action(tls *libc.TLS, stateno uint16, iLookAhead uint16) (r uint16) {
	var i int32
	_ = i
	i = int32(_yy_reduce_ofst[stateno])
	i = i + libc.Int32FromUint16(iLookAhead)
	return _yy_action[i]
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
//	** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
//	*/
func _yy_find_shift_action(tls *libc.TLS, iLookAhead uint16, stateno uint16) (r uint16) {
	var i, j int32
	var iFallback uint16
	_, _, _ = i, iFallback, j
	if libc.Int32FromUint16(stateno) > int32(YY_MAX_SHIFT) {
		return stateno
	}
	for cond := true; cond; cond = int32(1) != 0 {
		i = libc.Int32FromUint16(_yy_shift_ofst[stateno])
		i = i + libc.Int32FromUint16(iLookAhead)
		if libc.Int32FromUint16(_yy_lookahead[i]) != libc.Int32FromUint16(iLookAhead) { /* Fallback token */
			iFallback = _yyFallback[iLookAhead]
			if libc.Int32FromUint16(iFallback) != 0 {
				/* Fallback loop must terminate */
				iLookAhead = iFallback
				continue
			}
			j = i - libc.Int32FromUint16(iLookAhead) + int32(YYWILDCARD)
			if libc.Int32FromUint16(_yy_lookahead[j]) == int32(YYWILDCARD) && libc.Int32FromUint16(iLookAhead) > 0 {
				return _yy_action[j]
			}
			return _yy_default[stateno]
		} else {
			return _yy_action[i]
		}
	}
	return r
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
//	**
//	** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
//	** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
//	**
//	** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
//	** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
//	** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
//	** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
//	** after writing or truncating it.
//	**
//	** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
//	** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
//	** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
//	** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
//	** not need to be synced following this operation.
//	**
//	** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
//	** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
//	*/
func _zeroJournalHdr(tls *libc.TLS, pPager uintptr, doTruncate int32) (r int32) {
	bp := tls.Alloc(16)
	defer tls.Free(16)
	var iLimit Ti64
	var rc int32
	var _ /* sz at bp+0 */ Ti64
	_, _ = iLimit, rc
	rc = SQLITE_OK /* Return code */
	if (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalOff != 0 {
		iLimit = (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FjournalSizeLimit /* Local cache of jsl */
		if doTruncate != 0 || iLimit == 0 {
			rc = _sqlite3OsTruncate(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd, 0)
		} else {
			rc = _sqlite3OsWrite(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&_zeroHdr)), int32(28), 0)
		}
		if rc == SQLITE_OK && !((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FnoSync != 0) {
			rc = _sqlite3OsSync(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd, int32(SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY)|libc.Int32FromUint8((*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).FsyncFlags))
		}
		/* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
		 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
		 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
		 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
		 ** to sync the file following this operation.
		 */
		if rc == SQLITE_OK && iLimit > 0 {
			rc = _sqlite3OsFileSize(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd, bp)
			if rc == SQLITE_OK && **(**Ti64)(__ccgo_up(bp)) > iLimit {
				rc = _sqlite3OsTruncate(tls, (*TPager)(unsafe.Pointer(pPager)).Fjfd, iLimit)
			}
		}
	}
	return rc
}

// C documentation
//
//	/*
//	** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes.
//	*/
func _zeroblobFunc(tls *libc.TLS, context uintptr, argc int32, argv uintptr) {
	var n Ti64
	var rc int32
	_, _ = n, rc
	_ = argc
	n = Xsqlite3_value_int64(tls, **(**uintptr)(__ccgo_up(argv)))
	if n < 0 {
		n = 0
	}
	rc = Xsqlite3_result_zeroblob64(tls, context, libc.Uint64FromInt64(n)) /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */
	if rc != 0 {
		Xsqlite3_result_error_code(tls, context, rc)
	}
}

type blkcnt_t = Tblkcnt_t

type blksize_t = Tblksize_t

type clockid_t = Tclockid_t

type double_t = Tdouble_t

const fdatasync = 0

type finder_type = Tfinder_type

/****************************************************************************
**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
**
** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
** sqlite3_vfs object.
 */

type flock = Tflock

type id_t = Tid_t

func init() {
	p := unsafe.Pointer(&_nolockIoFinder)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 0)) = __ccgo_fp(_nolockIoFinderImpl)
}

func init() {
	p := unsafe.Pointer(&_posixIoFinder)
	*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Add(p, 0)) = __ccgo_fp(_posixIoFinderImpl)
}

type itimerval = Titimerval

type key_t = Tkey_t

type nlink_t = Tnlink_t

type quad_t = Tquad_t

type sigset_t = Tsigset_t

type stat = Tstat

const static_assert = 0

type suseconds_t = Tsuseconds_t

const threadid = 0

type u_int16_t = Tu_int16_t

type u_int32_t = Tu_int32_t

type u_int64_t = Tu_int64_t

type u_int8_t = Tu_int8_t

type u_quad_t = Tu_quad_t

type uint = Tuint

type unixFile = TunixFile

type unixFileId = TunixFileId

type unixInodeInfo = TunixInodeInfo

type unixShm = TunixShm

type unixShmNode = TunixShmNode

type unix_syscall = Tunix_syscall

type ushort = Tushort

type vxworksFileId = TvxworksFileId

/*************** End of Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ****************
******************************************************************************/

/******************************************************************************
*************************** Posix Advisory Locking ****************************
**
** POSIX advisory locks are broken by design.  ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
** by the same process.  It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
** file descriptor.  Consider this test case:
**
**       int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
**       int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
**
** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set
** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock
** on fd2, it works.  I would have expected the second lock to
** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1.
** But not so.  Since both locks came from the same process, the
** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
** file descriptors opened on different file names.
**
** This means that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access
** among competing threads of the same process.  POSIX locks will work fine
** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
** threads within the same process.
**
** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally
** on its own.  Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the
** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the
** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in)
** and check for locks already existing on that inode.  When locks are
** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the
** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
** inode.
**
** (Aside: The use of inode numbers as unique IDs does not work on VxWorks.
** For VxWorks, we have to use the alternative unique ID system based on
** canonical filename and implemented in the previous division.)
**
** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
** descriptor.  It is now a structure that holds the integer file
** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
** locks on the corresponding inode.  There is one locking structure
** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures
** point to the same locking structure.  The locking structure keeps
** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt"
** field that tells us its internal lock status.  cnt==0 means the
** file is unlocked.  cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock.
** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
**
** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
** structure.  The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a
** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
** a locked and an unlocked state.
**
** But wait:  there are yet more problems with POSIX advisory locks.
**
** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
** released.  To work around this problem, each unixInodeInfo object
** maintains a count of the number of pending locks on the inode.
** When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are
** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
** The unixInodeInfo structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
** clears.
**
** Yet another problem:  LinuxThreads do not play well with posix locks.
**
** Many older versions of linux use the LinuxThreads library which is
** not posix compliant.  Under LinuxThreads, a lock created by thread
** A cannot be modified or overridden by a different thread B.
** Only thread A can modify the lock.  Locking behavior is correct
** if the application uses the newer Native Posix Thread Library (NPTL)
** on linux - with NPTL a lock created by thread A can override locks
** in thread B.  But there is no way to know at compile-time which
** threading library is being used.  So there is no way to know at
** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B.
** One has to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the
** current process.
**
** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads.  But support for LinuxThreads
** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0.  SQLite will still work with
** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection
** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections
** do not move across threads.
 */

type winsize = Twinsize